CN1951084A - High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony - Google Patents
High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN1951084A CN1951084A CNA2005800147541A CN200580014754A CN1951084A CN 1951084 A CN1951084 A CN 1951084A CN A2005800147541 A CNA2005800147541 A CN A2005800147541A CN 200580014754 A CN200580014754 A CN 200580014754A CN 1951084 A CN1951084 A CN 1951084A
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- packet
- data
- client
- host
- type
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
- Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks
Landscapes
- Communication Control (AREA)
Abstract
A data interface for transferring digital data between a host and a client over a communication path using packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for communicating a pre-selected set of digital control and presentation data. The signal protocol is used by link controllers configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communications protocol, and to form digital data into one or more types of data packets, with at least one residing in the host device and being coupled to the client through the communications path. The interface provides a cost-effective, low power, bi-directional, high-speed data transfer mechanism over a short-range 'serial' type data link, which lends itself to implementation with miniature connectors and thin flexible cables which are especially useful in connecting display elements such as wearable micro-displays to portable computers and wireless communication devices.
Description
According 35U.S.C § 119 priority claim
This patent application claims the March 10, 2004 submission, titled "Switchable
Threshold Differential Interface "Provisional Application No. 60/552176, and in 2004
Submitted on March 17, titled "Switchable Threshold Differential Interface"
Provisional Application No. 60/554 309 of the priority application are both assigned to the assignee of the present invention
Man, where it explicitly incorporated herein by reference.
Technology
In this disclosure, the present embodiment of the invention relates to the host device and the client
Devices with a high data rate signal transmission or a digital signal transmission signal
Protocol, the process and apparatus including integrated circuits and components. More specifically, the Company
On the content relates to a technique that has an internal and an external device using low-power applications
, High data rate transmission mechanism, the multimedia and other types of digital signals from the host
Or the controller device to the client device, in order to show or display to the end user.
BACKGROUND
In recent years, computers, electronic products and various video game-related technologies (eg
DVD, and HD-VCR) to obtain a significant progress, enabling such devices to
End users still increasing resolution, video, video on demand and graphic images,
Even including some types of text. These developments in turn requires a higher resolution power
Child viewing device, such as high definition video monitors, HDTV monitors, or dedicated image
Projection components. For example, the type of sound reproduction of the CD, DVD, and also has
Other associated audio signal output device, the visible image with a high resolution of this or higher
Combining quality audio data, so as to produce a more realistic end-users, richer
Or more real multimedia experience. Also, have been developed, such as MP3 players
Class high mobility, high-quality sound system and music transfer mechanisms to provide end-users
Rendering pure audio. This has led to calls from the computer to the TV even such commercial electronic devices
Prepared by the typical user, or top quality for high-quality output and is increasingly growing habits and
The more desired quality or quality output.
...
In a typical video presentation scenario, involving electronic products, video data is generally used when the
In previous techniques to tens of kilobits per second on the magnitude of the rate of transmission, the rate is
Aptly called slow or medium speed. Then, the data stored in the cache, or temporary or
Long-term memory devices, in order at a desired viewing device for delay (later) broadcast.
For example, you can use a modem, or reside in other type of Internet connection settings
Prepare a program on the computer, "pass" or use the Internet to send images to pick
Can be used to receive or send performance data of the image digitally. Use with or without such
Line modem, portable computers, wireless personal digital assistant (PDA) or wireless
Telephones wireless devices can also be a similar transfer.
...
Once the data is received, the data is stored locally in a memory element, a circuit or a set
Prepared, for example, stored in RAM or flash memory, but also stored in the internal or external
Unit storage device, for example, the small size hard drives, for playback. According to the data and plots
Image resolution, playback can quickly start or a long delay before rendering playback. Is
That in certain cases that do not require large amounts of data or the use of a small image buffer
Or a low-resolution image, the image presented to allow some degree of real-time playback, so by
After a small delay, some of the content presented, and more content is still in the process of transmission
Medium. Assuming any transmission link is interrupted or not being used from the relative
Transport channel interference from other systems or users, then once started showing that transmission of
In view of the end user device is appropriate (reasonably) transparent. Naturally,
When multiple users share a communication path (for example, a wired Internet connection), the transfer
Transmission may be interrupted, or slower than expected.
...
Once the data is received, the data is stored locally in a memory element, a circuit or a set
Prepared, for example, stored in RAM or flash memory, but also stored in the internal or external
Unit storage device, for example, the small size hard drives, for playback. According to the data and plots
Image resolution, playback can quickly start or a long delay before rendering playback. Is
That in certain cases that do not require large amounts of data or the use of a small image buffer
Or a low-resolution image, the image presented to allow some degree of real-time playback, so by
After a small delay, some of the content presented, and more content is still in the process of transmission
Medium. Assuming any transmission link is interrupted or not being used from the relative
Transport channel interference from other systems or users, then once started showing that transmission of
In view of the end user device is appropriate (reasonably) transparent. Naturally,
When multiple users share a communication path (for example, a wired Internet connection), the transfer
Transmission may be interrupted, or slower than expected.
...
Once the data is transferred to the receiver such as a computer or other equipment and the like the "
To "device, wherein the computer includes a storage mechanism such as memory, or magnetic or optical storage
Components, the information will be decompressed (or a special decoder player), such as
If necessary, decode, and based on the corresponding available presentation resolution and control elements of
Appropriate presentation ready. For example, X × Y pixel screen resolution representation of a typical
Computer video resolution is usually low to 480 × 640 pixels to 600 × 800 and then to 1024
× 1024, of course, as required or desired, may also have various other generally resolution.
...
Once the data is transferred to the receiver such as a computer or other equipment and the like the "
To "device, wherein the computer includes a storage mechanism such as memory, or magnetic or optical storage
Components, the information will be decompressed (or a special decoder player), such as
If necessary, decode, and based on the corresponding available presentation resolution and control elements of
Appropriate presentation ready. For example, X × Y pixel screen resolution representation of a typical
Computer video resolution is usually low to 480 × 640 pixels to 600 × 800 and then to 1024
× 1024, of course, as required or desired, may also have various other generally resolution.
...
As can be seen from the above values, from the lowest to the highest resolution and a typical range of concentrations
On a given screen image will require transmitted separately from 2.45 megabits (Mb) to 33.55Mb
Data around. A rate of 30 frames per second or sports type watch the video image,
The amount of data required about 73.7 to 1,006 megabits of data per second (Mbps), or large
About 9.21 to 125.75 megabytes per second (MBps). In addition, people may want to tone
Frequency data and images presented together, such as multimedia presentation, or if you want the audio data as
Independent high-resolution audio presentation, such as CD-quality music. Treatment can also be used to pay
Interactive control for the additional signal or signals. Each of these options have increased
More data to be transmitted. In addition, involving high-definition (HD) television and film recording
Update transmission technology may add more data and control information. In any case, when
People want to transmit high-quality end-user or high-resolution image data and high-quality audio
Frequency information, or data signal to generate content-rich experience when rendering the components and configurations
To provide a source of such data between a host device or the need to have a high data transfer rate of chain
Road.
...
Typically, 115 kilobytes per second (KBps) or 920 kilobits per second (Kbps) of about
The data rate can be handled by Modern serial interface. Other serial interface such as USB interface,
Can support data transfer rates of up to 12MBps, and such as the use of electrical and electronic engineering
Cheng Association (IEEE) 1394 standard kind of dedicated high-speed transmission is possible with 100
To 400MBps rate magnitude. However, these rates can not achieve the desired
The high data rate, the desired aim of these rates for future wireless data can
Equipment and services used to provide high resolution, rich output signal to drive it
Portable video display or audio device. This includes commercial and other presents for the calculation of
Machines, gaming devices. In addition, these interfaces require the use of a huge number of host or system
And client software to work. Their software stack also produces a lot of unwanted open
Pin, especially when considering the application of the mobile wireless device or a telephone in case more prominent.
This device has a strict memory and power constraints, and already overburdened calculated to
Force. In addition, some interface cable or the use of a large volume of complex connectors, for
Height requirements and beautiful mobile applications, these cables are too bulky bulky, can not make
Satisfactory, and these connectors complex and increases the cost, or the power is too great.
...
Typically, 115 kilobytes per second (KBps) or 920 kilobits per second (Kbps) of about
The data rate can be handled by Modern serial interface. Other serial interface such as USB interface,
Can support data transfer rates of up to 12MBps, and such as the use of electrical and electronic engineering
Cheng Association (IEEE) 1394 standard kind of dedicated high-speed transmission is possible with 100
To 400MBps rate magnitude. However, these rates can not achieve the desired
The high data rate, the desired aim of these rates for future wireless data can
Equipment and services used to provide high resolution, rich output signal to drive it
Portable video display or audio device. This includes commercial and other presents for the calculation of
Machines, gaming devices. In addition, these interfaces require the use of a huge number of host or system
And client software to work. Their software stack also produces a lot of unwanted open
Pin, especially when considering the application of the mobile wireless device or a telephone in case more prominent.
This device has a strict memory and power constraints, and already overburdened calculated to
Force. In addition, some interface cable or the use of a large volume of complex connectors, for
Height requirements and beautiful mobile applications, these cables are too bulky bulky, can not make
Satisfactory, and these connectors complex and increases the cost, or the power is too great.
...
Some of the above interfaces, and other very high rate data systems / protocols or
The fixed installation computer equipment associated with the transmission data transfer mechanism, the existence of the other
A major flaw. In order to support the required data transfer rate, but also require considerable power
Rate and / or work with a large current. Greatly reduces doing this technique is used for the elimination
Costs are high mobility of product availability.
Some of the above interfaces, and other very high rate data systems / protocols or
The fixed installation computer equipment associated with the transmission data transfer mechanism, the existence of the other
A major flaw. In order to support the required data transfer rate, but also require considerable power
Rate and / or work with a large current. Greatly reduces doing this technique is used for the elimination
Costs are high mobility of product availability....
Portable, wireless or mobile application industry is lacking is a technique, namely:
To the high mobility of end users with high-quality rendering experience, whether it be audio-based,
Video or multimedia. That is, when using a portable computer, mobile telephone, PDA
Or other highly mobile communication devices or equipment, the current video and audio in use
Rendering system or device can not at the desired high level of pass-through output. Feel
The lack of mass transfer is often unable to obtain high-quality rendering of data are required for high data rate
Rate results. These include the more efficient, advanced or fully transmitted to an external device features
Presented to the end user, or the host and such as computers, game consoles such portable equipment
Unit transferred between clients, and the host and including mobile phones and the like such as a wireless device
Transfer between devices.
...
In the latter case, you add more and more high-resolution video screens as well as its internal
It specialized input and / or output device, and connected to, such as so-called third-generation phones will
Line equipment and so-called laptop computers, it has already a big step forward. However, the inner
The data bus and the connection portion may include a rotating or sliding hinge bridge or similar hinge
These structures of the video screen, or other element is mounted or connected to the mounting of the host
And / or various other control elements and the output member of the main housing. These are generally high-bandwidth or
High-throughput interfaces. Using existing techniques to construct high-throughput data transfer interface is very
Hard, for example, in the wireless telephone, the existing technical requirements up to 90 or more guidewires,
To achieve the desired throughput. The current solutions typically have higher signal level to be used
Flat parallel interfaces, which would cost more interconnected and less reliable and may produce
Health interference device features a radiated emission. Doing so in relation to the manufacturing, cost constraints, and reliable
There are many challenges in terms of unresolved.
...
Means for fixing the position, there will be such problems and needs, which, for example, through the
Letter or calculating class devices added to household appliances and other consumer devices, to provide advanced digital
According to the capacity, the Internet and data transmission connection, or built-in entertainment. Another example is to fly
Machines and vehicles, wherein the individual video and audio presentation screen installed in the seat back. However,
In these cases, more convenient, efficient and user-friendly approach is to get the main store, process, or through
The control unit can screen away from the faith or audio output, with the interconnection links or channels to render the letter
Interest. This link will need to handle a considerable amount of data to achieve the desired throughput as described above
Volume.
...
Means for fixing the position, there will be such problems and needs, which, for example, through the
Letter or calculating class devices added to household appliances and other consumer devices, to provide advanced digital
According to the capacity, the Internet and data transmission connection, or built-in entertainment. Another example is to fly
Machines and vehicles, wherein the individual video and audio presentation screen installed in the seat back. However,
In these cases, more convenient, efficient and user-friendly approach is to get the main store, process, or through
The control unit can screen away from the faith or audio output, with the interconnection links or channels to render the letter
Interest. This link will need to handle a considerable amount of data to achieve the desired throughput as described above
Volume.
...
In U.S. Patent Application 10/020, 520 (now U.S. Patent 6,760,772, in 2004
Granted on July 6 Zou et) and September 6, 2003 filed co-pending U.S.
Patent Application 10/236, 657, the applicant has already proposed this new transfer mechanism, the two
Articles apply both entitled "Generating and Implementing A Communication
Protocol and Interface for High Data Rate Signal Transfer ", these two have been granted
Right now the case has been assigned to the assignee of the present invention, where they are incorporated by reference
Test. In addition, June 2, 2004 submitted. No. 10/860, 116, title
For the "Generating and Implementing a Signal Protocol and Interface for
Higher Data Rates "in co-pending U.S. application in these applications is discussed in the technical
Surgery can greatly improve high-speed data signal large amounts of data transfer rate. However, does not
Continuously improve the data rate, in particular to the rate of the video showing the growing demand. Even if
Technology is the use of the data signal being developed in other progress still needed to further increase
Fast transfer rate, improve the efficiency of the communication link, and make more powerful communication link to continue efforts
Force. Accordingly, there remains a need to develop and to improve the host data throughput between the client device
New or improved transfer mechanism.
...
In U.S. Patent Application 10/020, 520 (now U.S. Patent 6,760,772, in 2004
Granted on July 6 Zou et) and September 6, 2003 filed co-pending U.S.
Patent Application 10/236, 657, the applicant has already proposed this new transfer mechanism, the two
Articles apply both entitled "Generating and Implementing A Communication
Protocol and Interface for High Data Rate Signal Transfer ", these two have been granted
Right now the case has been assigned to the assignee of the present invention, where they are incorporated by reference
Test. In addition, June 2, 2004 submitted. No. 10/860, 116, title
For the "Generating and Implementing a Signal Protocol and Interface for
Higher Data Rates "in co-pending U.S. application in these applications is discussed in the technical
Surgery can greatly improve high-speed data signal large amounts of data transfer rate. However, does not
Continuously improve the data rate, in particular to the rate of the video showing the growing demand. Even if
Technology is the use of the data signal being developed in other progress still needed to further increase
Fast transfer rate, improve the efficiency of the communication link, and make more powerful communication link to continue efforts
Force. Accordingly, there remains a need to develop and to improve the host data throughput between the client device
New or improved transfer mechanism.
...
Embodiments of the present invention, the above and other fields of existing defects will be
Solution, in the present embodiment of the invention, it has been developed for the host device and the recipient
Between the client device to transfer data at high data rates new protocol and data transfer means, square
France and mechanisms.
Embodiments of the present invention is directed to a host device and the client devices via
A communication path to transmit digital data at a high rate mobile data digital interface (Mobile Data
Digital Interface, MDDI), which uses a plurality or series of packet structures linked together
To form a communication protocol to the host and passed between the client device and render digital control
Preselected data collection. The signal communication protocol or link layer link from the host or client
Controller, receiver or the physical layer driver. Resides in at least one of the host device
A link controller or drive coupled via a communication path or link to the client device and
And is configured to generate, transmit and to receive packets forming the communications protocol, and the digital
Presentation data is formed for one or more types of data packets. The interface between the host and client
Machine bidirectional information transmission between said host and client can exist in the whole common
Body shell or support structure.
...
Embodiments of the present invention is directed to a host device and the client devices via
A communication path to transmit digital data at a high rate mobile data digital interface (Mobile Data
Digital Interface, MDDI), which uses a plurality or series of packet structures linked together
To form a communication protocol to the host and passed between the client device and render digital control
Preselected data collection. The signal communication protocol or link layer link from the host or client
Controller, receiver or the physical layer driver. Resides in at least one of the host device
A link controller or drive coupled via a communication path or link to the client device and
And is configured to generate, transmit and to receive packets forming the communications protocol, and the digital
Presentation data is formed for one or more types of data packets. The interface between the host and client
Machine bidirectional information transmission between said host and client can exist in the whole common
Body shell or support structure.
...
In order to facilitate the use and acceptance, the interface will add very little cost of the equipment can
When using the standard battery voltage supply via said interface display, while allowing consumes very little
Power, and the ability to be able to put into the pocket device has a form factor. The interface is up
Level in order to support more than HDTV resolution, the interface also supports the display device
7.1 stereoscopic video and audio synchronization, conditional execution of any screen area updates and dual
To support a variety of data types.
According to the present invention, other embodiments, at least one client link controller,
Receiver device or drive is set on the client device, and via the communication path
Or a link coupled to said host device. Said client link controller is also configured as a raw
A transmission and reception of packets form a communication protocol, and the digital data forming the present
One or more types of data packets. Generally, host or link controller uses like
State machine to deal with the command or signal preparation and certain types of data query processing
Packet, but it can also be used a slower general purpose processor to manipulate data and for the through
Some of the letter agreement less complex groupings. Said host controller comprises one or more differential
Of line driver; while the client receiver comprises one or more coupled to said communication path
The differential line receiver.
...
The host and the packet communication between client devices are combined in a medium frame
Since these media frames having a predefined fixed length, wherein the predetermined number of packets have different
The variable length. The packet includes the packet length field, one or more packet data words
Section and cyclic redundancy check field. Sub-frame header packet is transmitted from the host in the chain or positioned
The other way controller at the beginning of packet transmission. Said communication protocol uses one or more video
Stream type grouping and audio stream type grouping in order from the host to the client via the forward link points
Do not send video data and audio types of data types, thus rendering to the client device users.
The communication protocol with one or more reverse-link packet encapsulation type to the data from the
The client device to the host link controller. In some embodiments, the transmission including
With at least one of the data from the device's internal controller MDDI sent to the internal video screen
Curtain. Other embodiments include transfer to internal sound systems, and from the group consisting joysticks and
Complex variety of input devices keyboard to the internal host device transmits.
...
Generated by the host link controller filler grouped by type, so as to occupy no data
The forward link transmission cycle. The communication protocol uses a plurality of other packets for transmission
Video information. These packets include the color map, the bit block transfer, the bitmap area fill, bitmap
Color pattern fills and transparency enabled grouped by type. The communication protocol uses a user-defined flow
Grouped by type in order to transfer interface - user-defined data. The number of communication protocols using the keyboard
According to the type of data packet and a pointing device to the client device to the user associated
Transfer data to or from the input device is transferred out of these devices. The communication protocol uses link
Closing type grouping to terminate any one direction of the communication path via the data transfer.
...
Generated by the host link controller filler grouped by type, so as to occupy no data
The forward link transmission cycle. The communication protocol uses a plurality of other packets for transmission
Video information. These packets include the color map, the bit block transfer, the bitmap area fill, bitmap
Color pattern fills and transparency enabled grouped by type. The communication protocol uses a user-defined flow
Grouped by type in order to transfer interface - user-defined data. The number of communication protocols using the keyboard
According to the type of data packet and a pointing device to the client device to the user associated
Transfer data to or from the input device is transferred out of these devices. The communication protocol uses link
Closing type grouping to terminate any one direction of the communication path via the data transfer.
...
Display power state to an embodiment of the packet format, the packet type is constructed
As having: packet length, packet type, hClient ID, power status, and CRC fields.
In the 2-byte type field, the packet type is usually identified as type 75 packets. Two words
Section hClient ID field contains the client ID information retained or value. Power status field
Specifies the value of the bit according to specific pre-selected set of specific monitor power status of the specified
State information. 2 byte CRC field specifies or contains, including the packet length, including the
All bytes in the packet of the CRC.
% E6% 89% 80% E8% BF% B0% E9% 80% 9A% E4% BF% A1% E8% B7% AF% E5% BE% 84% E9% 80% 9A% E5% B8% B8% E5 % 8C% 85% E6% 8B% AC% E6% 88% 96% E8% 80% 85% E9% 87% 87% E7% 94% A8% E5% 85% B7% E6% 9C% 89% E4% B8 % 80% E7% B3% BB% E5% 88% 97% E5% 9B% 9B% E4% B8% AA% E6% 88% 96% E6% 9B% B4% E5% A4% 9A% E5% AF% BC % E7% BA% BF% E5% 92% 8C% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 0A% 09% 09% 09% 09% 09 % E4% B8% 80% E4% B8% AA% E5% B1% 8F% E8% 94% BD% E7% 9A% 84% E7% 94% B5% E7% BC% 86% E3% 80% 82% E5 % 8F% A6% E5% A4% 96% EF% BC% 8C% E6% A0% B9% E6% 8D% AE% E9% 9C% 80% E8% A6% 81% EF% BC% 8C% E5% 8F % AF% E4% BB% A5% E4% BD% BF% E7% 94% A8% E5% 8D% B0% E5% 88% B7% E7% BA% BF% E8% B7% AF% E6% 88% 96 % E8% 80% 85% E5% AF% BC% E7% BA% BF% EF% BC% 8C% E5% 85% B6% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20 % 20% 20% 20% E4% B8% AD% E6% 9C% 89% E4% B8% 80% E4% BA% 9B% E7% BA% BF% E8% B7% AF% E6% 88% 96% E8 % 80% 85% E5% AF% BC% E7% BA% BF% E9% A9% BB% E7% 95% 99% E5% 9C% A8% E6% 9F% 94% E6% 80% A7% E8% A1 % AC% E5% BA% 95% E4% B8% 8A% E3% 80% 82
The host link controller monitors requests from the client device capability information, in order to identify
Said client via said fixed interfaces to support any type of data and data rates. The
Clients use the above link controller capable of at least one type of packet to the host display link
Controller passes show or presentation capabilities. Communication protocol uses a plurality of transfer mode, each pass
Delivery modes allow parallel transmission in a given time period different from the maximum number of data bits, each
Modes are available through the host and client consultation between the link controller to select. These pass
Sent during the data transfer mode can be dynamically adjusted, and the need to use the reverse link
Used on the forward link transmission mode as the use of the same pattern.
...
The host link controller monitors requests from the client device capability information, in order to identify
Said client via said fixed interfaces to support any type of data and data rates. The
Clients use the above link controller capable of at least one type of packet to the host display link
Controller passes show or presentation capabilities. Communication protocol uses a plurality of transfer mode, each pass
Delivery modes allow parallel transmission in a given time period different from the maximum number of data bits, each
Modes are available through the host and client consultation between the link controller to select. These pass
Sent during the data transfer mode can be dynamically adjusted, and the need to use the reverse link
Used on the forward link transmission mode as the use of the same pattern.
...
In other aspects of some embodiments, said host device comprises a presence of the following
The portable electronic device of the drive controller or communication link control device, wherein
The portable electronic device such as a wireless communication device, such as a wireless phone, wireless PDA or
Portable computer. This configuration is typical of client devices, including customer circuitry, integrated circuits
Road or module coupled to the host and resides in the same device with, and is coupled to the
Such as mobile phones and / or portable audio presentation system, or some type of input system optional
System or device of the kind of internal resolution screen video display.
...
In other aspects of some embodiments, said host device comprises a presence of the following
The portable electronic device of the drive controller or communication link control device, wherein
The portable electronic device such as a wireless communication device, such as a wireless phone, wireless PDA or
Portable computer. This configuration is typical of client devices, including customer circuitry, integrated circuits
Road or module coupled to the host and resides in the same device with, and is coupled to the
Such as mobile phones and / or portable audio presentation system, or some type of input system optional
System or device of the kind of internal resolution screen video display.
...
Described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings Other features of the invention and advantages of the present invention, and
Kind of structure and operation of the embodiment. In these drawings, the same reference numerals denote the same general,
Functionally similar, and / or structurally similar elements or process steps.
Figure 1A shows an embodiment of the present invention is able to work the basic environment, including portable
Type computer or other data processing device in combination with the micro-display device or projector
Are used.
Figure 1B shows an embodiment of the present invention is able to work the basic environment, including wireless
Transceiver device used in combination with micro-display or a projector, and audio presentation elements used.
Figure 2A shows an embodiment of the present invention to the basic environment, including for use in the
Portable computer display device or an internal audio presentation devices.
Figure 2B illustrates an embodiment of the present invention to the basic environment, including in the absence of
Line transceiver using the internal display or audio presentation elements used.
Figure 3 shows a host and client interconnection with mobile digital data interface of the overall
Idea.
Figure 4 shows a device for the realization of the client device to a host of data transmission
Group structure.
Figure 5 shows the use of a MDDI link controller, and the host and client
Type 1 interface via a physical data transfer link type of signal conductors.
Figure 6 shows the use of a MDDI link controller, and the host and client
Type 2,3,4-type interface between via physical data link wire transfer signal type.
Figure 7 shows a protocol for implementing the interface, the structure of frames and sub-frames.
Figure 8 shows a protocol for implementing the interface, the general structure of a packet.
Figure 9 shows a sub-frame header packet format.
Figure 10 shows the format of the packet and the filler content.
Figure 11 shows the format of the video stream packet.
12A-12E are shown in Figure 10 using the Video Data Format Descriptor format and
Content.
Figure 13 shows the data is packaged and non-packaged format used.
Figure 14 shows the format of the audio stream packet.
Figure 15 shows the data is byte aligned and packed PCM format used.
Figure 16 shows a user-defined format of the packet stream.
Figure 17 shows the format of the packet color mapping.
Figure 18 shows a reverse link encapsulation packet format.
Figure 19 shows the ability of the client packet format.
Figure 20 shows the format of the keyboard data packet.
Figure 21 shows a data packet indicating the format of the device.
Figure 22 shows the format of the packet link is down.
Figure 23 shows a client request and status packet format.
Figure 24 shows a bit block transfer packet format.
Figure 25 shows a bitmap area padding packet format.
Figure 26 shows a bitmap patterns padding packet format.
Figure 27 illustrates the communication format of the packet data channel link.
Figure 28 shows a power state of the display format of the packet.
Figure 29 shows a format of the packet switched implementation type.
Figure 30 illustrates a forward audio channel format of the packet is enabled.
Figure 31 shows a reverse packet format of the audio sampling rate.
Figure 32 illustrates a digital content protection overhead packet format.
Figure 33 shows the format of the packet to enable the transparent color.
Figure 34 shows a round trip delay measurement packet format.
Figure 35 shows a round trip delay measurement packet during the event timing.
Figure 36 shows a method for implementing the present invention, a CRC generator and verifier exemplary
Now way.
Figure 37A illustrates the apparatus shown in Figure 36 when the transmission data packet CRC signal timing.
Figure 37B shows the apparatus shown in Figure 36 when receiving data packets CRC signal timing.
Figure 38 shows a typical case, there is no competition service request processing steps.
Figure 39 shows the link restart sequence begins after the maintenance (assert) Typical service
Request compete with a link startup procedure.
Figure 40 shows how to use the DATA-STB encoding transmission data sequence.
Figure 41 shows in a host may be used to generate the input data signal DATA and STB
Number, and then in the client data recovery circuits.
Figure 42 shows an embodiment can be used to implement the drive and termination resistors.
Figure 43a-43c shows guaranteed by the client for services from the host as well as by the
Host the steps used to provide this service and signal level.
Figure 44 shows the Data0, other data lines (DataX), and strobe lines (Stb) on
Transition (transition) the relative spacing between.
Figure 45 shows that when the host sends a packet after disabling the host drive will appear,
There is a delay in the response.
Figure 46 shows the host drive is enabled when the host transmits a packet that can occur when the response
Delay exists.
Figure 47 shows the leakage current analysis.
Figure 48 shows the host and client output disable and enable time switching characteristics and phase
On the timing relationships.
Figure 49 shows a state machine can be used to synchronize the signal processing steps and conditions
Advanced Charting.
Figure 50 shows a system using the MDDI forward path and backward path of the signal
Typically encountered in processing delay.
Figure 51 illustrates a critical round trip delay measurements.
Figure 52A illustrates a reverse link data rate changes.
Figure 52B illustrates an advanced reverse data sampling of an example.
Figure 53 depicts the reverse rate divisor value with changes in the forward link data rate graph
Representation.
Figure 54A and 54B illustrates the steps performed interface operations.
Figure 55 shows the processing overview of the packet interface unit.
Figure 56 shows the format of a forward link packet.
Figure 57 shows a Type 1 interface link propagation delay and deviation (skew) of the Code
Type values.
Figure 58 shows for example via the interface signal processing, in the type
A link on the Data (data), Stb (strobe) and Clock (clock) recovery timing.
Figure 59 shows a type 2, 3 or 4 Link interfaces typical propagation delay and deviation values.
Figure 60A, 60B and 60C shows two data signals and MDDI Stb the relative
Timing different possibilities, which correspond to the ideal situation, conditions and delayed early conditions.
Figure 61 shows a Type 1 / Type 2 interface used in the exemplary connector interface pins of
With.
Figure 62A and 62B respectively show Type 1 and Type 2 interface possible MDDI_Data
And MDDI_Stb waveforms.
Figure 63 shows a state machine can be used to synchronize the signal processing step and the optional
Conditions advanced chart.
Figure 64 shows a series of clock cycles with various reverse link packets bits and the timing
In addition to the relative timing between the values.
Figure 65 illustrates an exemplary error code transfer processing.
Figure 66 illustrates a transmission process for the error code of the device.
Figure 67A shows the error code for code reload transfer processing.
Figure 67B shows a receiving error code for code transfer processing.
Figure 68A shows the host-initiated wake-up procedure.
Figure 68B shows a client initiated wake-up procedure.
Figure 68C shows a competition with a host and client initiated wake-up procedure.
Figure 69 shows the characteristics of the request VCP packet format.
Figure 70 shows the format of the packet VCP response characteristic.
Figure 71 shows a characteristic response VCP list format.
Figure 72 shows the format of the packet is set VCP feature
Figure 73 shows the valid parameters of the request packet format.
Figure 74 shows the valid parameters answer packet format.
Figure 75 shows the ability of a scalable video stream format of the packet.
Figure 76 illustrates a scalable video stream to establish a packet format.
Figure 77 shows the scaled video stream can be recognized format of the packet.
Figure 78 illustrates a scalable video stream packet format.
79 shows a specific state of the request packet format.
Figure 80 shows a list of active state response packet format.
Figure 81A shows the packet format of the packet processing delay parameters.
Figure 81B shows the format of entries in the delay parameter list.
Figure 82 shows the ability of the individual display format of the packet.
Figure 83 shows the field curvature of the point list field points.
Figure 84A shows a client error reporting packet format.
Figure 84B illustrates the format of error reporting list items.
Figure 85 shows the format of the packet identifies the client.
Figure 86 shows the optional capability of the monitor packet format.
Figure 87 shows the format of a Register Access Packet.
Figure 88A-88C illustrates the use of two monitors buffers to reduce the visible artifacts
(visible artifacts).
Figure 89 shows a display refresh faster than the image transfer of the two buffers.
Figure 90 shows a display refresh image transfer is slower than two buffers.
Figure 91 shows a display refresh image transfer much faster than two buffers.
Figure 92 shows a display refresh faster than the image transfer of the three buffers.
Figure 93 shows a display refresh slower than image transfer of the three buffers.
Figure 94 shows a display refresh faster than the image transfer of a buffer.
Figure 95 shows a cascade chain through (daisy-chain) and the hub of the host - client
Connection.
Figure 96 shows a daisy chain via a hub and connect a combination of client devices.
Figure 97 illustrates a color map.
Specific embodiments
I. Overview
General object of the present invention is to provide a Mobile Display Digital Interface (MDDI, Mobile
Display Digital Interface), as described below, it is possible to obtain or provide a price-
High and low power transmission mechanism, this transmission mechanism using the "serial" type data link
Path or channel, and the host device can display element such as client devices
The high-speed short-range communication link or very high speed data transmission. This mechanism applicable
On the use of small cable connectors and valuables to achieve, these small valuables cable connectors and special
Particularly suitable for the internal (inside the housing or frame) display or output device or equipment or
Input devices connected to the central controller communication element or device. In addition, the as wearable
Microdisplay (goggles or projector) like the external display components or equipment or
His type of visual, auditory, tactile information presentation device is connected to a portable computer, wireless
Communication, or entertainment device, this connection mechanism is very useful.
...
General object of the present invention is to provide a Mobile Display Digital Interface (MDDI, Mobile
Display Digital Interface), as described below, it is possible to obtain or provide a price-
High and low power transmission mechanism, this transmission mechanism using the "serial" type data link
Path or channel, and the host device can display element such as client devices
The high-speed short-range communication link or very high speed data transmission. This mechanism applicable
On the use of small cable connectors and valuables to achieve, these small valuables cable connectors and special
Particularly suitable for the internal (inside the housing or frame) display or output device or equipment or
Input devices connected to the central controller communication element or device. In addition, the as wearable
Microdisplay (goggles or projector) like the external display components or equipment or
His type of visual, auditory, tactile information presentation device is connected to a portable computer, wireless
Communication, or entertainment device, this connection mechanism is very useful.
...
Embodiments of the present invention is an advantage to provide a technique for the data transfer, it is complex
Low, low cost, high reliability, is suited for use in the environment, and are very stable, with
While maintaining a very high flexibility.
May be used in embodiments of the present invention, a variety of situations, so as to normally used for audio, visual
Frequency, or multimedia applications, large amounts of data generated from the control (e.g., sent to a specific device)
Or processing or storage of such data to the host or source device passed or transferred to a high rate
Either the client or receiving device, such as a video display or projection element, audio speakers, or other
Rendering device. Discussed below, a typical application is a portable computer, wireless phone or
The visual display device, modem data transfer, wherein a visual display device, such as
For small video screen or wearable microdisplay products (micro-display
appliance), such as goggles or a form that contains a small projection lens and screen helmet-shaped
Type, or within such components from the host to the client device data transfer. That is,
From the processor to the internal screen or other presentation elements, and input devices from a variety of internal or
With client external input device installed in the internal (in the same device is set along the outer
Shell or the supporting structure) host, or connect via cable or wire to get there.
...
MDDI characteristics or properties do not depend on the specific display or rendering techniques. Regardless of the data
The internal structure or data, or execute the command function to, MDDI are
Transmit data at a high rate for a high flexibility mechanisms. It allows adjustment of the packets being sent
The timing to suit the characteristics of a particular client device, such as a unique display for some devices
The demand characteristics, or to meet certain AV system combined audio and video special requirements
Sex, or for as joysticks, touch pad, and so some of the input device characteristics. This
Kind of interface does not understand what the display element is used or the client device, as long as it
We followed the protocol can be selected. In addition, the total data rate of the serial link data, or can
Changed several orders of magnitude, which makes communication system or host device designer to the
Cost, power requirements, the complexity of the client device and the client device update rate
Optimization.
...
MDDI characteristics or properties do not depend on the specific display or rendering techniques. Regardless of the data
The internal structure or data, or execute the command function to, MDDI are
Transmit data at a high rate for a high flexibility mechanisms. It allows adjustment of the packets being sent
The timing to suit the characteristics of a particular client device, such as a unique display for some devices
The demand characteristics, or to meet certain AV system combined audio and video special requirements
Sex, or for as joysticks, touch pad, and so some of the input device characteristics. This
Kind of interface does not understand what the display element is used or the client device, as long as it
We followed the protocol can be selected. In addition, the total data rate of the serial link data, or can
Changed several orders of magnitude, which makes communication system or host device designer to the
Cost, power requirements, the complexity of the client device and the client device update rate
Optimization.
...
II. Environment
In Figure 1A and 1B can be seen in a typical application, there is shown the display, respectively
Devices 104 and 106 and the audio reproduction system 108 and 112 pass data portable or
By laptop computer 100 and the wireless phone or PDA device 102. In addition, FIG 1A shows
Out of the larger display or screen 114 or an image projector 116, the potential connection,
For clarity, only one shown in the drawing, but it may also be connected with the wireless device 102.
Wireless devices may be currently receiving data or have the storage element or device pre-
First save a certain amount of multimedia type data in order to wait for the wireless device presents the final
Users to view and / or listen. Since most of the time using typical wireless device for
Simple voice and text communication, so it has a relatively small display screen and simple audio system
System (speakers) to the user device 102 to transmit information.
...
In Figure 1A and 1B can be seen in a typical application, there is shown the display, respectively
Devices 104 and 106 and the audio reproduction system 108 and 112 pass data portable or
By laptop computer 100 and the wireless phone or PDA device 102. In addition, FIG 1A shows
Out of the larger display or screen 114 or an image projector 116, the potential connection,
For clarity, only one shown in the drawing, but it may also be connected with the wireless device 102.
Wireless devices may be currently receiving data or have the storage element or device pre-
First save a certain amount of multimedia type data in order to wait for the wireless device presents the final
Users to view and / or listen. Since most of the time using typical wireless device for
Simple voice and text communication, so it has a relatively small display screen and simple audio system
System (speakers) to the user device 102 to transmit information.
...
Doing enough to make more complex or "rich" to provide useful data presentation
Or pleasant experience. Therefore, the industry is developing other mechanisms and devices to the end
Information presented to the user and provide the desired enjoyment or positive experience the lowest level.
As previously described, have been developed or are currently being developed several types of display
Device to the display device 100 of the end-user presence information. For example, one or more companies
Have developed sets of wearable goggles, for the device in front of the user's eye projection
As to render the visual display. When properly positioned, the device can effectively "Projection"
A virtual image of the user's eyes felt like it, the image provides a visual output than
Out of the elements is much greater. That is, a very small projection element allows the user's eye "look
To "image than with a typical LCD screens and so much more likely to see the images using the
Large virtual screen image can also be much higher than the use of more limited use of the LCD screen display
The resolution of the monitor can obtain an image. Other display devices may include, but are not limited to,
Small LCD screens or various flat panel display element, for projecting an image on the surface
Projection lens and the display driver and so on.
...
As previously described, have been developed or are currently being developed several types of display
Device to the display device 100 of the end-user presence information. For example, one or more companies
Have developed sets of wearable goggles, for the device in front of the user's eye projection
As to render the visual display. When properly positioned, the device can effectively "Projection"
A virtual image of the user's eyes felt like it, the image provides a visual output than
Out of the elements is much greater. That is, a very small projection element allows the user's eye "look
To "image than with a typical LCD screens and so much more likely to see the images using the
Large virtual screen image can also be much higher than the use of more limited use of the LCD screen display
The resolution of the monitor can obtain an image. Other display devices may include, but are not limited to,
Small LCD screens or various flat panel display element, for projecting an image on the surface
Projection lens and the display driver and so on.
...
In addition, many wireless devices and computer currently has a built-in MP3 music decoding capabilities,
As well as other advanced sound decoders and systems. Generally, the use of portable computers and CD
DVD playback capability, and some also have a small dedicated flash memory reader to pick
Received pre-recorded audio files. The problem is that with this capability: digital music files Xu
Promise to provide a highly increased feature-rich experience, but only when the decoding and playback processing
Be able to keep up when realized. This is the same for the digital video files.
In addition, many wireless devices and computer currently has a built-in MP3 music decoding capabilities,
As well as other advanced sound decoders and systems. Generally, the use of portable computers and CD
DVD playback capability, and some also have a small dedicated flash memory reader to pick
Received pre-recorded audio files. The problem is that with this capability: digital music files Xu
Promise to provide a highly increased feature-rich experience, but only when the decoding and playback processing
Be able to keep up when realized. This is the same for the digital video files....
In any case, as described above, when people want to via one or more communication links
110 from the data source to the end user or send high-quality high-resolution images and high-quality data
Audio information or data signals, require high data rates. That is, the transmission link
Data 110 is clearly a potential bottleneck in the communication process, as discussed earlier, and
Because the current transfer mechanisms do not achieve the high data rates typically desired, therefore limiting the system
System performance. As described above, for example, 1024 × 1024 pixels for a higher image resolution,
24 to 32-bit per pixel color depth and is in a data rate of 30fps, the data rate
Ratio can be close to or higher than the rate of 755Mbps. In addition, such an image can be used for
As part of a multimedia presentation to present the multimedia presentation including audio data and processing
Interactive gaming or communications, or various commands, controls, or signals a potential additional signal, which
Further increase the amount of data and data rates.
...
In any case, as described above, when people want to via one or more communication links
110 from the data source to the end user or send high-quality high-resolution images and high-quality data
Audio information or data signals, require high data rates. That is, the transmission link
Data 110 is clearly a potential bottleneck in the communication process, as discussed earlier, and
Because the current transfer mechanisms do not achieve the high data rates typically desired, therefore limiting the system
System performance. As described above, for example, 1024 × 1024 pixels for a higher image resolution,
24 to 32-bit per pixel color depth and is in a data rate of 30fps, the data rate
Ratio can be close to or higher than the rate of 755Mbps. In addition, such an image can be used for
As part of a multimedia presentation to present the multimedia presentation including audio data and processing
Interactive gaming or communications, or various commands, controls, or signals a potential additional signal, which
Further increase the amount of data and data rates.
...
Deals with video screens and other output or input devices, and other aspects of the
Other typical applications for improvement can be seen in Fig. 1C and 1D, respectively, and is illustrated in
"Internal" display devices 134 and 144, and the audio reproduction system 136 and 146 number of passes
According to a portable or laptop computer 130 and the wireless phone or PDA device 140.
In Figures 2A and 2B, with the electronic equipment or the product of the small incision (cut-away)
Section to part of the apparatus shown in one or more internal hosts and controllers location
Currently used by the electronics industry in certain known types of rotation of the hinge, common communications link
Lu (here 138 and 148, respectively), and these internal host controller connected to a phase
Should the client component video display or screen. It can be seen, these transfer involved
And the amount of data required to form a large number of wire links 138 and 148. As a parallel interface or
Other known types of interface technology can be used to transmit this data, it is estimated that such communication
Close the communication link with a wire 90 or more in order to meet this design is now on the use of
Available on the advanced color and graphics interface, the display element is a growing need.
...
In Figures 2A and 2B, with the electronic equipment or the product of the small incision (cut-away)
Section to part of the apparatus shown in one or more internal hosts and controllers location
Currently used by the electronics industry in certain known types of rotation of the hinge, common communications link
Lu (here 138 and 148, respectively), and these internal host controller connected to a phase
Should the client component video display or screen. It can be seen, these transfer involved
And the amount of data required to form a large number of wire links 138 and 148. As a parallel interface or
Other known types of interface technology can be used to transmit this data, it is estimated that such communication
Close the communication link with a wire 90 or more in order to meet this design is now on the use of
Available on the advanced color and graphics interface, the display element is a growing need.
...
What is needed is such a method for rendering the components and transfer of data between data sources
Link or the communication path to transmit data at a high rate technology, structure, device or method,
In order to achieve consistent low power consumption, light weight and simple and economical as possible cable construction. This
Applicants have developed a new technique, methods and apparatus to achieve these and other objects
In order to make a series of mobile, portable devices to a fixed position even with very high
Data rate to the desired displays, micro display or transmit digital audio transmission element
Data, while maintaining the desired low power and low complexity.
...
What is needed is such a method for rendering the components and transfer of data between data sources
Link or the communication path to transmit data at a high rate technology, structure, device or method,
In order to achieve consistent low power consumption, light weight and simple and economical as possible cable construction. This
Applicants have developed a new technique, methods and apparatus to achieve these and other objects
In order to make a series of mobile, portable devices to a fixed position even with very high
Data rate to the desired displays, micro display or transmit digital audio transmission element
Data, while maintaining the desired low power and low complexity.
...
In order to create and efficiently utilize a new device interface, has been prepared using a low-power
Signal to provide a high data transfer rate of a signal protocol and system architecture. The Association
Proposed based on packet and common frame structure, or linked together to form a protocol structure for
Pass preselected data sets or data types, and applied to the interface command or operating results
Structure.
A. Overview
The MDDI link connection or via a communication device called the host and client, the
Clients are usually referred certain types of display devices, but can also consider other outputs and
Input device. When enabled by the host, the data from the host to the display along the forward transmission (called
Forward business or a link), from the client to the host data transfer in the reverse direction (referred to as anti-
Or a link to the business). Shown in Figure 3 illustrate the basic structure of these. In Figure 3,
Host 202 using two-way communication channel 206 is connected with the client 204, the bidirectional communication through
Including the forward link channel in accordance with the reverse link 210, 208 and shown in the form. However, this
These channels are formed by a common set of wires, wherein the set of common data transmission wires
Can operate in both forward and reverse link between the effective switch. This can greatly reduce the number of wires
Volume, immediately solves the mobile electronic devices such as low power environment for high-speed data
The current method of sending one of many problems faced.
...
The MDDI link connection or via a communication device called the host and client, the
Clients are usually referred certain types of display devices, but can also consider other outputs and
Input device. When enabled by the host, the data from the host to the display along the forward transmission (called
Forward business or a link), from the client to the host data transfer in the reverse direction (referred to as anti-
Or a link to the business). Shown in Figure 3 illustrate the basic structure of these. In Figure 3,
Host 202 using two-way communication channel 206 is connected with the client 204, the bidirectional communication through
Including the forward link channel in accordance with the reverse link 210, 208 and shown in the form. However, this
These channels are formed by a common set of wires, wherein the set of common data transmission wires
Can operate in both forward and reverse link between the effective switch. This can greatly reduce the number of wires
Volume, immediately solves the mobile electronic devices such as low power environment for high-speed data
The current method of sending one of many problems faced.
...
Furthermore, the host computer as a host device or control element present in the variety of its
It is widely used or planned commercial products, these products are needed between the client
High-speed communications link. For example, a host may be used at a high rate from a video recording device to the deposit on
Chu clients to transfer data to improve response or high-resolution large-screen to transfer data
For rendering. With on-board inventory (onboard inventory) or a computing system and / or
Other household devices Bluetooth connectivity appliances, such as refrigerators, when the Internet or Bluetooth connection
The mode operation, having improved capability of the monitor, or computer, or
Control systems (hosts) exist elsewhere in the room, when reducing the indoor display (Away
Client) and a small keyboard or a scanner (client) connection needs. Overall, skills
Field technician will understand that a variety of modern electronic equipment and appliances will benefit from using this
Kinds of interfaces, and by use of the additional or existing connectors, or cable are available
Limited number of conductors to achieve higher data rate transmission of information to renovate old equipment.
...
Meanwhile, the client 204 may include information presented to the end user or from the user
Presenting information to the host various devices. For example, goggles or glasses into the miniature display
, Embedded hat or helmet projection equipment, such as embedded windows or windscreen vehicle
And even in a small glass screen hologram element, or to render high quality sound or music
Various speakers, headphones or a stereo system. Other equipment includes a presentation will be presented
Conference information or movies and television image projector or projection equipment. Another example is the use of the touch
Board, or sensitive devices, voice recognition input devices, security scanners, and others can be
Calls from the device or system user is passing a lot of information, in which the device or system users with
From the user's touch and sound in addition to less than the actual "input." Furthermore, the calculation
Machines and accessories vehicle accessories or desktop docking station (docking station) and wireless phones
Holders can also be used as the end user or other equipment and devices interface devices, and
Clients can use (such as a mouse to the output or input device) or a host to help transfer data,
Particularly in relation to the case of high-speed networks.
...
Meanwhile, the client 204 may include information presented to the end user or from the user
Presenting information to the host various devices. For example, goggles or glasses into the miniature display
, Embedded hat or helmet projection equipment, such as embedded windows or windscreen vehicle
And even in a small glass screen hologram element, or to render high quality sound or music
Various speakers, headphones or a stereo system. Other equipment includes a presentation will be presented
Conference information or movies and television image projector or projection equipment. Another example is the use of the touch
Board, or sensitive devices, voice recognition input devices, security scanners, and others can be
Calls from the device or system user is passing a lot of information, in which the device or system users with
From the user's touch and sound in addition to less than the actual "input." Furthermore, the calculation
Machines and accessories vehicle accessories or desktop docking station (docking station) and wireless phones
Holders can also be used as the end user or other equipment and devices interface devices, and
Clients can use (such as a mouse to the output or input device) or a host to help transfer data,
Particularly in relation to the case of high-speed networks.
...
The present invention can be MDD Interface and communication signal protocol to simplify the equipment (inside
The external mode) by the host processor, controller, or circuit component (for example) and external devices or equipment
Shell or structure of the interconnection between the monitor (called internal model) to reduce these connections
The cost or complexity and associated power and control requirements or constraints of these connections, and
And improve reliability, rather than connected to or to external components, equipment or devices (external
Mode).
Using this interface structure for each signal the total data rate serial link
Changed in several orders of magnitude, which allows the system designer to easily for cost or equipment, power
Rate, implementation complexity and optimize the display update rate. MDDI property does not
Dependent display or other presentation devices (target client) technology. Can be easily adjusted
A data packet transmitted via the interface timing to suit the characteristics of a particular client, the client
Machine such as a display device, sound system, memory and control elements, or to adapt the audio - visual
Audio system features a combination of timing requirements. Although this allows the system to consume as little as possible
Power, but it does not require a frame buffer to each client, so that at least a certain level
Agreement with MDDI.
...
Using this interface structure for each signal the total data rate serial link
Changed in several orders of magnitude, which allows the system designer to easily for cost or equipment, power
Rate, implementation complexity and optimize the display update rate. MDDI property does not
Dependent display or other presentation devices (target client) technology. Can be easily adjusted
A data packet transmitted via the interface timing to suit the characteristics of a particular client, the client
Machine such as a display device, sound system, memory and control elements, or to adapt the audio - visual
Audio system features a combination of timing requirements. Although this allows the system to consume as little as possible
Power, but it does not require a frame buffer to each client, so that at least a certain level
Agreement with MDDI.
...
The MDD interface is conceived to be able to handle the communications and computer industry can find
Somewhat different to at least four or more types of physical interfaces. These classes
Type interface is simple labeled Type 1, Type 2, Type 3 Type 4, and of course the art technology
Surgical staff can also according to the specific application for or relating to the industry and the application of other
Mark or name. For example, simple audio systems use less sophisticated multimedia system connection,
And can be variously cited as "channel" features and so on.
The Type 1 interface is configured as a 6-wire (6-wire) or other type of conductor or conductive
Component interfaces that make it suitable for mobile or wireless phone, PDA, electronic
Games such as a CD player or MP3 player, portable media players, as well as
Similar device, or a similar type of technology used in consumer electronic equipment. In one embodiment,
Example, a line is configured as 8 (wire) of the interface may be more suitable for a laptop count
Computer, laptop or desktop personal computers and similar devices or applications, these devices do not
Require fast data update, nor embedded MDDI link controller. This interface
Type also through the use of additional wire Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface to distinguish this
Interface type, which supports USB is ideal for most personal computers in common
Existing operating system or software.
...
The Type 1 interface is configured as a 6-wire (6-wire) or other type of conductor or conductive
Component interfaces that make it suitable for mobile or wireless phone, PDA, electronic
Games such as a CD player or MP3 player, portable media players, as well as
Similar device, or a similar type of technology used in consumer electronic equipment. In one embodiment,
Example, a line is configured as 8 (wire) of the interface may be more suitable for a laptop count
Computer, laptop or desktop personal computers and similar devices or applications, these devices do not
Require fast data update, nor embedded MDDI link controller. This interface
Type also through the use of additional wire Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface to distinguish this
Interface type, which supports USB is ideal for most personal computers in common
Existing operating system or software.
...
In this interface, sent to the client via a special command or packet type, the main
The host machine to receive communication data from the client (reverse traffic or link),
This allows a client account for a specified period of time continuing bus (link), and the number of
According to a reverse packet sent to the host. These are shown in Figure 4, which is called encapsulation
Packet packet type (to be discussed below) to support the transmission of the reverse link packet
Transmission, to create the reverse link. Assigned to the host to poll the client when the data
Interval determined in advance by the host, and the time interval is to be based on the application of each designated
Requirements. In the absence of a USB port is used to send information from the client or the data, this
Type of half-duplex bi-directional data transmission is particularly beneficial.
...
In this interface, sent to the client via a special command or packet type, the main
The host machine to receive communication data from the client (reverse traffic or link),
This allows a client account for a specified period of time continuing bus (link), and the number of
According to a reverse packet sent to the host. These are shown in Figure 4, which is called encapsulation
Packet packet type (to be discussed below) to support the transmission of the reverse link packet
Transmission, to create the reverse link. Assigned to the host to poll the client when the data
Interval determined in advance by the host, and the time interval is to be based on the application of each designated
Requirements. In the absence of a USB port is used to send information from the client or the data, this
Type of half-duplex bi-directional data transmission is particularly beneficial.
...
Typically, agreed through consultation maximum data rate that can be used by the MDDI use
The protocol allows the type 3 and 4 of the host and type of each of 2, 3 and 4
Client in any one to communicate. Will be called the least capable device capabilities or
Were available features are used to set the link performance. Typically, if the host and client can
Enough to use the type 2, type 3 or type 4 interface system, both also with Type 1
Interface to work. Then, the host's ability to determine the target client, and negotiated and agreed cut
Change to or reconfigure operations to a type 2, type 3 or type 4 in a pattern, as long as
It can be suitable for a particular application.
...
Typically, agreed through consultation maximum data rate that can be used by the MDDI use
The protocol allows the type 3 and 4 of the host and type of each of 2, 3 and 4
Client in any one to communicate. Will be called the least capable device capabilities or
Were available features are used to set the link performance. Typically, if the host and client can
Enough to use the type 2, type 3 or type 4 interface system, both also with Type 1
Interface to work. Then, the host's ability to determine the target client, and negotiated and agreed cut
Change to or reconfigure operations to a type 2, type 3 or type 4 in a pattern, as long as
It can be suitable for a particular application.
...
The system also can be used in one direction, a pattern used in the other direction
Another mode is to transfer data. For example, you can type four interface mode is used at a high rate transmission
Sending data to the monitor, keyboard, or from a pointing device such as a peripheral device to a host device
When transferring data using the Type 1 mode. Ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the host and
Clients are able to pass the output data at different rates.
MDDI protocol users often can be "external" mode and the "internal" mode distinction
Open. External mode describes the use of the protocols and interfaces to a host device connected
External to the device and the distance of the device up to 2 meters clients. In this case,
, The host can also send power to external clients, so that the two devices are easy in the mobile ring
Work environment. Internal model describes a device contained within the same host and a client with
Even, for example, in public housing or bracket or some structure. An example may be a non-
Line telephone or other wireless equipment, or a portable computer or game equipment should be
With, where the client is a display or display driver, or an input such as a keyboard or touch pad
Equipment, or stereo system, and the host is the central controller, the graphics engine or CPU components.
In contrast with the external mode applications, due to the internal model application client located very close to the main
Place machine, so in this configuration is not usually required to connect the power supply to the client.
...
MDDI protocol users often can be "external" mode and the "internal" mode distinction
Open. External mode describes the use of the protocols and interfaces to a host device connected
External to the device and the distance of the device up to 2 meters clients. In this case,
, The host can also send power to external clients, so that the two devices are easy in the mobile ring
Work environment. Internal model describes a device contained within the same host and a client with
Even, for example, in public housing or bracket or some structure. An example may be a non-
Line telephone or other wireless equipment, or a portable computer or game equipment should be
With, where the client is a display or display driver, or an input such as a keyboard or touch pad
Equipment, or stereo system, and the host is the central controller, the graphics engine or CPU components.
In contrast with the external mode applications, due to the internal model application client located very close to the main
Place machine, so in this configuration is not usually required to connect the power supply to the client.
...
Figures 5 and 6 are shown for the host and client devices to establish communication between devices
Or the general configuration of the link controller. In Figures 5 and 6, the MDDI link shown
Controllers 402 and 502 installed in the host device 202, and the MDDI link shown
Way controller 404 and 504 installed on the client device 204. As mentioned above, the host 202
Includes a series of wires with a bidirectional communication channel 406 is connected to the client 204. Follows
Above, the host and client link controller can be used both to set a single circuit design
Into a circuit, the design can be set, adjusted or programmed as a host controller (driver
Actuator) or a client controller (receiver) to respond. Due to the need larger
Single circuit apparatus was manufactured, a lower cost of doing so.
...
Figures 5 and 6 are shown for the host and client devices to establish communication between devices
Or the general configuration of the link controller. In Figures 5 and 6, the MDDI link shown
Controllers 402 and 502 installed in the host device 202, and the MDDI link shown
Way controller 404 and 504 installed on the client device 204. As mentioned above, the host 202
Includes a series of wires with a bidirectional communication channel 406 is connected to the client 204. Follows
Above, the host and client link controller can be used both to set a single circuit design
Into a circuit, the design can be set, adjusted or programmed as a host controller (driver
Actuator) or a client controller (receiver) to respond. Due to the need larger
Single circuit apparatus was manufactured, a lower cost of doing so.
...
In Figures 5 and 6 are also described in the host and the display device, such as between clients via
MDDI link or the physical conductors used to transmit signals. Figures 5 and 6
Shows for transferring data via MDDI main path or mechanism uses labeled
MDDI_Data0 + / - and MDDI_Stb + / - of the data signal. Each of these signals are
Via a wire pair in the cable to transmit a differential data signal voltage. For through said interface
Send each one, MDDI_Data0 right or MDDI_Stb right exists only a transition.
This is based on the voltage rather than on the current transmission mechanism, the quiescent current consumption is near zero.
MDDI_Stb signal drives the host to the client monitor.
...
In Figures 5 and 6 are also described in the host and the display device, such as between clients via
MDDI link or the physical conductors used to transmit signals. Figures 5 and 6
Shows for transferring data via MDDI main path or mechanism uses labeled
MDDI_Data0 + / - and MDDI_Stb + / - of the data signal. Each of these signals are
Via a wire pair in the cable to transmit a differential data signal voltage. For through said interface
Send each one, MDDI_Data0 right or MDDI_Stb right exists only a transition.
This is based on the voltage rather than on the current transmission mechanism, the quiescent current consumption is near zero.
MDDI_Stb signal drives the host to the client monitor.
...
In addition to the data type of an interface, or a path other than type 2 interface also includes an attached
Plus data or wires or paths, called MDDI_Data1 + / -. In addition to type 2 connection
Those data port or path outside the Type 3 interface contains two additional data or letter
Signal path, known as MDDI_Data2 + / -, and MDDI_Data3 + / -. In addition to Type 3 Interface
Data or path outside the Type 4 interface contains four additional data or signal path,
Are called: MDDI_Data4 + / -, MDDI_Data5 + / -, MDDI_Data6 + / -, and
MDDI_Data7 + / -. In each of the above-mentioned interface configuration, the host can use pairs or
Were designated as HOST_Pwr (host power supply) and HOST_Gnd (host ground) signal to
Display to the client or to provide electricity. As will be discussed further, if necessary,
When the interface is being used, "type" is used in wire than in other modes or store available
In the wires, in some configurations MDDI_Data4 + / -, MDDI_Data5 + / -,
MDDI_Data6 + / -, or MDDI_Data7 + / - conductors, can also be used for power transmission.
While some applications are different, but the power transmission mode is usually used for the external and internal mold
Type usually do not require power transmission.
...
In addition to the data type of an interface, or a path other than type 2 interface also includes an attached
Plus data or wires or paths, called MDDI_Data1 + / -. In addition to type 2 connection
Those data port or path outside the Type 3 interface contains two additional data or letter
Signal path, known as MDDI_Data2 + / -, and MDDI_Data3 + / -. In addition to Type 3 Interface
Data or path outside the Type 4 interface contains four additional data or signal path,
Are called: MDDI_Data4 + / -, MDDI_Data5 + / -, MDDI_Data6 + / -, and
MDDI_Data7 + / -. In each of the above-mentioned interface configuration, the host can use pairs or
Were designated as HOST_Pwr (host power supply) and HOST_Gnd (host ground) signal to
Display to the client or to provide electricity. As will be discussed further, if necessary,
When the interface is being used, "type" is used in wire than in other modes or store available
In the wires, in some configurations MDDI_Data4 + / -, MDDI_Data5 + / -,
MDDI_Data6 + / -, or MDDI_Data7 + / - conductors, can also be used for power transmission.
While some applications are different, but the power transmission mode is usually used for the external and internal mold
Type usually do not require power transmission.
...
Table I
Type 1 | | | |
HOST_Pwr / Gnd MDDI_Stb + / - MDDI_Data0 + / - Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr | HOST_Pwr / Gnd MDDI_Stb + / - MDDI_Data0 + / - MDDI_Data1 + / - Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr | HOST_Pwr / Gnd MDDI_Stb + / - MDDI_Data0 + / - MDDI_Data1 + / - MDDI_Data2 + / - MDDI_Data3 + / - Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr Optional Pwr | HOST_Pwr/Gnd MDDI_Stb+/- MDDI_Data0+/- MDDI_Data1+/- MDDI_Data2+/- MDDI_Data3+/- MDDI-Data4+/- MDDI_Data5+/- MDDI_Data6+/- MDDI_Data7+/- |
It should also be noted that the transfer from the host HOST_Pwr / Gnd connection is usually
Provided for the external mode. Internal applications or operating mode is usually directly from the client to the other
Internal resources to take power, instead of using MDDI to control the power distribution, as for skills
Of ordinary skill as apparent therefore not described in further detail here
This distribution. However, as one of ordinary skill will appreciate, of course, be
Via MDDI interface to allocate a certain power supply to facilitate such control, synchronization or mutual
Even.
Typically used to implement the above structure and operation of the cable is of the order of a nominal length of about 1.5 meters
Degree, generally 2 m or less, and includes three pairs of twisted conductors, each conductor or multi-
Share 30AWG wire. The cover wrap or foil shield is formed on top of three pairs of twisted-pair for
For another ground (drain wire). The ground wire shielded twisted pair and connect the monitor
Terminated connector, the shield layer and the shield connecting the client, there is an insulating layer covering the
The cables, which are known in the technical field as that. Side of the wire according to the following
Type pairing: Host_Gnd with Host_Pwr; MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-;
MDDI_Data0 + with MDDI_Data0-; MDDI_Data1 + and MDDI_Data1-; etc.
And so on. However, as known in the art that, according to the particular application, using a variety of derivative
Wire and cable to an embodiment of the present invention. For example, in some applications, the weight of the outer cover
Cover or metal layer may be used including cable, and thin, flat structure of the conduction band may not
Often suitable for other applications.
...
Typically used to implement the above structure and operation of the cable is of the order of a nominal length of about 1.5 meters
Degree, generally 2 m or less, and includes three pairs of twisted conductors, each conductor or multi-
Share 30AWG wire. The cover wrap or foil shield is formed on top of three pairs of twisted-pair for
For another ground (drain wire). The ground wire shielded twisted pair and connect the monitor
Terminated connector, the shield layer and the shield connecting the client, there is an insulating layer covering the
The cables, which are known in the technical field as that. Side of the wire according to the following
Type pairing: Host_Gnd with Host_Pwr; MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-;
MDDI_Data0 + with MDDI_Data0-; MDDI_Data1 + and MDDI_Data1-; etc.
And so on. However, as known in the art that, according to the particular application, using a variety of derivative
Wire and cable to an embodiment of the present invention. For example, in some applications, the weight of the outer cover
Cover or metal layer may be used including cable, and thin, flat structure of the conduction band may not
Often suitable for other applications.
...
In order to achieve for the user experiences and applications useful for the interface, the mobile digital data interface
(MDDI, Mobile Digital Data Interface) supports a variety of clients and display information,
Audio converter, keyboard, pointing device, and can be integrated into mobile communications, computing or display
Device or to work with a variety of other input / output devices, and control information, and
Combinations thereof. The MDD interface is designed to accommodate a variety of potential types of data
Stream, the data streams using the minimum number of cables or wires in the forward or reverse link side
To the transfer between host and client. Synchronous and asynchronous stream flow (updated) are able to support.
As long as the total data rate is less than or equal to the maximum expected MDDI link rate, many digital
The data type combinations are possible. The MDDI link rate by the maximum serial rate
And the number of data used for the restrictions. The data rate may include, but are not limited to, the
Tables II and III face those listed items.
...
In order to achieve for the user experiences and applications useful for the interface, the mobile digital data interface
(MDDI, Mobile Digital Data Interface) supports a variety of clients and display information,
Audio converter, keyboard, pointing device, and can be integrated into mobile communications, computing or display
Device or to work with a variety of other input / output devices, and control information, and
Combinations thereof. The MDD interface is designed to accommodate a variety of potential types of data
Stream, the data streams using the minimum number of cables or wires in the forward or reverse link side
To the transfer between host and client. Synchronous and asynchronous stream flow (updated) are able to support.
As long as the total data rate is less than or equal to the maximum expected MDDI link rate, many digital
The data type combinations are possible. The MDDI link rate by the maximum serial rate
And the number of data used for the restrictions. The data rate may include, but are not limited to, the
Tables II and III face those listed items.
...
Sent from the host to the client | ||
Synchronized video data | 720 × 480,12-bit, 30f / s | ~124.5Mbps |
Simultaneous stereo audio data | 44.1kHz, 16-bit stereo | ~1.4Mbps |
Asynchronous graphics data | 800 × 600,12 bits, 10f / s, stereo | ~115.2Mbps |
Asynchronous control | Min | <<1.0Mbps |
Table III
Sent from the client to the host | ||
Simultaneous voice data | In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block" To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager 576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所 To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules 1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary "Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel" Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task, A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space. Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ......................................... | <<1.0Mbps |
Synchronized video data | 640 × 480,12-bit, 24f / s | ~88.5Mbps |
Asynchronous status, user input, and so | Min | <<1.0Mbps |
To meet the flexibility requirements of future systems, the interface is not fixed, but may
Extensible, so that it can support user-defined data includes various kinds of information "types" of
Transmission. The specific examples of supported data are: full-motion video, full screen or part of a
Bitmap field screen in the form of a video or compressed video format; in low speed in order to save
Power and reduce implementation costs static bitmap; in various resolution or the rate of the PCM
Or compressed audio data; pointing device positioning and selection, as well as the ability to be defined for use
User-definable data. This data can also be together with the transfer of control or status information to check
Measurement equipment capability or set operating parameters.
...
Embodiments of the present invention is given for the data transmission techniques, the techniques including, but not
Limited to: watching movies (video display and audio); Use a watch with a limited personal
Personal computer (graphics display, sometimes combined with video and audio); on PC, console or a
People play video games on the device (or synthetic motion graphics video and audio); Use
Video phones, digital still image camera, or to capture a digital video image recording
Body aircraft in the form of equipment on the Internet "surfing" (low speed two-way video and audio); Use
Extended with a projector phone or PDA to render or video monitor connected to the keys
Plate and a mouse connected to a desktop docking expansion; and the use of cellular phones, smart phones, or
By PDA, including wireless pointing device and keyboard data, to enhance productivity or for entertainment
Music.
...
Embodiments of the present invention is given for the data transmission techniques, the techniques including, but not
Limited to: watching movies (video display and audio); Use a watch with a limited personal
Personal computer (graphics display, sometimes combined with video and audio); on PC, console or a
People play video games on the device (or synthetic motion graphics video and audio); Use
Video phones, digital still image camera, or to capture a digital video image recording
Body aircraft in the form of equipment on the Internet "surfing" (low speed two-way video and audio); Use
Extended with a projector phone or PDA to render or video monitor connected to the keys
Plate and a mouse connected to a desktop docking expansion; and the use of cellular phones, smart phones, or
By PDA, including wireless pointing device and keyboard data, to enhance productivity or for entertainment
Music.
...
MDDI signal frame rate of the named public (CFR) concept for basic signaling protocol
Or structure. Supports the idea that the common frame rate can be used to obtain a plurality of through
Flow rate of the frame timing clock or sub-frame header packet sent to the same synchronous data stream
Provides synchronization pulses. Sub-frame header packet transmission rate of the common frame rate. Client Device
You can use this common frame rate as a time reference. By reducing the transmission sub-frame header for
Overhead, lower CFR improved channel efficiency. On the other hand, a high CFR can reduce the waiting
Time, and allows a smaller elastic data buffer for audio samples. The connection of the present invention
The CFR is the mouth of dynamic programming, and can be set to suit the particular application manipulation
The multiple simultaneous streams with multiple values. In other words, according to need, select the CF
Values optimally adapted to a given client and the host structure.
...
MDDI signal frame rate of the named public (CFR) concept for basic signaling protocol
Or structure. Supports the idea that the common frame rate can be used to obtain a plurality of through
Flow rate of the frame timing clock or sub-frame header packet sent to the same synchronous data stream
Provides synchronization pulses. Sub-frame header packet transmission rate of the common frame rate. Client Device
You can use this common frame rate as a time reference. By reducing the transmission sub-frame header for
Overhead, lower CFR improved channel efficiency. On the other hand, a high CFR can reduce the waiting
Time, and allows a smaller elastic data buffer for audio samples. The connection of the present invention
The CFR is the mouth of dynamic programming, and can be set to suit the particular application manipulation
The multiple simultaneous streams with multiple values. In other words, according to need, select the CF
Values optimally adapted to a given client and the host structure.
...
Table IV
Common frame rate (CFR) = 300Hz | |||||||
X | Y | Position | Frame rate | Passage | Rate (Mbps) | Bytes / sub-frame | |
Computer Games | 720 | 480 | 24 | 30 | 1 | 248.832 | 103680 |
Computer Graphics | 800 | 600 | 24 | 10 | 1 | 115.200 | 48000 |
Video | 640 | 480 | 12 | 29.97, or 30 | 1 | 221.184 | 92160 |
| 1 | 1 | 16 | 44100 | 2 | 1.4112 | 588 |
| 1 | 1 | 8 | 8000 | 1 | 0.064 | 26-2/3 |
Using a simple programmable M / N counter structure can easily be calculated for each sub-frame
Scores bytes. For example, two 27-byte by sending a sub-frame, each followed by a
A sub-frame of 26 bytes, and thus can achieve 26-2/3 bytes per sub-frame count. Can
Choose smaller CF rate to generate integer number of bytes of each subframe. However, in general,
The larger audio sample FIFO buffer required compared to a region used to implement the present invention.
Some or all of the embodiments of the integrated circuit chip or electronic module using hardware Brief
One of the M / N counter needs a smaller area.
Description of different types of data transfer rate and data of an exemplary application of a karaoke
OK system. For Kara OK system, the end user or multiple end users and sound
Music video singing together. The song's lyrics displayed on the screen somewhere, usually on the screen
At the bottom, so the user knows to sing words, and generally know the timing of the song.
This application does not need to frequently update the graphics video display, and the one or more
User voice and stereo audio stream mixing.
If a common frame rate 300Hz, then each sub-frame comprises: via
The forward link to the client 92,160 bytes of video content and 588 bytes of audio content
(Based on 147 16 stereo - bit sampling), and sent back from the mobile karaoke microphone
OK machine average of 26.67 (26-2/3) bytes of voice. The host and client (with
Probably headband display) asynchronous packet sent between. This includes being the lyrics text to
Second interval or time period of 1/30 of the bottom quarter of the screen height update, and when
Lyrics not in being updated subframe transmitted a variety of other control and status
Commands.
...
If a common frame rate 300Hz, then each sub-frame comprises: via
The forward link to the client 92,160 bytes of video content and 588 bytes of audio content
(Based on 147 16 stereo - bit sampling), and sent back from the mobile karaoke microphone
OK machine average of 26.67 (26-2/3) bytes of voice. The host and client (with
Probably headband display) asynchronous packet sent between. This includes being the lyrics text to
Second interval or time period of 1/30 of the bottom quarter of the screen height update, and when
Lyrics not in being updated subframe transmitted a variety of other control and status
Commands.
...
Table V
Elements rate | Each sub-frame Overhead bytes | Each sub-frame Media Bytes |
640 × 480 pixels, | 2*28=56 | 92160 |
640 × 120 pixels, | 28 | 23040 |
44,100 sps, stereo, 16- | 2*16=32 | 588 |
8,000 sps, mono, 8 voice | 28+8+8+(4*16)+ (3*27)=125 | 26.67 (27max) |
| 22 | |
Total Bytes / CF | 263 | 115815 |
Total Rate (Mbps) | (263+115815)*8*300=278.5872 |
III. High-speed digital data interface system architecture (continued)
E. Link Layer
Using high-speed serial data signals MDD Interface transmitted data including time multiplexed packet
Flow, wherein the packets one after another link. Even if the transmission equipment is not to be sent
Data, MDDI link controller automatically sends usually filler packets, thus maintaining stars
Groups stream. Therefore, the use of a simple packet structure to ensure that the video and audio signals or data
Flow reliable synchronization timing.
Multiple packet includes a signal called the sub-frame elements (signal element) or structures that
Within the sub-frame group is included in the signal frame, called the media element or structure. According to the sub-frame
The respective size and data transfer purposes, the sub-frame includes one or more packets, and the media frame is
Contains one or more subframes. Here are the embodiment of the protocol used to provide the maximum sub-
Frame is about 232-1 or 4,294,967,295 bytes of magnitude, the largest frame size media
About 216-1 or 65,535 sub-frames of the order.
A special sub-frame header packet contains a unique identifier in each sub-
Start of a frame occurs, as will be discussed below. When you start between the host and client
Communication, the identifier is also used to get the client device at the frame timing. In more detail below
Discussion of timing to get the link.
Typically, the show full-motion video, updated once every medium frame display screen. Show
Frame rate and frame rate the same medium. Depending on the required application, link protocol supports the entire display
Shown on the full motion video or still images only supported by a full-motion video within around
Capacity of a small area. In some low-power mobile applications, such as viewing pages or electric
E-mail, just occasionally update the display. In these cases, a single sub-frame transmission, and
Close links or revoked in order to minimize power consumption link is very useful. The interface also support
Holders such as stereoscopic effect, and processing graphics primitives.
...
Typically, the show full-motion video, updated once every medium frame display screen. Show
Frame rate and frame rate the same medium. Depending on the required application, link protocol supports the entire display
Shown on the full motion video or still images only supported by a full-motion video within around
Capacity of a small area. In some low-power mobile applications, such as viewing pages or electric
E-mail, just occasionally update the display. In these cases, a single sub-frame transmission, and
Close links or revoked in order to minimize power consumption link is very useful. The interface also support
Holders such as stereoscopic effect, and processing graphics primitives.
...
F. Link Controller
Figures 5 and 6 shown in MDDI link controller side in a completely digital implementation
Type to manufacture or assembly, which does not include to receive MDDI data and strobe
Differential line receiver. However, for example, when making CMOS type IC, the differential line driver
And the receiver can even be the link controllers in the same digital integrated circuit implementation.
No analog functions or phase-locked loop (PLL) for restore or achieve link control bit
The hardware. In addition to incorporating state machine for the link synchronization client interfaces, host and
Client link controllers contain very similar functions. Accordingly, the present embodiment of the invention allows the
Create a single controller design or circuit, and it can be configured as a host or client, which
Conducive to the application, and in general, this can reduce the manufacturing link controller
Costs.
...
Figures 5 and 6 shown in MDDI link controller side in a completely digital implementation
Type to manufacture or assembly, which does not include to receive MDDI data and strobe
Differential line receiver. However, for example, when making CMOS type IC, the differential line driver
And the receiver can even be the link controllers in the same digital integrated circuit implementation.
No analog functions or phase-locked loop (PLL) for restore or achieve link control bit
The hardware. In addition to incorporating state machine for the link synchronization client interfaces, host and
Client link controllers contain very similar functions. Accordingly, the present embodiment of the invention allows the
Create a single controller design or circuit, and it can be configured as a host or client, which
Conducive to the application, and in general, this can reduce the manufacturing link controller
Costs.
...
A. Frame structure
Figure 7 illustrates a method for implementing the packet transmission in the forward link communication signal protocol or
By the frame structure. Shown in Figure 7, the information or a combination of digital data packet known as a meta-
Element (element). Then, a plurality of packets and are combined together to form a so-called "sub-frames",
And a plurality of sub-frames and are combined together to form a "media" frame. In order to control the formation of frames
And a transmission sub-frame, each sub-frame from a dedicated packet having a predetermined, the packet is called a sub-frame message
Header packet (SHP).
Selection of the host device to transmit for a given data rate. The host device may group
The maximum transmission capacity of the host, the host back from the information source (retrieve) data to
And either the client or the data will be transmitted to the maximum capacity of the other devices, and dynamically change
Change this rate.
Or can be designed with the MDDI or signaling protocol of the present invention the access to work
Debit client device can be queried by the host to determine that the client can use
Max or the current maximum data transmission rate, or can use the default slower minimum speed
Rates and available data types and supported features. You can use this information to monitor energy
Force Packet (DCP) to send, as will be further discussed. The client was
Illustrates the interface device can be used with preselected minimum data rates, or at a minimum data rate
Frequency range transmitted data or communicate with other devices, and the host will use this range
Data rate within the query is executed in order to determine the full capabilities of the client device.
...
Or can be designed with the MDDI or signaling protocol of the present invention the access to work
Debit client device can be queried by the host to determine that the client can use
Max or the current maximum data transmission rate, or can use the default slower minimum speed
Rates and available data types and supported features. You can use this information to monitor energy
Force Packet (DCP) to send, as will be further discussed. The client was
Illustrates the interface device can be used with preselected minimum data rates, or at a minimum data rate
Frequency range transmitted data or communicate with other devices, and the host will use this range
Data rate within the query is executed in order to determine the full capabilities of the client device.
...
When the frame is not in the book (more) packet to be transmitted, or when the host can not
Sufficient to keep (keep pace) forward link transmission rate of the selected data transmission rate
When the host sends a packet padding. Since each sub-frame header packet from the sub-frame start
So at the end of the previous sub-frame includes a sub-frame just before filling the grouping (probably padding
Grouping). Carrying data packets in the lack of space in the case, padding packet is available
Could be the last packet in a sub-frame, or in the immediately previous (next previous) subframe
End and in the sub-frame header packet before. In the host device, the task is to control operation
To ensure that the sub-frame for each packet to be transmitted in a subframe are retained there is enough space.
Also, once the host device starts sending the data packet, the host must be able to successfully make the frame
The size of the group within the full, and can not cause data underrun (under-run) case.
...
An aspect of the embodiment, the sub-frame transmission has two modes. One mode is week
Period of sub-frame mode, or when the cyclical element (periodic timing epochs), for
Transmitted live broadcast video and audio streams. In this mode, the handle frame length is defined as
Nonzero. The second mode is asynchronous or aperiodic mode in which when there is new information,
Only use frames to the bitmap data to the client. This mode is achieved by sub-sub-frame header
Group handle frame length is set to zero to define. Using periodic mode, when the client and
Forward link frame structure synchronization, you can start sub-frame packet reception. This corresponds as hereinafter
The discussion of Figure 49 or Figure 63 a state diagram definition of "synchronization (in sync)" state.
In asynchronous aperiodic sub-frame mode, the receipt of the first sub-frame header packet received after the start
Close.
...
An aspect of the embodiment, the sub-frame transmission has two modes. One mode is week
Period of sub-frame mode, or when the cyclical element (periodic timing epochs), for
Transmitted live broadcast video and audio streams. In this mode, the handle frame length is defined as
Nonzero. The second mode is asynchronous or aperiodic mode in which when there is new information,
Only use frames to the bitmap data to the client. This mode is achieved by sub-sub-frame header
Group handle frame length is set to zero to define. Using periodic mode, when the client and
Forward link frame structure synchronization, you can start sub-frame packet reception. This corresponds as hereinafter
The discussion of Figure 49 or Figure 63 a state diagram definition of "synchronization (in sync)" state.
In asynchronous aperiodic sub-frame mode, the receipt of the first sub-frame header packet received after the start
Close.
...
The embodiment described below to achieve the required communication for transmission or signaling protocol, or
Ways and means of data packet format or structure should remember is that the interface is
Extensible, may be added according to need additional packet structure. The interface of the packet in its
Function, ie they send or related commands, information, values, or data concerned, is
Marked or divided into different "packet type." Therefore, to be transmitted for operating the
Grouping and data given packet, each packet type represents a predefined grouping structure.
Obviously, the packet can have a preselected length, or according to their respective functions with variable
Or dynamically variable length. The group can also have different names, although implementation
Remains the same function as in the protocol process of the received standard protocol occurs go
The case when changing. For a variety of packet byte or multi-byte value is configured
Bits (8 or 16) unsigned integer. Summary packets used and their "type" of
Specifies the type according to the order listed in Table VI-1 to VI-4 shows the results.
...
The embodiment described below to achieve the required communication for transmission or signaling protocol, or
Ways and means of data packet format or structure should remember is that the interface is
Extensible, may be added according to need additional packet structure. The interface of the packet in its
Function, ie they send or related commands, information, values, or data concerned, is
Marked or divided into different "packet type." Therefore, to be transmitted for operating the
Grouping and data given packet, each packet type represents a predefined grouping structure.
Obviously, the packet can have a preselected length, or according to their respective functions with variable
Or dynamically variable length. The group can also have different names, although implementation
Remains the same function as in the protocol process of the received standard protocol occurs go
The case when changing. For a variety of packet byte or multi-byte value is configured
Bits (8 or 16) unsigned integer. Summary packets used and their "type" of
Specifies the type according to the order listed in Table VI-1 to VI-4 shows the results.
...
Table VI-1
Link Control Packet
Group Name | Packet type | Forward effective | Reverse effective |
Sub-frame header packet | 15359 | x | |
Padding packet | 0 | x | x |
Reverse link encapsulation packet | 65 | x | |
Link down grouping | 69 | x | |
Monitor power status grouping | 75 | x | |
Forward audio channel to enable packet | 78 | x | |
Packet switching execution type | 77 | x | |
Round trip delay measurement packet | 82 | x | |
Deviation from calibration forward link packet | 83 | x |
Table VI-2
Basic media stream packets
Group Name | Packet type | Forward effective | Reverse effective |
Video stream packets | 16 | x | x |
Audio stream packet | 32 | x | x |
Stream packets reserved | 1-15,18-31,33-35 | x | x |
User-defined stream packets | 56-63 | x | x |
Color mapping grouping | 64 | x | x |
Reverse audio sampling rate packet | 79 | x | |
Enable transparent color grouping | 81 | x |
Table VI-3
Client Status and Control Packet
Group Name | Packet type | Forward effective | Reverse effective |
Clients ability grouping | 66 | x | |
Keyboard data packet | 67 | x | x |
Pointing device data packet | 68 | x | x |
Grouping client requests and status | 70 | x | |
Digital Content Protection Packet overhead | 80 | x | x |
VCP feature request packet | 128 | x | |
VCP characteristic reply packet | 129 | x | |
Set VCP feature grouping | 130 | x | |
Request valid parameter grouping | 131 | x | |
Effective parameter response packet | 132 | x | |
Specific status request packet | 138 | x | |
Acknowledge active list grouping | 139 | x | |
Packet processing delay parameter grouping | 140 | x | |
Personal display ability grouping | 141 | x | |
Error Reporting client group | 142 | x | |
Scalable video streaming ability grouping | 143 | x | |
Client Identification grouping | 144 | x | |
Optional Display ability grouping | 145 | x |
Register Access Packet | 146 | x | x |
Table VI-4
Advanced graphics and display grouping
Group Name | Packet type | Forward effective | Reverse effective |
Bit block transfer packet | 71 | x | |
Padding packet bitmap area | 72 | x | |
Bitmap pattern fills grouping | 73 | x | |
Read the frame buffer packet | 74 | x | |
Scalable video streaming ability grouping | 143 | x | |
Scalable video streaming to establish a packet | 136 | x | |
Scalable video streaming confirmation packet | 137 | x | |
Scalable video stream packets | 18 | x |
According to this article the other discussions can be clearly understood that, although the external mode operation
For, the sub-frame header, filler, reverse packaging, link down, the clients ability to
And the client request and the status of each of the packets is considered very important, even in
Many embodiments communication interface is needed. However, for the internal mode operation, the
Reverse encapsulated packet, link down, the clients capabilities and client request and status packet
Will or is likely to be regarded as optional. Doing so creates yet another type of MDD Interface
Protocol, which allows the use of a reduced set of communication packets at very high speed to pass several
Data, and accordingly to simplify the control and timing.
...
Grouping or at least have a common basic structure of the overall set of fields, the minimum field
Including the packet length field, a packet type field, a data field and a CRC byte field, which
These contents shown in Figure 8. Shown in Figure 8, the packet length field contains a number or
Byte value in the form of information, the total number of bits used to specify the grouping, or specify the packet length field
And the length between the CRC field. In one embodiment, the packet length field contains the
16 or 2-byte unsigned integer width, it shows the packet length. Packet Type field
Is another number field, which indicates the information contained within the packet type. In an exemplary
Embodiment, the packet type field is a 16-bit or 2-byte wide, with a 16-bit unsigned
Integer value, and description of these data types for the display capabilities, switching, video
Or the audio streams, status, etc.
...
The third field is the data byte field that contains the host and client devices for
As part of the packet bit transmitted, or transmitted, or data. Data to be transmitted in accordance with the specific
Type, for each packet type specific definition of the data format, and the packet format of
Cut into a series of additional fields, each with its own format requirements. That is, each
A packet type will have this part or fields defined format. The last field is the
CRC field, which is included in the data byte, the packet type and packet length calculated fields
To a 16-bit cyclic redundancy check results, the results are used to confirm the integrity of information packets
Sex. In other words, this result is in addition to other than the CRC field itself calculated on the entire packet
Come. Clients are often stored detects the total number of CRC errors, and the client
This request and status packet count reported to the host (see below).
...
The third field is the data byte field that contains the host and client devices for
As part of the packet bit transmitted, or transmitted, or data. Data to be transmitted in accordance with the specific
Type, for each packet type specific definition of the data format, and the packet format of
Cut into a series of additional fields, each with its own format requirements. That is, each
A packet type will have this part or fields defined format. The last field is the
CRC field, which is included in the data byte, the packet type and packet length calculated fields
To a 16-bit cyclic redundancy check results, the results are used to confirm the integrity of information packets
Sex. In other words, this result is in addition to other than the CRC field itself calculated on the entire packet
Come. Clients are often stored detects the total number of CRC errors, and the client
This request and status packet count reported to the host (see below).
...
During the transmission of the packet, the first field is the least significant bit (LSB) start transmission,
And finally to transmit the most significant bit (MSB) ends. One or more parameter bytes
The least significant byte is transmitted first, so that the length obtained for the transmission of a parameter greater than 8 bits
Bit transfer mode, and the LSB is transmitted first parameter uses a shorter bit transfer mode.
Each data field usually grouped below according to the order defined in subsequent paragraphs to transmit, the
Listed in the first field is transmitted first, and the last field of the last transfer is described. In Type 1,
Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 mode, any one of these mode,
MDDI_Data0 signal path data transmission on the interface byte '0 'bit aligned.
...
When manipulating data to display, the pixel array data first by row and then by column
To transmit, as the field of electronic technology, performed as normal. In other words, the bit map of the same
Line appearing in the order transmitted all the pixels, with the leftmost pixel transmitted first, the right
Pixel last transmission. Rightmost pixel in a row after completing the transfer, and then follow the order under
One pixel is the next line of the leftmost pixel. For most monitors, the pixels of the line pass
Often to transmit the order from top to bottom, but can be configured to use other party
Style. Further, in the process of working with bitmaps, the conventional method is the method followed here
Through the upper left corner of the bitmap is marked as position or offset "0,0" to define the reference point. When the
Are close to the right and bottom of the bitmap, the bitmap is used to define or determine a position in
X and Y coordinates increase in value. The first row and first column (top left corner of the image) from the index value zero
Begins. From the user's point of view the display when viewing the image on the right toward the X coordinate value increases
Increase toward the bottom of the image value of the Y coordinate increases.
...
When manipulating data to display, the pixel array data first by row and then by column
To transmit, as the field of electronic technology, performed as normal. In other words, the bit map of the same
Line appearing in the order transmitted all the pixels, with the leftmost pixel transmitted first, the right
Pixel last transmission. Rightmost pixel in a row after completing the transfer, and then follow the order under
One pixel is the next line of the leftmost pixel. For most monitors, the pixels of the line pass
Often to transmit the order from top to bottom, but can be configured to use other party
Style. Further, in the process of working with bitmaps, the conventional method is the method followed here
Through the upper left corner of the bitmap is marked as position or offset "0,0" to define the reference point. When the
Are close to the right and bottom of the bitmap, the bitmap is used to define or determine a position in
X and Y coordinates increase in value. The first row and first column (top left corner of the image) from the index value zero
Begins. From the user's point of view the display when viewing the image on the right toward the X coordinate value increases
Increase toward the bottom of the image value of the Y coordinate increases.
...
Bitmap and the relationship between the display window in the computer and electronic fields, the Internet and other communication
His e-known in related fields. Therefore, these principles are not given here, further discussion or
Instructions.
C. Group Definition
1 sub-frame header packet
Sub-frame header packet is a first subframe of each packet, as shown in Figure 9 and having
The basic structure. Sub-frame header packet for host - client synchronization, each host should be able to
Generate this grouping, while each client should be able to receive and interpret the packet. Positive
As can be seen in Figure 9, as this type of packet typically constructed as a sequence
There packet length, packet type, the only word to retain a sub-frame length, protocol version, sub-
Frame count and medium frame count fields. In one embodiment, a packet of this type usually
Identified as type 15359 (hexadecimal 0x3bff) packet, and a 20-byte pre-
Fixed length, not including the packet length field.
...
Sub-frame header packet is a first subframe of each packet, as shown in Figure 9 and having
The basic structure. Sub-frame header packet for host - client synchronization, each host should be able to
Generate this grouping, while each client should be able to receive and interpret the packet. Positive
As can be seen in Figure 9, as this type of packet typically constructed as a sequence
There packet length, packet type, the only word to retain a sub-frame length, protocol version, sub-
Frame count and medium frame count fields. In one embodiment, a packet of this type usually
Identified as type 15359 (hexadecimal 0x3bff) packet, and a 20-byte pre-
Fixed length, not including the packet length field.
...
Retained a 2-byte field contains the space reserved for future use, and where a
Generally be configured as all bits are set to zero. This field is intended to make a follow-up to two-byte
16-bit word address field is aligned, so that 4-byte field is aligned with the 32-bit word address. Retain the most
Low byte to indicate whether the host can access multiple client devices. The word
Section reserved to zero this value to indicate that the host can only be associated with a single client devices work together
Made.
Sub-frame length field contains 4 bytes of information, or values, for explaining the word of each subframe
Section number. In one embodiment, the length of this field may be set to zero, so
Indicates that the link is closed and enters an idle state, the host will transmit only one sub-frame. From
A sub-frame transitions to the next sub-frame, the value of this field "in the course of
(On-the-fly) "dynamically changed, in order for the sync pulse timing adjusted to the smaller
Will support simultaneous data streams, this capability is useful. If the sub-frame header packet
CRC is invalid, then the link controller should use a known good previous sub-frame header
The subframe length packet to estimate the length of the current sub-frame.
...
Sub-frame length field contains 4 bytes of information, or values, for explaining the word of each subframe
Section number. In one embodiment, the length of this field may be set to zero, so
Indicates that the link is closed and enters an idle state, the host will transmit only one sub-frame. From
A sub-frame transitions to the next sub-frame, the value of this field "in the course of
(On-the-fly) "dynamically changed, in order for the sync pulse timing adjusted to the smaller
Will support simultaneous data streams, this capability is useful. If the sub-frame header packet
CRC is invalid, then the link controller should use a known good previous sub-frame header
The subframe length packet to estimate the length of the current sub-frame.
...
Sub-frame count field contains two bytes specify a number, the serial number indicates the frame from the media
Has been transmitted at the beginning of the number of sub-frames number. The first media frame subframes frame counter
Zero. Media last frame n-1 sub-frame has a value, where n is a subframe of each frame the number of media.
Sub-frame Count field value is equal to the previous sub-frame transmitted in the packet count plus one subframe. Should
Note that, if the subframe length is set equal to zero (indicating a non-periodic sub-frame),
Then the sub-frame count must also be set equal to zero.
Sub-frame count field contains two bytes specify a number, the serial number indicates the frame from the media
Has been transmitted at the beginning of the number of sub-frames number. The first media frame subframes frame counter
Zero. Media last frame n-1 sub-frame has a value, where n is a subframe of each frame the number of media.
Sub-frame Count field value is equal to the previous sub-frame transmitted in the packet count plus one subframe. Should
Note that, if the subframe length is set equal to zero (indicating a non-periodic sub-frame),
Then the sub-frame count must also be set equal to zero....
Sub-frame count field contains two bytes specify a number, the serial number indicates the frame from the media
Has been transmitted at the beginning of the number of sub-frames number. The first media frame subframes frame counter
Zero. Media last frame n-1 sub-frame has a value, where n is a subframe of each frame the number of media.
Sub-frame Count field value is equal to the previous sub-frame transmitted in the packet count plus one subframe. Should
Note that, if the subframe length is set equal to zero (indicating a non-periodic sub-frame),
Then the sub-frame count must also be set equal to zero....
Padding packet is no other information can be used in the forward or reverse link hair
When delivery is transmitted to the client device from the client device, or a packet transmitted. Recommended filler
Packet has a minimum length, so that when necessary, in the process of sending another packet with the most
Great flexibility. The sub-frame or a reverse link encapsulation packet (see below) at the end of the chain
Road controller settings padding packet size to fill the remaining space, thereby maintaining packet
Integrity. When the host or the client does not want to send or exchange information, said filler points
Set the timing for maintaining the link is very useful. Each host and client should be able to send
Send and receives this packet to make effective use of the interface.
...
Figure 10 shows the format of the packet and the filler content of an exemplary embodiment
Case. Shown in Figure 10, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type
Type, filler bytes and CRC fields. In one embodiment, generally this type of
Grouping identified as Type 0, which indicates that 2-byte type field. Padding byte field
The bits or bytes contain a variable number of all zero bit values to allow the filler packet has
The desired length. Minimum padding grouping in this field does not contain bytes. That is,
Said packet includes only the packet length, packet type, and CRC, and in one embodiment,
Using a 6-byte packet length or fixed length preselected value 4. All bytes in the packet
Determining said CRC value including the packet length, but in other types of packets, the
Packet length is excluded.
...
Figure 10 shows the format of the packet and the filler content of an exemplary embodiment
Case. Shown in Figure 10, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type
Type, filler bytes and CRC fields. In one embodiment, generally this type of
Grouping identified as Type 0, which indicates that 2-byte type field. Padding byte field
The bits or bytes contain a variable number of all zero bit values to allow the filler packet has
The desired length. Minimum padding grouping in this field does not contain bytes. That is,
Said packet includes only the packet length, packet type, and CRC, and in one embodiment,
Using a 6-byte packet length or fixed length preselected value 4. All bytes in the packet
Determining said CRC value including the packet length, but in other types of packets, the
Packet length is excluded.
...
Video stream packets carry video data to update typically display device, a generally rectangular
Areas. The size of this area can be as small as a single pixel, or the like that the entire display
What big. There can be almost unlimited number of streams be simultaneously displayed, but by the system resources,
This is because the video stream packet contains a stream displays all the necessary context. Figure 11
Is shown in the video stream packet (Video Data Format Descriptor) format to an embodiment.
Shown in Figure 11, in one embodiment, the structure of this type of packet has a packet
Length (2 bytes), Packet Type, bClient ID, Video Data Descriptor, Pixel Display
Property, X left edge, Y top edge, X Right along, Y along the bottom, X and Y start, pixel count,
Parameter CRC, Pixel Data, and CRC fields. Usually this type of packet identification for the class
Type 16, and its two-byte type field indicates. In one embodiment, the client uses
Clients ability grouping in RGB, monochrome and Y Cr Cb receive video capability field to indicate
The ability to stream packet.
...
Video stream packets carry video data to update typically display device, a generally rectangular
Areas. The size of this area can be as small as a single pixel, or the like that the entire display
What big. There can be almost unlimited number of streams be simultaneously displayed, but by the system resources,
This is because the video stream packet contains a stream displays all the necessary context. Figure 11
Is shown in the video stream packet (Video Data Format Descriptor) format to an embodiment.
Shown in Figure 11, in one embodiment, the structure of this type of packet has a packet
Length (2 bytes), Packet Type, bClient ID, Video Data Descriptor, Pixel Display
Property, X left edge, Y top edge, X Right along, Y along the bottom, X and Y start, pixel count,
Parameter CRC, Pixel Data, and CRC fields. Usually this type of packet identification for the class
Type 16, and its two-byte type field indicates. In one embodiment, the client uses
Clients ability grouping in RGB, monochrome and Y Cr Cb receive video capability field to indicate
The ability to stream packet.
...
12A-12E are shown in the above example for the realization of the video data description
Character field operation the format and content. In Figure 12A-12E, the video data format
Type descriptor field contains a 16-bit unsigned integer 2 bytes, for explaining when
Before the current packet within the data stream for each pixel the pixel format. Grouping different video streams
Can use different pixel data formats, ie, video data format different descriptor
Value is the same, the flow (display region) in the work process (on-the-fly) to change its number
According to the format. Pixel data format should conform ability grouping defined by the client at least one
Client grouping valid format. Only in this group of pixel format implicit in the particular video stream
Period of use, no longer continue to use the same format when the video data format descriptor
Only define the current packet pixel format.
...
12A to 12D illustrate Video Data Format Descriptor was coded. As this
Used in these figures, as, and in this embodiment, when the bit [15:13] is equal to '000 '
When, as shown in Figure 12A, the color of the video packet includes a pixel array, wherein each
The median pixel video data format descriptor word bits 3 to 0 is defined. Usually reserved bits
11-4 for future use or for other applications, and is provided in this case
Zero. When bit [15:13] is equal to the value into '001 ', as shown in 12B, then the
Video packet includes a color pixel array in which each pixel by the color map (tone
Swatch) to specify a color. In this case, the Video Data Format Descriptor word bits
5-0 defines the number of bits per pixel, and bits 11-6 are usually retained for the
To the use or application, and these bits are set to zero. When bit [15:13] replaced by equal value
'010 ', As shown in 12C, then the video packet including the color pixel array,
The number of bits of each pixel in the red bits 11-8 from the definition of the number of bits per pixel green 7
To 4 bits, and each median pixel of blue is defined bits 3-0. In this case
Case, the total number of bits for each pixel in the red, green and blue and the number of bits used.
...
However, when the bit [15:13], or equal to the value into the string '011 ', as shown in 12D,
Then the video packet includes a 4:2:2 YCbCr format with luminance and chrominance information
A video data array, wherein each pixel luminance (Y) the number of bits specified by the bit 11-8
Righteousness, Cb component digits defined by bit 7-4, Cr component digits defined by bit 3-0.
The median is the total number of each pixel red, green and blue and the number of bits used. Cb and Cr
Component is transmitted at a rate half of the Y component. In addition, the pixel data portion of the packet
The video samples are organized as: Cbn, Yn, Crn, Yn +1, Cbn +2, Yn +2, Crn +2,
Yn +3, ..., where Cbn and Crn with Yn and Yn +1 are associated, and Cbn +2 and Crn +2
And Yn +2 and Yn +3 associated more.
...
Yn, Yn +1, Yn +2 and Yn +3 is a single row of four consecutive pixels from left to right
Brightness value. If the packet in the stream line of the positioning of the window in the presence of an odd number as the
Hormone (X-X along the left edge R +1), then each row corresponds to the Y value of the pixel after the last
Will be followed by a next line Cb value of the first pixel, and does not send the last pixel in the row Cr
Values. Recommend using Y Cb Cr format window has an even number of pixels wide. Grouping of
Pixel data should contain an even number of pixels. The last pixel in the pixel data corresponding to the video stream
Packet header row in the window specified in the case of the last pixel, i.e., when the pixel data
X position of the last pixel in the right edge equal to X, the pixel data may contain an odd or even number
A number of pixels.
...
When bit [15:13] replaced by equal '100 ', then the video packet includes an interval (Bayer)
Pixel array, wherein the number of bits per pixel by the video data format descriptor word bits 3-0
Definition. Pixel Photos bits 5 and 4 define the cause of action, as shown in Figure 12E. Pixel data sequence
Can be horizontal or vertical, in the row or column of pixels can follow the forward or backward
In order to send, and the bits 8-6 are defined. Bit 11-9 should be set to zero.
Interval (Bayer) format pixel group of four pixels within a group similar to the ones display technology
Intraoperative pixels are often referred to as delay. However, the interval (Bayer) in a format
Pixel is the pixel group mosaic (mosaic) in the pattern of a four color pixels.
...
Shown in the drawings, for all five formats, designated as "P" of the bit 12 as described
Packed pixel data is sampled pixel data or byte-aligned pixel data. This field
The value '0 'indicates the pixel data field associated with each pixel edge MDD interface byte
Sector byte aligned. A value of '1 'indicates that each pixel in the pixel data of each pixel and each of the
A color package, which relative to the previous pixel pixel or color no unused bits. Chart
13 illustrates more specifically the alignment byte packed pixel format and pixel data format
The difference between where you can clearly see the data byte aligned left unused data sub-frame
Section packed pixel format which is not left unused portion corresponds to the case.
...
Shown in the drawings, for all five formats, designated as "P" of the bit 12 as described
Packed pixel data is sampled pixel data or byte-aligned pixel data. This field
The value '0 'indicates the pixel data field associated with each pixel edge MDD interface byte
Sector byte aligned. A value of '1 'indicates that each pixel in the pixel data of each pixel and each of the
A color package, which relative to the previous pixel pixel or color no unused bits. Chart
13 illustrates more specifically the alignment byte packed pixel format and pixel data format
The difference between where you can clearly see the data byte aligned left unused data sub-frame
Section packed pixel format which is not left unused portion corresponds to the case.
...
Audio stream packets will carry the audio system to play through the client, or for independent
The audio rendering device audio data. Can assign different audio streams to the sound system
In separate audio channels, such as: front left, front right, center, left rear and right rear, depending
In the positive use of the audio system type. Contains the enhanced spatial sound signal processing Earphone
For all audio channels. Clients use the client the ability ability grouping audio channels and audio
Sampling rate field to indicate the ability to receive the audio stream packet. Described in Figure 14 of the audio stream
Group format.
Audio stream packets will carry the audio system to play through the client, or for independent
The audio rendering device audio data. Can assign different audio streams to the sound system
In separate audio channels, such as: front left, front right, center, left rear and right rear, depending
In the positive use of the audio system type. Contains the enhanced spatial sound signal processing Earphone
For all audio channels. Clients use the client the ability ability grouping audio channels and audio
Sampling rate field to indicate the ability to receive the audio stream packet. Described in Figure 14 of the audio stream
Group format....
bClient ID field contains the client ID reserved two bytes of information, such as the previously used
To be. Reserved 1 field contains is retained for future use 2 bytes, and in the
Here is configured to all bits set to zero.
Bits per sample and packed field contains an 8-bit unsigned integer in the form of a
Byte, for explaining the format of the audio data pack. Format is commonly used to using bit 4
0 to define the number of bits per PCM audio samples. Then, the digital audio data Bit 5 Description
Sampling is being packaged. Figure 15 shows a packaged audio samples and byte alignment of audio mining
The difference between samples, here using a 10 - bit sample. The value '0 'indicates that the digital audio data field
Each of the PCM audio sample and MDDI interface byte boundary aligned byte, and the value '1 '
Indicates that each successive PCM audio samples are compared to the previous audio sample and packaging. Usually only
There When bit 4-0 (the number of bits per PCM audio sample) is not defined by the value of a multiple of 8
, This one is valid. Bit 7-6 are reserved for future use, and are usually located
Set to zero.
...
Bits per sample and packed field contains an 8-bit unsigned integer in the form of a
Byte, for explaining the format of the audio data pack. Format is commonly used to using bit 4
0 to define the number of bits per PCM audio samples. Then, the digital audio data Bit 5 Description
Sampling is being packaged. Figure 15 shows a packaged audio samples and byte alignment of audio mining
The difference between samples, here using a 10 - bit sample. The value '0 'indicates that the digital audio data field
Each of the PCM audio sample and MDDI interface byte boundary aligned byte, and the value '1 '
Indicates that each successive PCM audio samples are compared to the previous audio sample and packaging. Usually only
There When bit 4-0 (the number of bits per PCM audio sample) is not defined by the value of a multiple of 8
, This one is valid. Bit 7-6 are reserved for future use, and are usually located
Set to zero.
...
In one embodiment, according to the requirements of various applications encountered, packet types 1 to
15, 18 to 31 and 33 to 55 for the reservation to be defined stream packets for future versions or
Packet protocol by changing purposes. Compared with other technologies, which is to make the interface more flexible MDD
And the face of changing technology and system design is still very useful part.
6 the user-defined stream packets
56-63 Reserved known as a Type 8 data stream types, for use in proprietary applications,
These data stream types can be defined by the device manufacturer to make together with the MDDI link
Purposes. These packets are called user-defined stream packets. This grouping can be used for any purpose
But the host and client to understand or know only in extraordinary circumstances such use results only
This grouping should be used. These packets will flow parameters and data types of the specific definition of stay
This grouping to achieve its purpose type, or explore the specific equipment manufacturers. User-defined
Stream packets transmitted certain exemplary uses of test parameters and test results, the factory calibration data
Special and proprietary data. Figure 16 shows an embodiment for a user defined stream
Packet format. Shown in Figure 16, the structure of this type of packet has a packet length
(2 bytes), Packet Type, bClient ID number, Stream Parameters, Parameter CRC, streaming data, and
Stream data CRC field.
...
56-63 Reserved known as a Type 8 data stream types, for use in proprietary applications,
These data stream types can be defined by the device manufacturer to make together with the MDDI link
Purposes. These packets are called user-defined stream packets. This grouping can be used for any purpose
But the host and client to understand or know only in extraordinary circumstances such use results only
This grouping should be used. These packets will flow parameters and data types of the specific definition of stay
This grouping to achieve its purpose type, or explore the specific equipment manufacturers. User-defined
Stream packets transmitted certain exemplary uses of test parameters and test results, the factory calibration data
Special and proprietary data. Figure 16 shows an embodiment for a user defined stream
Packet format. Shown in Figure 16, the structure of this type of packet has a packet length
(2 bytes), Packet Type, bClient ID number, Stream Parameters, Parameter CRC, streaming data, and
Stream data CRC field.
...
Color mapping packet instructions presented to the client for the color lookup table color mapping
Content. Certain applications may require more than a single data packet can be transmitted greater color mapping
Shot. In this case, as described below by using the offset and length fields, can be transmitted
Grouping a plurality of color maps, color maps, each packet has a color map are different subsets.
Figure 17 shows an embodiment of the color mapping format of the packet. Shown in Figure 17, the
This type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Color
Mapping item count, color mapping offset parameter CRC, color mapping and data CRC
Fields. In one embodiment, a packet of this type usually identified as Type 64 packet
(Video Data Format and Color Map Packet), if the packet type field (2 bytes) in the
Explained. Clients use the client ability grouping in size and color mapping color mapping
Shot Width field to indicate the ability to group receiving color mapping.
...
Color mapping packet instructions presented to the client for the color lookup table color mapping
Content. Certain applications may require more than a single data packet can be transmitted greater color mapping
Shot. In this case, as described below by using the offset and length fields, can be transmitted
Grouping a plurality of color maps, color maps, each packet has a color map are different subsets.
Figure 17 shows an embodiment of the color mapping format of the packet. Shown in Figure 17, the
This type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Color
Mapping item count, color mapping offset parameter CRC, color mapping and data CRC
Fields. In one embodiment, a packet of this type usually identified as Type 64 packet
(Video Data Format and Color Map Packet), if the packet type field (2 bytes) in the
Explained. Clients use the client ability grouping in size and color mapping color mapping
Shot Width field to indicate the ability to group receiving color mapping.
...
In an exemplary embodiment, a reverse link encapsulation packet number sent in the reverse direction
Data. Sending a forward link packets, and about changes in the middle of this packet MDDI
Link operation or turn it (transfer direction), which can transmit packets in the reverse direction. Chart
18 shows an embodiment of a reverse link encapsulation packet format. Shown in Figure 18, the
This type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hCLient ID, Reverse
Link logo, reverse rate divisor, steering (Turn-Around) 1 length, turning two lengths,
Parameter CRC, all zero one, turning 1, reverse data packet, steering 2 and Zero 2. In a
Embodiment, generally this type of packet identification as Type 65 packet. For external
Mode for each host must be able to generate this packet and receive data, and each client
Machine must be able to receive and send data to the host. Implementation of this packet to the internal
Mode is optional, but the reverse link encapsulation packet received from the client for the host
Data.
...
In an exemplary embodiment, a reverse link encapsulation packet number sent in the reverse direction
Data. Sending a forward link packets, and about changes in the middle of this packet MDDI
Link operation or turn it (transfer direction), which can transmit packets in the reverse direction. Chart
18 shows an embodiment of a reverse link encapsulation packet format. Shown in Figure 18, the
This type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hCLient ID, Reverse
Link logo, reverse rate divisor, steering (Turn-Around) 1 length, turning two lengths,
Parameter CRC, all zero one, turning 1, reverse data packet, steering 2 and Zero 2. In a
Embodiment, generally this type of packet identification as Type 65 packet. For external
Mode for each host must be able to generate this packet and receive data, and each client
Machine must be able to receive and send data to the host. Implementation of this packet to the internal
Mode is optional, but the reverse link encapsulation packet received from the client for the host
Data.
...
The host disable its MDDI data signal line driver, and usually ensures
1 Field of the last turn before they are completely disabled, then the steering 2 fields
During the re-opening of its line driver, and often turn to two fields to ensure that the last one
Before they are completely enabled. The client reads turning length parameter, and in turn
1 after the last bit field, the host drives the data signal immediately. That is, as
And elsewhere in the text description of the contents of the packet described above, in the MDDI strobe
Some of the rising edge, the client of the new data according to the clock input (clock into) chain
Path. Client uses the length of the packet length and steering parameters can be used to understand the host
Transmission packet length of time. When there is no data to send to the host, the client can send
Filler grouping or data line drive to the zero state. If the data lines are driven to zero, then
It will be interpreted by the host as a zero length (not a valid length) of the packet, and
And the current reverse link encapsulation packet, the host does not receive from the client to any of
Groups.
...
The host disable its MDDI data signal line driver, and usually ensures
1 Field of the last turn before they are completely disabled, then the steering 2 fields
During the re-opening of its line driver, and often turn to two fields to ensure that the last one
Before they are completely enabled. The client reads turning length parameter, and in turn
1 after the last bit field, the host drives the data signal immediately. That is, as
And elsewhere in the text description of the contents of the packet described above, in the MDDI strobe
Some of the rising edge, the client of the new data according to the clock input (clock into) chain
Path. Client uses the length of the packet length and steering parameters can be used to understand the host
Transmission packet length of time. When there is no data to send to the host, the client can send
Filler grouping or data line drive to the zero state. If the data lines are driven to zero, then
It will be interpreted by the host as a zero length (not a valid length) of the packet, and
And the current reverse link encapsulation packet, the host does not receive from the client to any of
Groups.
...
9 client ability grouping
The host must know to communicate with the client (display) the ability to follow through
Often the best way, or need to configure the host to the client's link. Recommended to obtain a positive
The uplink synchronization, the display capabilities of the client packet to the host. When the host makes
Reverse link encapsulation packet with a reverse link flag to request, you should consider this grouping
Transfer. Client capability packet to the client the ability to inform the host. For external mode
Speaking, each host must be able to receive this packet, and every client must be able to send
The packet to fully utilize this interface and protocol. For the implementation of this packet
Are optional internal model, which is due in this case, as the monitor, keyboard, or
Other input / output devices and the like of the client the ability to be fitted at the time of manufacture or to
Some types of single component or element, it should have been clearly defined and the host
Knowledge.
...
Figure 19 shows an embodiment of a client capability packet format. Figure 19
Shows, for the present embodiment, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type
Type, retention cClient ID, protocol version, the minimum protocol version, the data rate capability, then
Ability to interface type, an optional number of monitors, Reserved 1, Bitmap Width, Bitmap Height, Display
Window width, the display height, color map size, color map RGB Width, RGB can
Force, monochrome ability to retain 2, Y Cr Cb ability interval (Bayer) ability to retain three,
Client characteristics, maximum video frame rate, video frame rate, the smallest, the minimal frame rate,
Audio buffer depth, audio channel capability, audio capability using rate, audio sample resolution
Rate, microphone audio sampling rate, the sampling rate capability of a microphone, keyboard data format, means
Shows device data format, content protection type, manufacturer's name, product code, retention 4,
Serial number, manufacture week, year of manufacture, and the CRC field. In an exemplary embodiment
Example, this type of packet is usually identified as Type 66 packet.
...
Figure 19 shows an embodiment of a client capability packet format. Figure 19
Shows, for the present embodiment, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type
Type, retention cClient ID, protocol version, the minimum protocol version, the data rate capability, then
Ability to interface type, an optional number of monitors, Reserved 1, Bitmap Width, Bitmap Height, Display
Window width, the display height, color map size, color map RGB Width, RGB can
Force, monochrome ability to retain 2, Y Cr Cb ability interval (Bayer) ability to retain three,
Client characteristics, maximum video frame rate, video frame rate, the smallest, the minimal frame rate,
Audio buffer depth, audio channel capability, audio capability using rate, audio sample resolution
Rate, microphone audio sampling rate, the sampling rate capability of a microphone, keyboard data format, means
Shows device data format, content protection type, manufacturer's name, product code, retention 4,
Serial number, manufacture week, year of manufacture, and the CRC field. In an exemplary embodiment
Example, this type of packet is usually identified as Type 66 packet.
...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block"
To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either
Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager
576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所
To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross
Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules
1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with
And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set
Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary
"Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel"
Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task,
A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity
Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage
Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode
When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can
An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control
Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space.
Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time.
.................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ................................
Figure 20 shows the format of the keyboard data packet, and contains information from or to key
A variable number of bytes of the disk information. Shown in Figure 20, the structure of this type of grouping
With packet length, packet type, bClient ID, keyboard data format, keyboard data and
CRC field. Here, normally this type of packet identification as Type 67 packet.
Figure 20 shows the format of the keyboard data packet, and contains information from or to key
A variable number of bytes of the disk information. Shown in Figure 20, the structure of this type of grouping
With packet length, packet type, bClient ID, keyboard data format, keyboard data and
CRC field. Here, normally this type of packet identification as Type 67 packet....
Figure 20 shows the format of the keyboard data packet, and contains information from or to key
A variable number of bytes of the disk information. Shown in Figure 20, the structure of this type of grouping
With packet length, packet type, bClient ID, keyboard data format, keyboard data and
CRC field. Here, normally this type of packet identification as Type 67 packet....
Used as a pointing device for a data packet from a wireless mouse or other pointing
Device location information sent from the client to the host methods, structures or means. You can also make
The forward link with the packet data will be sent to the pointing device. Figure 21 shows a means
Display device exemplary format of a data packet, and the packet format contains information from or to means
The variable display device information on the number of bytes. Shown in Figure 21, this type of grouping construct
Having a packet length, packet type, bClient ID, pointing device format, indicating the device
Data and CRC fields. In an exemplary embodiment, typically 1 byte in the class
Field type, this type of packet identification as Type 68 packet.
...
Used as a pointing device for a data packet from a wireless mouse or other pointing
Device location information sent from the client to the host methods, structures or means. You can also make
The forward link with the packet data will be sent to the pointing device. Figure 21 shows a means
Display device exemplary format of a data packet, and the packet format contains information from or to means
The variable display device information on the number of bytes. Shown in Figure 21, this type of grouping construct
Having a packet length, packet type, bClient ID, pointing device format, indicating the device
Data and CRC fields. In an exemplary embodiment, typically 1 byte in the class
Field type, this type of packet identification as Type 68 packet.
...
The close link packet sent from the host to the client as an MDDI used to indicate
Data and strobe will be closed, and enter a low-power "sleep" state approach and hands
Segments. In the static bitmap from the mobile communication device sends to the monitor after, or when temporarily not
There is need for further information sent from the host to the client, this packet on the link down, and
And the power saving is very useful. When the host sends packet again and resume normal operation. Dormancy
The first packet sent after the sub-frame header packet. Figure 22 shows the state of the client
Group format. Shown in Figure 22, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length,
Packet type and CRC and full of zeros. In one embodiment, usually in 1 byte
Type field of this type of packet is identified as Type 69 packet, and uses a 3-byte
The pre-fixed length.
...
The close link packet sent from the host to the client as an MDDI used to indicate
Data and strobe will be closed, and enter a low-power "sleep" state approach and hands
Segments. In the static bitmap from the mobile communication device sends to the monitor after, or when temporarily not
There is need for further information sent from the host to the client, this packet on the link down, and
And the power saving is very useful. When the host sends packet again and resume normal operation. Dormancy
The first packet sent after the sub-frame header packet. Figure 22 shows the state of the client
Group format. Shown in Figure 22, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length,
Packet type and CRC and full of zeros. In one embodiment, usually in 1 byte
Type field of this type of packet is identified as Type 69 packet, and uses a 3-byte
The pre-fixed length.
...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block"
To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either
Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager
576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所
To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross
Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules
1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with
And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set
Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary
"Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel"
Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task,
A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity
Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage
Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode
When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can
An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control
Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space.
Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time.
.................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .............................
Use 2-byte CRC field, which contains the length of the packet from the packet type byte
16-bit CRC.
In low-power sleep mode, all-zero field in the last one after 16 to 48
MDDI_Stb cycle or pulse start, the drive will disable the high MDDI_Data0
Impedance state. For Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 link, in the disabled MDDI_Data0
Time the drive, MDDI_Data1 to MDDI_DataPwr7 signals are also placed in a high-impedance
Anti-state. As discussed elsewhere, the host or client can make MDDI
Link from hibernation "wake up", which is critical of the invention advances and advantages.
In the definition of all-zero field already described, MDDI_Stb close grouping of the link
MSB of the CRC field after 64 cycles flip, in order to close the client control
Controller. A cycle is a transition from low to high, followed by a transition from high to low or from
High-to-low transition, followed by a transition from low to high. After sending all zeros in the field, ban
With hosts MDDI_Stb drive.
13 client request and status packet
Host needs a small amount of information from the client so that it can follow the general
Excellent way to configure the host to the client's link. Recommended that clients send to the host for each sub-frame
Send a client state groupings. Clients should not take this as a reverse link encapsulation of the packet
Group of the first packet to send, in order to ensure the packet sent reliably to the host. When the
By the host in reverse link encapsulation packet flag to request the reverse link packet, but also
The packet forwarding can be achieved. Client request and status packet can be used to report an error to the host
And status. For external mode operation, each host should be able to receive the packet,
And each client should be able to send the packet to the appropriate and optimal use of
MDD interface protocol. Also recommends: For internal operations, namely internal hosts and internal clients,
Should support the packet, but this is not necessary.
...
Host needs a small amount of information from the client so that it can follow the general
Excellent way to configure the host to the client's link. Recommended that clients send to the host for each sub-frame
Send a client state groupings. Clients should not take this as a reverse link encapsulation of the packet
Group of the first packet to send, in order to ensure the packet sent reliably to the host. When the
By the host in reverse link encapsulation packet flag to request the reverse link packet, but also
The packet forwarding can be achieved. Client request and status packet can be used to report an error to the host
And status. For external mode operation, each host should be able to receive the packet,
And each client should be able to send the packet to the appropriate and optimal use of
MDD interface protocol. Also recommends: For internal operations, namely internal hosts and internal clients,
Should support the packet, but this is not necessary.
...
Said reverse link request field can be used to notify the host of the client in a reverse chain
Road encapsulated packet in the number of bytes required, so that it sends the data back to the host. The host should
Tried the reverse link encapsulation packet at least this number of bytes allocated to allow the
Above requests. The host can send a sub-frame in a reverse link encapsulation packet over to pick
Admittance data. The client can send at any time and status of the client request packet, and the
The reverse link above host can be interpreted as a request parameter subframe total number of bytes requested.
The following shows how the reverse link data back to the host Additional details and specific examples.
...
Said reverse link request field can be used to notify the host of the client in a reverse chain
Road encapsulated packet in the number of bytes required, so that it sends the data back to the host. The host should
Tried the reverse link encapsulation packet at least this number of bytes allocated to allow the
Above requests. The host can send a sub-frame in a reverse link encapsulation packet over to pick
Admittance data. The client can send at any time and status of the client request packet, and the
The reverse link above host can be interpreted as a request parameter subframe total number of bytes requested.
The following shows how the reverse link data back to the host Additional details and specific examples.
...
Bit block transfer packet is provided for the display area scroll in any direction along the way. Tool
The monitor will have this capability in the client display characteristics ability grouping capability indicator
Bit 0 of the field in the reporting capability. Figure 24 illustrates an embodiment of the bit block transfer
Packet format. Shown in Figure 24, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length,
Packet type, hClient ID, left X value, Y value left, the window width and height of the window,
Window X Mobile, windows mobile and Y CRC field. Usually this type of packet identification
As Type 71 packet, and uses a 15-byte pre-selected fixed length.
% E8% BF% 99% E4% BA% 9B% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E7% 94% A8% E6% 9D% A5% E8% AF% B4% E6% 98% 8E% E5 % BE% 85% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% E7% 9A% 84% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% E5% B7% A6% E4% B8% 8A% E8% A7 % 92% E7% 9A% 84% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% E7% 9A% 84X% E5% 92% 8CY% E5% 80% BC% EF% BC% 8C% E5% BE% 85 % 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% E7% 9A% 84% E7% AA% 97 % E5% 8F% A3% E7% 9A% 84% E5% AE% BD% E5% BA% A6% E5% 92% 8C% E9% AB% 98% E5% BA% A6% EF% BC% 8C% E4 % BB% A5% E5% 8F% 8A% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% E5% B0% 86% E8% A6% 81% E5% 88% 86% E5% 88% AB% E6% B0 % B4% E5% B9% B3% E5% B9% B6% E4% B8% 94% E5% 9E% 82% E7% 9B% B4% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% E7% 9A% 84 % E5% 83% 8F% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E7% B4% A0% E6% 95% B0% E7% 9B% AE % E3% 80% 82% E5% 90% 8E% E4% B8% A4% E4% B8% AA% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E7% 9A% 84% E6% AD% A3% E5 % 80% BC% E4% BD% BF% E5% BE% 97% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% E5% B0% 86% E5% 90% 91% E4% B8% 8B% E5% 90 % 91% E5% 8F% B3% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% EF% BC% 8C% E8% 80% 8C% E8% B4% 9F% E5% 80% BC% E8% AE% A9 % E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E5% 90% 91% E4% B8% 8A % E5% 90% 91% E5% B7% A6% E7% A7% BB% E5% 8A% A8% E3% 80% 82
15 packets filled bitmap area
Padding packet bitmap area of the display area to easily initialize a monochrome
Means, structure, or method. The monitor will have this capability in the client ability grouping passenger
Characterized client capability indicator field in bit 1 of the reporting capability. Figure 25 shows the bit
Padding packet format of FIG region an embodiment. Shown in Figure 25, in this case,
The structure of this type of packet has a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, left
The X value, Y value left, window width, the height of the window, the data format descriptors, the pixel
Area fill values and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, usually these types of
The packet type is identified as type 72 packet, and uses 17 bytes of pre-fixed length.
...
Padding packet bitmap area of the display area to easily initialize a monochrome
Means, structure, or method. The monitor will have this capability in the client ability grouping passenger
Characterized client capability indicator field in bit 1 of the reporting capability. Figure 25 shows the bit
Padding packet format of FIG region an embodiment. Shown in Figure 25, in this case,
The structure of this type of packet has a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, left
The X value, Y value left, window width, the height of the window, the data format descriptors, the pixel
Area fill values and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, usually these types of
The packet type is identified as type 72 packet, and uses 17 bytes of pre-fixed length.
...
Bitmap pattern fills grouping provides easily put the display area is initialized to preselect Figure
Case of instruments and structures. The monitor will have this capability in the client ability grouping customers
Machine feature capability indicator field in bit 2 of the reporting capability. The upper left corner and fill patterns
The upper left corner of the window to be filled is aligned unless the horizontal or vertical pattern offset is non-zero. If
To be filled window wider or higher than the fill pattern, you can repeatedly horizontally or vertically
Repeated the pattern in order to fill the window. According to the last repeating pattern on the right or
Bottom cut off. If the window is smaller than the fill pattern, you can cut off the right or fill pattern
Those at the bottom to accommodate the window.
...
Bitmap pattern fills grouping provides easily put the display area is initialized to preselect Figure
Case of instruments and structures. The monitor will have this capability in the client ability grouping customers
Machine feature capability indicator field in bit 2 of the reporting capability. The upper left corner and fill patterns
The upper left corner of the window to be filled is aligned unless the horizontal or vertical pattern offset is non-zero. If
To be filled window wider or higher than the fill pattern, you can repeatedly horizontally or vertically
Repeated the pattern in order to fill the window. According to the last repeating pattern on the right or
Bottom cut off. If the window is smaller than the fill pattern, you can cut off the right or fill pattern
Those at the bottom to accommodate the window.
...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block"
To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either
Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager
576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所
To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross
Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules
1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with
And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set
Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary
"Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel"
Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task,
A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity
Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage
Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode
When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can
An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control
Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space.
Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time.
.................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
17-channel packet data communications link
Packet data channel communication link is provided for the PDA such as having a high total
The client and the computing power such as cellular phones or wireless devices such wireless data port closing
Hair communication structure means or methods. In this case, the MDDI link charge
When the communication device and a mobile computing devices monitor the convenience of high speed interface,
This grouping of the device in the operating system's data link layer to transmit data. For example, if the network
Page browser, email client, or is embedded throughout the PDA mobile display,
The packet can be used. The monitor will have this capability in the client capability packet
Client feature capability indicator field in bit 3 of the report of the capability.
...
Packet data channel communication link is provided for the PDA such as having a high total
The client and the computing power such as cellular phones or wireless devices such wireless data port closing
Hair communication structure means or methods. In this case, the MDDI link charge
When the communication device and a mobile computing devices monitor the convenience of high speed interface,
This grouping of the device in the operating system's data link layer to transmit data. For example, if the network
Page browser, email client, or is embedded throughout the PDA mobile display,
The packet can be used. The monitor will have this capability in the client capability packet
Client feature capability indicator field in bit 3 of the report of the capability.
...
18 The monitor power status grouping
Display Power State Packet provides a structure, device or method for, when such
Monitor this client is not being used or is not in the active use, the specific
Client control or client-related, connected to the hardware or controller hardware is set to
Low-power state, in order to make the system power on or system resource consumption is minimized. This category
Type packet to the external mode for configuration or operation of the interface or interface structures and protocols
Most useful applications. In such applications, the most likely are: the external device is limited
The power source (such as batteries) to run the case, or if the external device has other power
Constraints and considerations such as overheating in limited spaces, etc., so as not activated or not used
Period of time requires a minimum operating conditions. In one embodiment, the client using the client
Ability grouping machine features the ability of the client identifier field to indicate the response shows bit 9
Power status grouping capability.
...
Display Power State Packet provides a structure, device or method for, when such
Monitor this client is not being used or is not in the active use, the specific
Client control or client-related, connected to the hardware or controller hardware is set to
Low-power state, in order to make the system power on or system resource consumption is minimized. This category
Type packet to the external mode for configuration or operation of the interface or interface structures and protocols
Most useful applications. In such applications, the most likely are: the external device is limited
The power source (such as batteries) to run the case, or if the external device has other power
Constraints and considerations such as overheating in limited spaces, etc., so as not activated or not used
Period of time requires a minimum operating conditions. In one embodiment, the client using the client
Ability grouping machine features the ability of the client identifier field to indicate the response shows bit 9
Power status grouping capability.
...
This two-byte field power state, earmarked for a specific device, hardware
Or with clients such as the display device settings related to the specified power states
Information. When used in the display, this field specifies the packet bit 0 is used for the main display also
Is for optional monitor. If bit 0 is equal to 1, then the packet is applied to the main display.
If bit 0 is equal to 0, then the packet applies to bits 11-8 from the specified optional Display
Makers. Bit 1 is reserved for future use and is usually set to zero.
Power status field is specified by bits 3-2 bits 11 to 8 and bit 0 of the selected display
The power state. When bit [3:2] with the "00" values, the selected display is not illuminated
Bright, and should consume a minimum amount of power, and in this state does not ensure that the frame buffer during
Content will be retained. When bit [3:2] with the "01" value of the selected display and
Not be lit, and the minimum amount of power being consumed, and in this state during the frame buffer to ensure
Chong's content will be preserved. In this state, the monitor consumes more than 00 states
Power. Client capability packet by the client a client identifier field characteristic ability
Bit 10 to indicate the ability to support state 01. When the power status field bits [3:2] with
"10" values, the selected display is lit, and the display frame buffer from its associated
The image. Bit [3:2] value "11" is reserved for future use values or states, and now is not
Be used.
...
Power status field is specified by bits 3-2 bits 11 to 8 and bit 0 of the selected display
The power state. When bit [3:2] with the "00" values, the selected display is not illuminated
Bright, and should consume a minimum amount of power, and in this state does not ensure that the frame buffer during
Content will be retained. When bit [3:2] with the "01" value of the selected display and
Not be lit, and the minimum amount of power being consumed, and in this state during the frame buffer to ensure
Chong's content will be preserved. In this state, the monitor consumes more than 00 states
Power. Client capability packet by the client a client identifier field characteristic ability
Bit 10 to indicate the ability to support state 01. When the power status field bits [3:2] with
"10" values, the selected display is lit, and the display frame buffer from its associated
The image. Bit [3:2] value "11" is reserved for future use values or states, and now is not
Be used.
...
Power status field bits 11-8 to form a 4-bit unsigned integer, the four unsigned
Integer used to specify the application of the power state of the optional monitor. Bit 0 is set to logic zero
Value so that the client will be interpreted as bits 11-8 optional display number. If bit 0 is equal to
1, the bit 11-8 is zero.
...
Power status field bits 11-8 to form a 4-bit unsigned integer, the four unsigned
Integer used to specify the application of the power state of the optional monitor. Bit 0 is set to logic zero
Value so that the client will be interpreted as bits 11-8 optional display number. If bit 0 is equal to
1, the bit 11-8 is zero.
...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block"
To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either
Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager
576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所
To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross
Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules
1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with
And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set
Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary
"Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel"
Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task,
A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity
Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage
Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode
When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can
An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control
Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space.
Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time.
.................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block"
To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either
Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager
576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所
To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross
Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules
1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with
And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set
Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary
"Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel"
Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task,
A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity
Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage
Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode
When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can
An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control
Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space.
Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time.
.................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
Execution type switching packet is used to host commands the client to switch to this grouping
A means specified pattern, structure, or methods. This is the ability grouping as described in the client
The interfaces supported by the client type settings in one. Just sending this grouping
, The host and the client should switch to specify the forward and reverse link interface type. Chart
29 to perform the type shown in one embodiment of the packet switching format. Support in addition to Type 1
Outside the host interface type and client should provide support for the grouping. A typical proposal is
Host sends the packet switched immediately before execution type reads the client request and status packet,
To confirm the client and host synchronization.
...
Execution type switching packet is used to host commands the client to switch to this grouping
A means specified pattern, structure, or methods. This is the ability grouping as described in the client
The interfaces supported by the client type settings in one. Just sending this grouping
, The host and the client should switch to specify the forward and reverse link interface type. Chart
29 to perform the type shown in one embodiment of the packet switching format. Support in addition to Type 1
Outside the host interface type and client should provide support for the grouping. A typical proposal is
Host sends the packet switched immediately before execution type reads the client request and status packet,
To confirm the client and host synchronization.
...
In one embodiment, the Interface Type field uses 1 byte value to confirm that will be used, or
The link with the new interface type. The value in this field in the following manner specified or indicated
The interface type. Bit 2-0 defines the forward link that will be used for the type of interface, where the value
A representation or specify the type of a mode switch to; value of 2 indicates switching to type 2 mode; value 3
Switch to indicate or specify the type 3 pattern; value of 4 indicates switching to a type 4 mode. Bit 5 to
3 defines the interface to be used for the reverse link types, or specify a value of 1 represents switched to class
Type 1 mode; value of 2 indicates the type 2 mode switch to; value of 3 means or switch to specify the type
3 mode; switching to a value of 4 indicates the type 4 mode. Bits 0,6 and 7, this is retained
For future use, and as such are typically, but not necessarily, be set to a logic zero level.
...
Delay padding field has been created for use in making the client part of the system has
Sufficient time to prepare or be configured to switch to the use or to use the established state
In the group at the beginning of a new interface type, then be followed by the interface type switching packet. That
Field contains a byte or 8-bit values, these values are set to logic zero or equal to the level of
Or value. Select in this field the number of bytes used in this field has a value equal to that
64 MDDI_Stb cycle length. The length of the delay is based filler of the forward link
The interface type setting of the field for the Type 1 forward link interface type 16 words
Section, for Type 2 interface type is 32 bytes, for Type 3 interface type 64 words
Section, as well as when specifying or using the type 4 forward link interface type is 128 bytes.
...
Delay padding field has been created for use in making the client part of the system has
Sufficient time to prepare or be configured to switch to the use or to use the established state
In the group at the beginning of a new interface type, then be followed by the interface type switching packet. That
Field contains a byte or 8-bit values, these values are set to logic zero or equal to the level of
Or value. Select in this field the number of bytes used in this field has a value equal to that
64 MDDI_Stb cycle length. The length of the delay is based filler of the forward link
The interface type setting of the field for the Type 1 forward link interface type 16 words
Section, for Type 2 interface type is 32 bytes, for Type 3 interface type 64 words
Section, as well as when specifying or using the type 4 forward link interface type is 128 bytes.
...
20 - Forward audio channel to enable packet
This grouping allows the host to provide the ability to enable or disable client audio channels
Structures, methods or means. This capability is useful because the host does not have the audio output
When a client (such as monitors) can make audio amplifier or similar circuit elements powered down to
Will conserve power. Using only the presence or absence of audio streams as an indicator is clearly difficult to achieve.
Client system power-up default state is enabled for all audio channels. 30 is shown in FIG.
Forward Audio Channel Enable packet format of an embodiment. Shown in Figure 30, this kind of
Type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Audio Channel
Enable mask and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, usually this type
The packet is identified as type 78 packet, and uses a pre-selected fixed length of 4 bytes.
...
This grouping allows the host to provide the ability to enable or disable client audio channels
Structures, methods or means. This capability is useful because the host does not have the audio output
When a client (such as monitors) can make audio amplifier or similar circuit elements powered down to
Will conserve power. Using only the presence or absence of audio streams as an indicator is clearly difficult to achieve.
Client system power-up default state is enabled for all audio channels. 30 is shown in FIG.
Forward Audio Channel Enable packet format of an embodiment. Shown in Figure 30, this kind of
Type of packet structure of a packet length, packet type, hClient ID, Audio Channel
Enable mask and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, usually this type
The packet is identified as type 78 packet, and uses a pre-selected fixed length of 4 bytes.
...
This allows the host group type provides the ability to enable or disable the reverse link audio
Channel structures, methods and means. This capability is useful so that when there is no audio
The output from the host, the client is able to turn off the audio amplifier to conserve power. Implicitly
Using the audio stream to the presence or absence of clearly more difficult to achieve this. When a client system
System power-up or connect to the host, the default state is all audio channels are enabled. Connected to
Host and client's audio system should be ready or able to receive positive tone in the client
After grouping the frequency channel is enabled about 100 milliseconds or less time, with the hope or the
The audio signal to be outputted in a manner, wherein the packet of the audio channel is enabled in the audio channel is enabled mask
Code field has at least a plurality of bit 1, the mask field of the audio channel is enabled has been completed
Became from 0 to 1 transition of states or values. The client using the client capability packet to
Audio channel capability field value of bit 15 is set to indicate the ability of audio channels in response to the forward
Grouping capability.
...
This grouping allows the host to enable or disable the reverse link audio channel, and set this class
The audio data sampling rate. Said host selection in the client capability packet is defined to have
Effective sampling rate. If you select an invalid host sampling rates, then the client will not be to the Lord
Machine to send the audio stream, and error reporting packets the client can send the appropriate error to the host
Error, the error value, or the error signal. Host can set the sample rate to 255
Disable reverse link audio stream. When the client system is initially assumed power on or connect the default
Status is disable reverse link audio stream. Figure 31 shows a reverse packet audio sample rate
The format of an embodiment. Shown in Figure 31, this type of packet constructed with
Packet length, packet type, hClient ID, audio sample rate, and keep a CRC word
Segments. Usually this type of packet is identified as Type 79 packet, and uses 4 bytes
Preselected fixed length.
...
This grouping allows the host to enable or disable the reverse link audio channel, and set this class
The audio data sampling rate. Said host selection in the client capability packet is defined to have
Effective sampling rate. If you select an invalid host sampling rates, then the client will not be to the Lord
Machine to send the audio stream, and error reporting packets the client can send the appropriate error to the host
Error, the error value, or the error signal. Host can set the sample rate to 255
Disable reverse link audio stream. When the client system is initially assumed power on or connect the default
Status is disable reverse link audio stream. Figure 31 shows a reverse packet audio sample rate
The format of an embodiment. Shown in Figure 31, this type of packet constructed with
Packet length, packet type, hClient ID, audio sample rate, and keep a CRC word
Segments. Usually this type of packet is identified as Type 79 packet, and uses 4 bytes
Preselected fixed length.
...
This grouping provides a host and allows clients to exchange with the number being used
Digital content protection method messages related structures, methods or means. It is envisaged that the two types
Type of content protection, Digital Transmission Content Protection (DTCP), or High-bandwidth Digital Content
Protection System (HDCP), and for the future alternative protection scheme name reserved space.
The method used by the contents of the packet type of protection parameter descriptions. 32 is shown in FIG.
The digital content protection overhead to an embodiment of the packet format. Shown in Figure 32, this kind of
Type of packet constructed with packet length, packet type, bClient ID, Content Protection
Type, content protection overhead message and CRC fields. Usually this type of packet identification
As Type 80 packet.
...
This grouping provides a host and allows clients to exchange with the number being used
Digital content protection method messages related structures, methods or means. It is envisaged that the two types
Type of content protection, Digital Transmission Content Protection (DTCP), or High-bandwidth Digital Content
Protection System (HDCP), and for the future alternative protection scheme name reserved space.
The method used by the contents of the packet type of protection parameter descriptions. 32 is shown in FIG.
The digital content protection overhead to an embodiment of the packet format. Shown in Figure 32, this kind of
Type of packet constructed with packet length, packet type, bClient ID, Content Protection
Type, content protection overhead message and CRC fields. Usually this type of packet identification
As Type 80 packet.
...
Transparent Color Enable Packet is used to describe color in the display which is transparent
, And enable or disable the use of a transparent color to display an image structures, methods or means.
With this capability the client capability packet monitor client capability indicator characteristics
Bit 4 of the field reports the capability. When a transparent pixel color value is written to the bitmap,
Color will not change from the previous value. Figure 33 illustrates the format of Transparent Color Enable Grouping
Style. Shown in Figure 33, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type
Type, hClient ID, transparent color is enabled, keep a, alpha cursor identifier, the data grid
Type descriptors, transparent pixel value, and CRC fields. In one-byte type field, through
Often this type of packet is identified as Type 81 packet, and uses the 10-byte pre-
Fixed length.
24. The round trip delay measurement packet
The round trip delay measurement packet to provide a means for measuring from the host to the client (display
Monitor) propagation delay plus from the client (display) back to the host structure of a delay,
Methods or means. This measurement is inherently include line drivers and receivers, and Internet child
There is a delay in the system. This measurement is used to set the above general description of the reverse link encapsulation of
The steering group and the reverse link rate divisor delay parameters. When MDDI link for special
The maximum speed given application, this packet is a most useful. You can type a pattern
The lower data rate transmission packet, thereby increasing the range of round trip delay measurement is formed. The
MDDI_Stb signal behavior is described as in the following fields to send all zero data: two protection
Time, all zeros and measurement cycle. This is done so MDDI_Stb at half the data rate of turn
Turn, so you can measure the cycle where the client will be used periodically when MDDI_Stb
Minutes.
In one embodiment, the client through the client capability packet is usually a client characteristics
Capability indicator field bits 18 to indicate support for the round trip delay measurement packet can
Force. Recommends that all clients support round-trip delay measurements, but the host may also be based on the most
Large cable delay and maximum delay of drivers and receivers to learn the worst-case round trip
Schedule delay. Hosts can also advance in the internal mode for MDDI link round trip delay,
This is because it is using the interface device known design elements (wire length, the circuit class
Type and characteristics, etc.) of the one aspect.
Figure 34 shows a round trip delay measurement packet format. Shown in Figure 34, the
One embodiment, the structure of this type of packet is a packet length, packet type,
hClient ID, parameter CRC, guard time a measurement cycle, all zeros and protect time 2
Fields. Usually this type of packet is identified as Type 82 packet, and uses 159
The pre-fixed length.
Figure 35 shows the round trip delay measurement packet when the event occurred during
Sequence . In Figure 35 , the host sends the packet round trip delay measurements , which followed through
There are all zero and the guard time a field parameter CRC and strobe appear to align fields is shown .
In the packet reaches the client before the display device or processing circuit , the delay 3502 hair
Health . When the client receives the packet , the client as accurately as possible to the actual measurement cycle
The start time of transmission of the 0xff, 0xff, and 30 bytes of 0x0 pattern (pattern),
Wherein the measurement cycle is started is determined by the client . Client begins sending this sequence
The actual time from the point of view from the host of a delay measurement cycle begins . The base amount of delay
This is used to pass the packet line drivers and receivers, and network subsystems ( electric
Cables , wires ) the time it takes for transmission . For this mode from the client to send back
Host, the amount of delay experienced a similar 3504 .
In order to accurately determine the signal to and from the client's round trip delay time, host
Occurring after the commencement of the measurement cycle the forward link bit count the number of time periods, straight
To detect 0xff, 0xff, 0x0, and 30 bytes at the beginning of the sequence is reached. This
Information used to determine the round-trip signal is transmitted from the host to the client and the amount of time and then return. However
After about half of this amount will be attributed to the arriving to the client generated unidirectional signal path
Delay.
In the two guard time period, the host and client are driven to a logic zero line
Level, in order to maintain MDDI_DATA line is defined by the state. In the two guard time
During the host and the client makes MDDI_Data enable and disable time signal for any
He effectively round trip delay time is active low.
25. The forward link packet calibration deviation
Deviation from calibration forward link packet allows the client or the display according to the
MDDI_Stb signal calibration MDDI_Data own signal propagation delay differences . In the absence
A delay deviation compensation , the maximum data rate is often constrained to address these extension
Late the potential worst-case changes. Usually only when the forward link data rate is configured
To around 50Mbps or lower rate, before sending the packet . In sending this sub-
Group in order to calibrate the display , the data rate can be progressively increased to 50Mbps or more. As
If during the course of the deviation from the calibration data rate is set too high , then the monitor may be the same
Step to a bit period of the false signal (alias) , this can be set so that the delay deviation compensation
Is set to deviate more than one bit time , resulting in data clock error. In the forward link transmission
Road out of calibration before grouping , select the interface type of the highest data rate or the maximum likelihood
Interface type , so all existing calibration data bits .
Figure 56 illustrates a forward link packet format of a deviation from the calibrated embodiments. Figure
56, the structure of this type of packet has a packet length (2 bytes), packet type
Type, hClient ID, parameter CRC, Zero 1, calibration data sequence and all zero two fields.
In the Type field, generally this type of packet is identified as Type 83 packet, and in the
519 in one embodiment having a preselected length.
Virtual control panel
Virtual control panel (VCP) allows the host to set the use of certain client user
Control. By allowing the host to adjust these parameters, the client simplification of the user interface
Of, this is because the host software rather than by the client through one or more micro-
Allow the user to adjust the processor to generate the display brightness, such as the volume or the like of the screen parameters
Screen. Client host has read the parameter settings, and determine the effective control of each
Value range capability. Client has to return to the host can adjust the control parameters of the report
Capacity.
Typically specified control code (VCP Code) and the associated data value is used that
Ming client controls and settings. VCP code MDDI specification are expanded to 16 bits,
In order to maintain the correct definition of the packet data field aligned, and the future support of supplementary value
The complement value for this interface or future enhancements are unique.
26 Request VCP feature grouping
Request VCP grouping feature provides a specific control parameters of the host or the request
A valid control parameters of the current setting means, mechanism, or method. Typically, the client machine using
VCP feature reply packet in response to the information on the appropriate VCP packet. In one embodiment,
Clients use the client in the client ability grouping feature capability indicator field Bit 20
To show support request VCP feature grouping capabilities.
Figure 69 illustrates an embodiment VCP feature request packet format. Figure
69, the structure of this type of packet has a packet length, packet type, hClient
ID, MCCS VCP code and CRC fields. In one embodiment, these species generally
The packet type is identified as type 128, which is in the 2-byte type field indicated. Grouping
Length Description packet does not include the number of bytes in the packet length field, and for this type
A packet, the packet length which is usually fixed at 8 bytes in length.
The hClient ID field is reserved for future implementations use the client ID and pass
Often set to zero. The MCCS VCP Code field, including two bytes of information, used to say
Ming MCCS VCP control code parameters. 0-255 value within the range of features should make VCP
A return packet to a single item, which is a single table entry corresponding to the specified MCCS code
VCP feature response list entries. To 65535 (0xffff) the MCCS VCP Code
Feature is used to request a reply with a list of VCP VCP characteristic reply packet, the
VCP characteristic response list contains supported by the client response characteristics of each control list items.
For the purposes of this field, 256-65534 values are reserved for future use and is currently
Not used.
...
The hClient ID field is reserved for future implementations use the client ID and pass
Often set to zero. The MCCS VCP Code field, including two bytes of information, used to say
Ming MCCS VCP control code parameters. 0-255 value within the range of features should make VCP
A return packet to a single item, which is a single table entry corresponding to the specified MCCS code
VCP feature response list entries. To 65535 (0xffff) the MCCS VCP Code
Feature is used to request a reply with a list of VCP VCP characteristic reply packet, the
VCP characteristic response list contains supported by the client response characteristics of each control list items.
For the purposes of this field, 256-65534 values are reserved for future use and is currently
Not used.
...
VCP reply packet provides a feature for the client or the use of specific control parameters
All control parameters of the current setting means in response to the host request, mechanisms or methods.
Overall, the client response to the request packet and sends the VCP VCP characteristic feature shall
A grouping. The packet to determine the specific parameters for the current settings for the effective identification of specific control
Range, to determine whether the client supports specific control or supported by the client to determine the control
Set very useful. If the client is not involved in the transmission to achieve a specific control request
VCP characteristics, then use the appropriate error code that contains unrealized control corresponding single
A characteristic response VCP VCP feature list items to return the reply packet. In one embodiment,
The client using the client a client characteristic ability grouping capability indicator field in bits
20 to show support for VCP's ability to answer packet characteristics.
...
VCP reply packet provides a feature for the client or the use of specific control parameters
All control parameters of the current setting means in response to the host request, mechanisms or methods.
Overall, the client response to the request packet and sends the VCP VCP characteristic feature shall
A grouping. The packet to determine the specific parameters for the current settings for the effective identification of specific control
Range, to determine whether the client supports specific control or supported by the client to determine the control
Set very useful. If the client is not involved in the transmission to achieve a specific control request
VCP characteristics, then use the appropriate error code that contains unrealized control corresponding single
A characteristic response VCP VCP feature list items to return the reply packet. In one embodiment,
The client using the client a client characteristic ability grouping capability indicator field in bits
20 to show support for VCP's ability to answer packet characteristics.
...
The cClient ID field contains the reserved client ID. This field is
Reserved for future use and is usually set to zero. MCCS version field contains two bytes
Information to be used by the client to achieve illustrate VESAMCCS version of the specification.
2-byte field contains the description of response number returned by the client acknowledge VCP characteristics
Packet number information, or data. The client, in response to having a value of 65535
MCCS VCP control code request feature grouping, returns one or more VCP characteristics should
A grouping. Said client via a plurality of extensions or VCP answer packet transmission characteristics Typical
Levy answer list. In this case, the client should assign each successive packet number or standard
Identifier, and the response to a single request packet and transmitted VCP VCP characteristic feature answer packet
The serial number is usually zero and increments by one. The last characteristic response packet VCP
The last characteristic response VCP list item should contain the MCCS VCP is equal to 0xffff
Control code value to determine the packet is the last packet and the group containing the returned
Highest number. Characterized in response to the request if VCP VCP packet to send only a characteristic to be
A packet, then the response to a single packet sequence number is zero, and the characteristic response VCP
List contains the MCCS VCP with equal 0xffff control code records. When MCCS
VCP control code is equal to 0xffff, the characteristic response of the VCP largest grouping list items
And the current value field (Figure 71) is set to zero.
...
2-byte field contains the description of response number returned by the client acknowledge VCP characteristics
Packet number information, or data. The client, in response to having a value of 65535
MCCS VCP control code request feature grouping, returns one or more VCP characteristics should
A grouping. Said client via a plurality of extensions or VCP answer packet transmission characteristics Typical
Levy answer list. In this case, the client should assign each successive packet number or standard
Identifier, and the response to a single request packet and transmitted VCP VCP characteristic feature answer packet
The serial number is usually zero and increments by one. The last characteristic response packet VCP
The last characteristic response VCP list item should contain the MCCS VCP is equal to 0xffff
Control code value to determine the packet is the last packet and the group containing the returned
Highest number. Characterized in response to the request if VCP VCP packet to send only a characteristic to be
A packet, then the response to a single packet sequence number is zero, and the characteristic response VCP
List contains the MCCS VCP with equal 0xffff control code records. When MCCS
VCP control code is equal to 0xffff, the characteristic response of the VCP largest grouping list items
And the current value field (Figure 71) is set to zero.
...
Shown in Figure 71, each list item VCP characteristic response is 12 bytes in length, and
And includes MCCS VCP Code, Result Code, the maximum and the current value field. 2 bytes
The MCCS VCP Code field contains instructions and a list of items that are associated MCCS VCP
Control code parameter data or information. With the present embodiment, only in the VESA MCCS
Specification version 2 and later versions of the control code defined values are considered valid. 2 bytes
The result code field contains the error code for describing information about the error code and
The specified MCCS VCP control information request related. The value in this field to '0 'means
Means that no error and the value '1 'means that the specified control is not implemented in the client.
Other values of this field 2-65535 are reserved for future use at present and for the realization of
Other applications of the field of vision, but now not used.
...
4-byte field specifies the maximum value can be set to control the specified maximum MCCS
Emergy. If the requested control is not implemented in the client, this value will be set to zero.
If the return value is less than 32 bits in length (4 bytes), put the value translated into 32
Integer, the most significant (unused) byte set to zero. 4-byte value field of the current packet
Included for explaining the specified MCCS VCP Continuous (C) or non-continuous (NC) control
Information on the current value. If the requested control is not implemented in the client, or to achieve a
Said control but is a table (T) data type, this value will be set to zero. If for every
A VESA MCCS specification, the return value is the length of less than 32 bits (4 bytes), the
The value is converted to a 32-bit integer, the maximum effective (unused) byte set to zero.
If the specified MCCS VCP code corresponds to non-continuous control or table data type, then
Maximum field is set or selected to zero.
...
4-byte field specifies the maximum value can be set to control the specified maximum MCCS
Emergy. If the requested control is not implemented in the client, this value will be set to zero.
If the return value is less than 32 bits in length (4 bytes), put the value translated into 32
Integer, the most significant (unused) byte set to zero. 4-byte value field of the current packet
Included for explaining the specified MCCS VCP Continuous (C) or non-continuous (NC) control
Information on the current value. If the requested control is not implemented in the client, or to achieve a
Said control but is a table (T) data type, this value will be set to zero. If for every
A VESA MCCS specification, the return value is the length of less than 32 bits (4 bytes), the
The value is converted to a 32-bit integer, the maximum effective (unused) byte set to zero.
If the specified MCCS VCP code corresponds to non-continuous control or table data type, then
Maximum field is set or selected to zero.
...
Set VCP provides for grouping feature allows the host to the client continuous and discontinuous
VCP control value control setting means, mechanisms or methods. In one embodiment, the
Referred clients to use client client characteristics ability grouping capability indicator field bit 13
To show support for setting VCP feature grouping capabilities.
Set VCP provides for grouping feature allows the host to the client continuous and discontinuous
VCP control value control setting means, mechanisms or methods. In one embodiment, the
Referred clients to use client client characteristics ability grouping capability indicator field bit 13
To show support for setting VCP feature grouping capabilities....
The hClient ID field again using 2-byte value to illustrate or act as a client
ID. This field will be retained for future use and is currently set to zero. The
MCCS VCP code fields use two bytes of information, or to illustrate the value to be adjusted
MCCS VCP control code parameters. The list of 2-byte field contains the number of values
For explaining the existence of the control value list the number of 16-bit value or the value of the information. Said controller
System usually includes a list of values, unless MCCS control code involved in the client table.
Do not involve the table under the control of said control value list contains a value that a
The instructions to be written by the MCCS VCP Code field specifies the new value of the control parameter. To
The control tables involved, the control data in the format of the list of values is specified by the MCCS
VCP code description of the parameters to the specified. If the list contains more than one byte of the
Value, then the least significant byte is transmitted first, which is defined elsewhere consistent way.
Finally, the 2-byte CRC of all bytes in the packet field contains a 16-bit CRC, among
Including the packet length included.
...
The hClient ID field again using 2-byte value to illustrate or act as a client
ID. This field will be retained for future use and is currently set to zero. The
MCCS VCP code fields use two bytes of information, or to illustrate the value to be adjusted
MCCS VCP control code parameters. The list of 2-byte field contains the number of values
For explaining the existence of the control value list the number of 16-bit value or the value of the information. Said controller
System usually includes a list of values, unless MCCS control code involved in the client table.
Do not involve the table under the control of said control value list contains a value that a
The instructions to be written by the MCCS VCP Code field specifies the new value of the control parameter. To
The control tables involved, the control data in the format of the list of values is specified by the MCCS
VCP code description of the parameters to the specified. If the list contains more than one byte of the
Value, then the least significant byte is transmitted first, which is defined elsewhere consistent way.
Finally, the 2-byte CRC of all bytes in the packet field contains a 16-bit CRC, among
Including the packet length included.
...
Request packet as a valid parameter requests the client returns a valid parameter response packet
Means or mechanism, the response packet contains valid parameters specified by the non-continuous (NC)
Or table (T) control supports a parameter list. This group should only be specified noncontiguous
Control, or related to the table in the client control, without specifying the values of all controls for the specified
To 65535 (0xffff) the MCCS VCP code value. If you specify an unsupported or non-
Effective MCCS VCP code valid parameter in the response packet returns the appropriate error value.
In one embodiment, the client uses the client capability features a client capability packet
Indicator field bits 20 to indicate support request valid parameter grouping capabilities.
...
Request packet as a valid parameter requests the client returns a valid parameter response packet
Means or mechanism, the response packet contains valid parameters specified by the non-continuous (NC)
Or table (T) control supports a parameter list. This group should only be specified noncontiguous
Control, or related to the table in the client control, without specifying the values of all controls for the specified
To 65535 (0xffff) the MCCS VCP code value. If you specify an unsupported or non-
Effective MCCS VCP code valid parameter in the response packet returns the appropriate error value.
In one embodiment, the client uses the client capability features a client capability packet
Indicator field bits 20 to indicate support request valid parameter grouping capabilities.
...
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block"
To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either
Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager
576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所
To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross
Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules
1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with
And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set
Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary
"Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel"
Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task,
A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity
Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage
Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode
When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can
An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control
Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space.
Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time.
.................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
In the preferred embodiment, SPE 503 in each of the tasks by a "swap block"
To represent. Can be considered "switch module" is a traditional multi-tasking architecture an "either
Service. "Preferred embodiment of the" switch module "is a management mechanism, the Task Manager
576 use this mechanism to keep track of tasks and subtasks. It corresponds to the placement by the SPU 500 所
To provide a safe execution environment section of the code and its associated references. In the preferred embodiment, the "cross
Conversion Module "contains a reference table, these references point to the shared data elements (such as load modules
1100 and UDE 1200), private data elements (such as methods of data and local stack), with
And the process of being exchanged "context" information (such as process run time in a non-register set
Together). Figure 14C illustrates a snapshot of SPU RAM 532, it is stored in a number of exemplary
"Exchange Module", corresponding to the number of different tasks / methods such as a "channel"
Task, a "control" task, an "incident" task, a "measure" task,
A "budget" task, as well as an "accounting" tasks. According to SPU RAM 532 Capacity
Size, you can "switch module" swapped out from the RAM and temporarily stored in the secondary storage
Device 652 until the next to continue. So, SPE running in multi-tasking mode
When one or more tasks can "sleep." In the simplest manner, SPE can
An "active" tasks and another "sleep" tasks (such as control tasks under its control
Active task was able to run), the former being executed, which was swapped out activities execution space.
Core / dispatcher 552 may swap out the task at any time.
.................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ..........................
Reply packet is a valid argument in response to a request packet and sends valid arguments. It is used
Identifying discontinuous MCCS VCP control or a table of contents for the return control of the effective
Setting means, method or mechanism. If the client involved in the control of the table, then
VCP parameter response list contains only the order they are requested specific list of table values. If the
Not just the table of contents above into a single effective parameter response packet sent by the client can be
Sending a sequence number of a plurality of response packets. In one embodiment, the client uses off
Ability grouping client capability characteristics of clients Indicator field to show support for 20-bit effective
The ability of the parameter response packet.
...
Reply packet is a valid argument in response to a request packet and sends valid arguments. It is used
Identifying discontinuous MCCS VCP control or a table of contents for the return control of the effective
Setting means, method or mechanism. If the client involved in the control of the table, then
VCP parameter response list contains only the order they are requested specific list of table values. If the
Not just the table of contents above into a single effective parameter response packet sent by the client can be
Sending a sequence number of a plurality of response packets. In one embodiment, the client uses off
Ability grouping client capability characteristics of clients Indicator field to show support for 20-bit effective
The ability of the parameter response packet.
...
If the client does not support the client specific parameters, in one embodiment, this
A grouping of the corresponding field will contain the value 255. For the parameters used in the client, the phase
The field should be included in the client parameter values.
If the client does not support the client specific parameters, in one embodiment, this
A grouping of the corresponding field will contain the value 255. For the parameters used in the client, the phase
The field should be included in the client parameter values....
The cClient ID field is reserved for future client ID, as discussed above under
Can be informed of it, while the 3-byte packet contains MCCS VCP code for said
Clear from the description of the packet is not continuous MCCS VCP Control Code parameter. If you please
Seeking effective parameter specifies an invalid packet MCCS VCP control code, then use the response on behalf of
Code field to specify the appropriate value in this field the same invalid parameter values. If the
MCCS control code is not valid, then the parameter response VCP list has zero length.
The response code field contains two bytes of information, or the value associated with the request it shows
The properties of the response, the request is on the specified MCCS VCP control information
Requests. If this field is equal to 0, then that is not the purpose for the data type
There is an error, and sends the sequence of the last valid parameter response packet with the packet
Have the highest response number. If this field is equal to 1, then do not think there is an error,
But that will be sent with a higher number of other valid parameter response packet. If this field
The value is equal to 2, then the specified control that the client is not implemented. If this
A field value is equal to 3, then the specified control is not without continuous control (it is a
Continuous control and always have from zero to its maximum value of all the active set). Is equal to 4
65535 The value of this field is retained for future use and are usually not used.
...
The response code field contains two bytes of information, or the value associated with the request it shows
The properties of the response, the request is on the specified MCCS VCP control information
Requests. If this field is equal to 0, then that is not the purpose for the data type
There is an error, and sends the sequence of the last valid parameter response packet with the packet
Have the highest response number. If this field is equal to 1, then do not think there is an error,
But that will be sent with a higher number of other valid parameter response packet. If this field
The value is equal to 2, then the specified control that the client is not implemented. If this
A field value is equal to 3, then the specified control is not without continuous control (it is a
Continuous control and always have from zero to its maximum value of all the active set). Is equal to 4
65535 The value of this field is retained for future use and are usually not used.
...
2-byte number of values in the list parameter response Field Description of the VCP saved list
In the number of 16-bit values. If the response code is not equal to zero, then the values in the list
Number of parameters is zero. The VCP parameter response field contains a list of 0-32760
2-byte value used to indicate the MCCS control code field specifies the discontinuous control
RMS collections. In the VESA MCCS specification is given in the definition of discrete control codes.
Finally, in this embodiment, the CRC of all bytes in the packet field contains a 16-bit
CRC, which includes a packet length included.
Scalable video stream image
The MDD interface or protocol mechanisms, structures, means or method for scalable visual
Image streams to provide support, which allows the host to send to the client when compared with the original image proportionally
Enlarged or reduced image, and the image can be scaled (the scaled image) to be copied
To the main image buffer. For scalable video streaming (scaled video stream) functionality and
Associated protocol support is given an overview elsewhere. Support for scalable video streaming capabilities
Are defined in a particular state response to the request packet and sending the packet scalable video streaming capability
Or within its definition.
The following discussion scalable video stream packet header and a simplified video stream packets slightly
Slightly different, wherein the video stream a simplified header of a packet must contain the complete image is displayed
Whole context. Scalable video stream packets used to establish a packet to define the source and destination of a large window
Size and position parameters and the use of a single video stream can be scaled to send packets of pixels
Data. Clients are assigned to each stream associated internal memory to store data from a packet stream parameters
Each stream number and the relevant part of the pixel data. Amount of storage required for each stream will depend on the source
And destination image size and in establishing the value assigned in the group is changed. In this
Reason, the protocol is designed so that for each client to be the scaled video stream
Dynamic memory allocation and memory allocation.
...
The following discussion scalable video stream packet header and a simplified video stream packets slightly
Slightly different, wherein the video stream a simplified header of a packet must contain the complete image is displayed
Whole context. Scalable video stream packets used to establish a packet to define the source and destination of a large window
Size and position parameters and the use of a single video stream can be scaled to send packets of pixels
Data. Clients are assigned to each stream associated internal memory to store data from a packet stream parameters
Each stream number and the relevant part of the pixel data. Amount of storage required for each stream will depend on the source
And destination image size and in establishing the value assigned in the group is changed. In this
Reason, the protocol is designed so that for each client to be the scaled video stream
Dynamic memory allocation and memory allocation.
...
31. Scalable video streaming ability grouping
Scalable video streaming ability grouping defines the client, or can be reduced by using
Discharge characteristics of the video stream source image. Figure 75 illustrates the overall scalable video streaming capabilities of
Group format. Shown in Figure 75, in one embodiment, the ability to scale the video stream packet
Is configured to have a packet length, packet type, cClient ID, the maximum number of streams, the source maximum X
Size, the size of the source maximum Y, RGB capability, monochrome ability to retain 1, Y Cr Cb capabilities,
Reserved 2 and CRC fields. In one embodiment, the packet length is selected as a fixed 20
Byte, as shown in the length field, which includes a 2-byte cClient ID field, and CRC
Field, which cClient ID field is reserved for client ID purposes, otherwise it is set
Zero. In one embodiment, the client with a list of active group in response
Efficiency parameter response list of parameter values 143 to indicate their support for scalable video streaming capabilities of
Group capabilities.
...
Scalable video streaming ability grouping defines the client, or can be reduced by using
Discharge characteristics of the video stream source image. Figure 75 illustrates the overall scalable video streaming capabilities of
Group format. Shown in Figure 75, in one embodiment, the ability to scale the video stream packet
Is configured to have a packet length, packet type, cClient ID, the maximum number of streams, the source maximum X
Size, the size of the source maximum Y, RGB capability, monochrome ability to retain 1, Y Cr Cb capabilities,
Reserved 2 and CRC fields. In one embodiment, the packet length is selected as a fixed 20
Byte, as shown in the length field, which includes a 2-byte cClient ID field, and CRC
Field, which cClient ID field is reserved for client ID purposes, otherwise it is set
Zero. In one embodiment, the client with a list of active group in response
Efficiency parameter response list of parameter values 143 to indicate their support for scalable video streaming capabilities of
Group capabilities.
...
Maximum X and Y size of the source size field (2 bytes) Specifies the number of pixels, respectively,
For scalable video stream source image the maximum width and height values.
Maximum X and Y size of the source size field (2 bytes) Specifies the number of pixels, respectively,
For scalable video stream source image the maximum width and height values....
1-byte field contains the color capabilities for instructions can be displayed in a format in accordance with the color of
The value of the number of bits resolution. If scalable video stream can not be used monochrome format, then this value
Is zero. Bit 7-4 are reserved for future use, and therefore the current applications should
This is set to zero ('0 '), of course, the value can change over time, as the skilled person
As will be understood. Bit 3-0 defines each of the pixels may be present in the maximum gray level
Digits. This four able to explain each pixel comprises 1-15. If the value is zero,
Then scalable video stream does not support the monochrome format.
Reserved 1 field (here 1 byte) is reserved for future use can be reduced to provide
Or, put the video stream packet data-related value. Therefore, at present, the field of
There are bits are set to logic '0 '. This field is an object so that all subsequent two words
Section 16-bit word address field is aligned so that 4-byte field is aligned with the 32-bit word address.
2 bytes of Y Cb Cr capability field contains instructions can follow Y Cb Cr format
Display the values of bits of resolution. If scalable video stream can not be used Y Cb Cr format
Then this value is zero. The Y Cb Cr capacity figures include three separate unsigned value: Bit
3-0 for the description defines the maximum number Cr sample; Bits 7 to 4 defines for said
The maximum number of bits specified Cb sample; bits 11-8 are used to describe Y defines the maximum bit sampling
Digital; Bit 15-12 are reserved for future use and is generally set to zero.
An ability to bit byte field contains 8-bit unsigned integer that contains a set of instructions
Scalable video stream with the ability to associate a symbol. The flags are defined as follows: Bit 0 coverage
The video stream can be scaled pixel data packet to the packet format of the situation. In the previous figure
12 shows a packed and byte-aligned pixel data instance. Bit 1 is reserved for
For future use and are set to zero; Bit 2 is also reserved for future use and set to zero;
Bit 3 covers scalable video streaming data format in accordance with the specified color mapping situation. Use
For scalable video streaming with color mapping table for the primary image buffer and said Alpha
Cursor image plane the same color map table. Using color mapping described elsewhere packet
The color map can be configured; and bits 7-4 are reserved for future use and is usually located
Set to zero.
...
An ability to bit byte field contains 8-bit unsigned integer that contains a set of instructions
Scalable video stream with the ability to associate a symbol. The flags are defined as follows: Bit 0 coverage
The video stream can be scaled pixel data packet to the packet format of the situation. In the previous figure
12 shows a packed and byte-aligned pixel data instance. Bit 1 is reserved for
For future use and are set to zero; Bit 2 is also reserved for future use and set to zero;
Bit 3 covers scalable video streaming data format in accordance with the specified color mapping situation. Use
For scalable video streaming with color mapping table for the primary image buffer and said Alpha
Cursor image plane the same color map table. Using color mapping described elsewhere packet
The color map can be configured; and bits 7-4 are reserved for future use and is usually located
Set to zero.
...
32 scalable video streaming to establish a packet
Scalable video streaming to establish a packet provides a scalable video stream is used to define the parameters and
And the client to use the information in order to allocate internal memory cache and zoom the map
As a means, structure, or method. By using the transmission wherein X and Y image is larger image size
Small grouping field is zero, the distribution of convection can be lifted. Deallocated scalable video streaming
Later can use the same or different flow parameters to reallocate. In one embodiment,
, The client list with a valid state response packet valid parameter response parameter in the list
Value of 143, and by using scalable video streaming ability grouping largest segment of the non-streaming digital
Zero value to indicate its support for scalable video streaming to establish a packet capabilities.
...
Scalable video streaming to establish a packet provides a scalable video stream is used to define the parameters and
And the client to use the information in order to allocate internal memory cache and zoom the map
As a means, structure, or method. By using the transmission wherein X and Y image is larger image size
Small grouping field is zero, the distribution of convection can be lifted. Deallocated scalable video streaming
Later can use the same or different flow parameters to reallocate. In one embodiment,
, The client list with a valid state response packet valid parameter response parameter in the list
Value of 143, and by using scalable video streaming ability grouping largest segment of the non-streaming digital
Zero value to indicate its support for scalable video streaming to establish a packet capabilities.
...
2-byte packet length field shows the packet length field is not included in the packet bytes
Total. In one embodiment, the packet length of this packet is fixed at 24.2 points bytes
Group Type field, use the value 136 identifies the packet as a scalable video streaming settings groupings. 2
Byte hClient ID field is reserved for future use, and temporarily usually a logic zero
Value is set all bits, or know the protocol that will be used to determine the user ID value, as will
Will understand the situation.
2-byte packet length field shows the packet length field is not included in the packet bytes
Total. In one embodiment, the packet length of this packet is fixed at 24.2 points bytes
Group Type field, use the value 136 identifies the packet as a scalable video streaming settings groupings. 2
Byte hClient ID field is reserved for future use, and temporarily usually a logic zero
Value is set all bits, or know the protocol that will be used to determine the user ID value, as will
Will understand the situation....
In one embodiment, the Video Data Format Descriptor of use 2 bytes Description Current
The current set of pixel data stream format of each pixel. Pixel data format must match the
Alpha-cursor image ability grouping as defined in the alpha cursor image plane, or if, in its
He said group will define the overall image of the other predefined grid pattern at least one valid
Style. The Video Data Format Descriptor defines only the pixel format of the current packet, rather than implicit
In particular video stream during use will continue to use the same format. Figure 11 shows a visual
Descriptor format audio data is encoded to an embodiment, and above for the other packet
Discussion.
...
In one embodiment, the Video Data Format Descriptor of use 2 bytes Description Current
The current set of pixel data stream format of each pixel. Pixel data format must match the
Alpha-cursor image ability grouping as defined in the alpha cursor image plane, or if, in its
He said group will define the overall image of the other predefined grid pattern at least one valid
Style. The Video Data Format Descriptor defines only the pixel format of the current packet, rather than implicit
In particular video stream during use will continue to use the same format. Figure 11 shows a visual
Descriptor format audio data is encoded to an embodiment, and above for the other packet
Discussion.
...
Bits 4-15 are also reserved for future use, and usually for the current application or design
Set to a logic zero level or value.
33 scalable video streaming confirmation packet
Scalable video streaming confirmation packet allows the client to acknowledge receipt of scalable video streaming settings
Set groupings. The client list through active response packet list of valid parameter response
The parameter values 143 and scalable video streaming capability via the maximum packet stream digital section
Non-zero value to indicate its support for scalable video streaming confirmation packet capabilities.
Figure 77 shows the scaled video stream can be recognized format of the packet. Shown in Figure 77, a
Embodiment, the scalable video stream confirmation packet constructed with a packet length by group,
Group type, cClient ID, flow ID, ACK code and CRC fields. 2-byte packet length
Degree illustrates packet length field does not include the number of bytes in the packet, the packet class and for
Type, the packet length value is 10, and the packet type 137 identifies the packet as a scalable
Video streaming confirmation packet.
2-byte cClient ID field - been reserved for future use, and is usually set to
Zero. 2-byte stream ID field shows a unique identifier of the stream ID. This scalable video
Set packet stream the same value assigned by the host.
2-byte validation code field provides values containing a code, the code used to describe
Said trying to update the specified scalable video streaming results. In one embodiment, said code
Defined as follows:
0 - Flow Assignment attempt is successful.
1 - Flow deallocate the attempt is successful.
2 - has been assigned to a distribution of a stream ID is invalid attempts.
3 - on an already deallocated Stream ID deallocation attempt invalid.
4 - client does not support scalable video streaming
5 - stream parameters are inconsistent with the client capabilities.
6 - Stream ID value is greater than the maximum allowed by the client.
7 - Clients do not have sufficient resources to be used to allocate the specified stream.
2-byte CRC field contains the length of the packet includes a packet including all the words
Section of the CRC.
34 scalable video stream packets
Scalable video stream packet to be transmitted with a specific scaled video stream associated with the image
Pixel data. This packet size of the area involved is scalable video streaming settings defined grouping
The. The client list through active response packet in the list of valid parameter response
Parameter value 143, and scalable video streaming via the confirmation packet confirmation code field into
Scalable video streaming functionality allocation response, to show their support for scalable video stream packets can
Force.
Figure 78 shows the scaled video stream can be an embodiment of a packet format. Figure 78
Show, the scalable video stream packet constructed with packet length, packet type, hClient ID,
Stream ID, the pixel data attributes, pixel count, parameter CRC, pixel data and pixel data
CRC field. 2-byte packet type field identifies the packet with the value 18 as a scalable
Video stream packets. hClient ID field is reserved for the client ID, and generally set
Zero. As described above, 2-byte stream ID field shows a unique identifier of the stream ID. This
A value is set in a scalable video stream packets specified by the host, and scalable video
Flow confirmation packet is confirmed. In one embodiment, the 2-byte attribute field pixel data
With the specified pixel data routing and display updating or buffer value of the position. In one embodiment,
These values are:
...
Figure 78 shows the scaled video stream can be an embodiment of a packet format. Figure 78
Show, the scalable video stream packet constructed with packet length, packet type, hClient ID,
Stream ID, the pixel data attributes, pixel count, parameter CRC, pixel data and pixel data
CRC field. 2-byte packet type field identifies the packet with the value 18 as a scalable
Video stream packets. hClient ID field is reserved for the client ID, and generally set
Zero. As described above, 2-byte stream ID field shows a unique identifier of the stream ID. This
A value is set in a scalable video stream packets specified by the host, and scalable video
Flow confirmation packet is confirmed. In one embodiment, the 2-byte attribute field pixel data
With the specified pixel data routing and display updating or buffer value of the position. In one embodiment,
These values are:
...
2-byte CRC field contains only the pixel data of the pixel data of the CRC. If this
A CRC fails the check, then the pixel data to be used, but the CRC error
Error count increases.
35. Request packet specific state
Request Packet provides the host with a specific status for the requesting client machine in accordance with the packet
In the manner specified by the ability to send the packet back to the host state or the means, mechanisms or methods.
Clients in the next reverse link encapsulation packet returns the specified type of packet. If the
In response to the client has the ability to request specific status packet, the client sets the grouping
Client capability packet characteristics of the client capability field in bit 17. One kind of host for
Determine if the client can return or transmitted packet type all states convenient way is to
Used in the active state as described elsewhere, grouped responses. Clients can use the packet client can
Force characteristics of clients ability grouping field bit 21 to indicate a specific state of its support request
Group capabilities.
...
79 shows the state of the request packet to a specific embodiment of the format. Grouped as
79 shows, the request packet is configured to have a particular status packet length, packet type, hClient
ID, status packet ID and CRC fields. Illustrates the packet length field of the packet does not include
Total number of bytes of length field, and for this packet type, the packet length is usually
Is fixed to the value 10. Packet type 138 packet to the packet identifies the specific status of the request
Groups. hClient ID (2 bytes) field is reserved for future use client ID, and is now
Set to zero, and a 2-byte ID field shows the status of the packet to be transmitted to the client
Capability of the host or the type of the packet status. A typical packet type is:
...
79 shows the state of the request packet to a specific embodiment of the format. Grouped as
79 shows, the request packet is configured to have a particular status packet length, packet type, hClient
ID, status packet ID and CRC fields. Illustrates the packet length field of the packet does not include
Total number of bytes of length field, and for this packet type, the packet length is usually
Is fixed to the value 10. Packet type 138 packet to the packet identifies the specific status of the request
Groups. hClient ID (2 bytes) field is reserved for future use client ID, and is now
Set to zero, and a 2-byte ID field shows the status of the packet to be transmitted to the client
Capability of the host or the type of the packet status. A typical packet type is:
...
133 - Alfa sent by the client cursor image ability grouping.
139 - Send a list of valid state response packet is used to identify the client can send
Capacity and state the exact type of the packet.
140 - sent by the client packet processing delay parameter groupings.
141 - Individual packets sent by the client client ability grouping.
142 - by the client sends a client error reporting packets.
143 - sent by the client scalable video streaming ability grouping.
144 - sent by the client client identity groupings.
56-63 packet type can be used for manufacturer-specific capability and status identifiers.
CRC field contains a packet includes a packet length of all bytes in the inner of the CRC.
36 list of valid state response packet
Acknowledge active list grouping provides a host with the client the ability to return
The sequence of states and the ability grouping structure, means or methods. Client can use packet
Client capability packet characteristics of the client capability field bit 21 to indicate their support effective
Status response capability, grouped.
Figure 80 shows a list of active state response to an embodiment of the packet format. Figure
80, the list of active state response packet has a packet length is configured, the packet type,
cClient ID, the number of values in the list, a list of valid parameter response and CRC fields. This
Type of packet packet length is usually fixed at a value of 10, and the sub-type value 139
Group identification reply packet to the active state. cClient ID field is reserved for future as a client
Machine ID, and generally set to zero. 2-byte values in the list shows the number of fields in the subsequent
Acknowledge valid parameter number of items in the list.
A list of valid parameters response field contains two-byte parameter list, which indicates if the customer
Machines can be sent to the host state of the capacity or type of the packet. If a client has been shown that
It can respond to requests specific state packet (packet client use client capability packet
Features capability field bit 21), then it can send a client capability packet least packet (stars
Group Type = 66) and a list of valid state response packet (packet type = 139). By customer
Sends and can be included in the list of the packet type, and this embodiment of their respective
With objectives are:
66 - Grouping client ability grouping.
133 - alpha cursor image ability grouping.
139 - a list of valid state response packet is used to identify the client's ability to be able to send
The exact type and status of the packet.
140 - packet processing delay parameter groupings.
141 - personal display ability grouping.
142 - Error Reporting client group.
143 - scalable video streaming ability grouping.
144 - Client Identification groupings.
145 - Other monitors ability grouping.
Packet type 56-63 for manufacturer-specific capabilities and status identifiers.
CRC field contains the length of the packet includes a packet of all bytes in the packet including the CRC.
37 packet processing delay parameter grouping
Packet processing delay parameter grouping provides a set of parameters to allow calculation is done with a particular host
Reception given packet type associated processing time required. Some commands sent by the host
Not by the client at zero time to complete. The host can poll the client request and status packet
The status bits to determine whether certain features completed by the client, or the host can
Use by the client packet in the packet processing delay parameters to calculate the parameters returned completed
Time. The client can use a list of valid state response packet valid parameter response column
The parameter values in the table 140 to indicate that the packet processing delay parameters it supports the ability to group.
...
Packet processing delay parameter grouping provides a set of parameters to allow calculation is done with a particular host
Reception given packet type associated processing time required. Some commands sent by the host
Not by the client at zero time to complete. The host can poll the client request and status packet
The status bits to determine whether certain features completed by the client, or the host can
Use by the client packet in the packet processing delay parameters to calculate the parameters returned completed
Time. The client can use a list of valid state response packet valid parameter response column
The parameter values in the table 140 to indicate that the packet processing delay parameters it supports the ability to group.
...
Answer List delay parameter field is one or more delay parameter selection list. Chart
81B shows a single delay parameter list item format one embodiment, there is shown a delay
Chi packet type, pixel delay, horizontal pixel delay, and a fixed vertical pixel delay delay word
Segments.
Each Delay Parameters List Item is usually limited to the length of 6 bytes, and are given by
Righteousness. 2-byte latency packet type field descriptions of the subsequent application packet delay parameter type.
Pixel delay field (1 byte), including delay value index (index). Read from the table
Multiplied by the destination field of the packet of the total number of pixels. The total number of pixels is determined by the packet positioning
Bitmap width times height of the destination area. 1-byte field contains the horizontal pixel delay for
The delay value table (the same table with DPVL) index value. Read from this table
Value multiplied by the packet destination field width (in pixels). The vertical image 1 byte
Su Delay field contains the delay value table (usually the same table with DPVL) index
Value. Read from the table is multiplied by the value of the destination field of the packet height (in pixels
Bit).
...
Each Delay Parameters List Item is usually limited to the length of 6 bytes, and are given by
Righteousness. 2-byte latency packet type field descriptions of the subsequent application packet delay parameter type.
Pixel delay field (1 byte), including delay value index (index). Read from the table
Multiplied by the destination field of the packet of the total number of pixels. The total number of pixels is determined by the packet positioning
Bitmap width times height of the destination area. 1-byte field contains the horizontal pixel delay for
The delay value table (the same table with DPVL) index value. Read from this table
Value multiplied by the packet destination field width (in pixels). The vertical image 1 byte
Su Delay field contains the delay value table (usually the same table with DPVL) index
Value. Read from the table is multiplied by the value of the destination field of the packet height (in pixels
Bit).
...
Delay = (packet processing delay (pixel delay) number of dots)
(Packet processing delay (horizontal pixel delay) * width) +
(Packet processing delay (vertical pixel delay) · height) +
Packet processing delay (fixed delay)
For some groups, the total number of pixels is not used, the width or the height, because the
In the corresponding group has no reference to these parameters. In these cases, the corresponding pixel delay
Parameter is typically set to zero.
38 Personal Monitor ability grouping
Personal display ability grouping provides a set of parameters, such as a head mounted display or used to describe
Individuals who display glasses display device's capabilities. This allows the host to the client in accordance with
Ability to customize the display detailed information. On the other hand, the client through the use of effective state
List of valid response parameter response packet corresponding parameter list to indicate its ability to send
Personal display ability grouping capabilities.
Figure 82 shows the ability of the individual display an embodiment of a packet format. Figure 82
Shows, the personal display ability grouping constructed with packet length, packet type, cClient
ID, said sub-pixel layout, pixel shape, horizontal field, vertical field, the visual axis crosses,
Left / right image, transparency (see through), the maximum brightness, optical power, minimum IPD,
Maximum IPD, field curvature point list and CRC fields. In one embodiment, the packet
Length is fixed at 68. Packet type value 141 identifies the packet as a personal display ability grouping.
cClient ID field is reserved for future use, and is now usually set to zero.
Subpixel layout fields use the following values for seed pixels from top to bottom and from left to
The physical layout of the right, where: 0 indicates that using sub-pixel layout is not defined; using a show
Red, green, blue stripes; using 2 shows blue, green, red stripes; using three
Showed a 2 × 2 sub-pixel arrangement of four pixels, which are arranged in a red top left,
Blue at the bottom right, and two green sub-pixel, a green sub-pixel which is on the bottom
The left part, the other in the top right; with 4 to indicate a 2 × 2 sub-pixel of row
Column of four pixels, which are arranged in the bottom left include red, blue at the top to the right to
And two green sub-pixels, one in left-hand side item and the other at the bottom right;
Using 5 to indicate Δ (Delta) (triplet); with 6 to indicate that the red, green and blue
Color overlap (eg, using field sequential color LCOS display) mosaics; and the value 7
To 255 is generally reserved for future use.
...
Subpixel layout fields use the following values for seed pixels from top to bottom and from left to
The physical layout of the right, where: 0 indicates that using sub-pixel layout is not defined; using a show
Red, green, blue stripes; using 2 shows blue, green, red stripes; using three
Showed a 2 × 2 sub-pixel arrangement of four pixels, which are arranged in a red top left,
Blue at the bottom right, and two green sub-pixel, a green sub-pixel which is on the bottom
The left part, the other in the top right; with 4 to indicate a 2 × 2 sub-pixel of row
Column of four pixels, which are arranged in the bottom left include red, blue at the top to the right to
And two green sub-pixels, one in left-hand side item and the other at the bottom right;
Using 5 to indicate Δ (Delta) (triplet); with 6 to indicate that the red, green and blue
Color overlap (eg, using field sequential color LCOS display) mosaics; and the value 7
To 255 is generally reserved for future use.
...
1 byte horizontal field (HFOV) field shows the level of 0.5 degree increments depending
Field (for example, if the HFOV is 30 degrees, then its value is 60). If its value is zero,
So you do not specify HFOV.
1 byte vertical field (VFOV) field shows in 0.5 degree increments depending on the vertical
Field (for example, if the VFOV is 30 degrees, then its value is 60). If its value is zero,
So you do not specify VFOV.
1-byte field shows the visual axis crossing in 0.01 diopter (1 / m) increments the visual axis
Cross (for example, if the visual axis crossing is 2.22 meters, then the value is 45). If the value is
Zero, depending on the shaft cross unspecified.
1 byte left / right image shows the left and right images overlapping fields overlap percentage. Image reconstruction
Stack of the allowable range is 1 to 100 percent. 101-255 is an invalid value and usually
Not used. If its value is zero, then do not specify the image overlap.
1 byte transparency (see through) the image field shows the percentage of transparency.
Transparency percentage of the allowable range from 0 to 100. Values 101-254 are invalid and
Will not be used. If the value is 255, then the percentage of transparency on unspecified. 1 byte
Maximum Brightness field shows increments of 20 nits maximum brightness (for example, if the maximum
100 nits brightness, then its value is 5). If the value is zero, then the maximum brightness
Not specified.
2-byte flag field optical capabilities - optical capabilities include a description of the various characters display
Segments. Typically these bits allocated according to the following values:
Bit 15-5 are reserved for future use, generally set to zero.
Bit 3-2 to choose binocular functions as follows: A value of 0 means the monitor is
Eyes, and can only display two-dimensional (2D) images; Value 1 means the monitor is
Binocular and can display 3-dimensional (3D) image; Value 2 - means the display
Is a single object, and the value 3 is reserved for future use.
Bit 1-0 Select curvature symmetry around the field, a value of 0 - value means that the curvature of the field of view
Not defined. If this field is zero, then in addition to point A1 to C3 E5 from outside the
All field values to zero curvature, focal point C3 at the designated monitor, or it is provided
Zero to indicate that focal length is not specified. A value of 1 - about monitors have the same meaning
Symmetry. Value 2 - means so monitors the vertical axis (column C), mirror each other.
Value 3 is reserved for future use.
1-byte minimum interpupillary distance (IPD) field is used in millimeters (mm) is in units of
Specifies the minimum pupil spacing. If the value is zero, then the minimum pupil distance is not specified.
1 byte maximum pupillary distance (IPD) is used in millimeters (mm) as a unit to specify the maximum
Interpupillary distance. If the value is zero, then the maximum pupil distance is not specified.
Field curvature point field contains a list of 25 two-byte parameters to be used in a
65535 in thousandths of refraction (1 / m) in units of the focal length (for example,
1 is 0.001 diopters, and 65535 is 65.535 diopters). Field curvature point list
The 25 elements are labeled A1 to E5, as shown in Figure 83. The point should be in the display
The uniform distribution on the activation area. Column C corresponds to the longitudinal axis of the display, line 3 corresponds to display
The horizontal axis shows. Columns A and E correspond to the left and right edge of the display. And rows 1 and 5
Corresponding to the display along the top and bottom. List of 25 points in the order: A1,
B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, A3, B3, C3, D3, E3,
A4, B4, C4, D4, E4, A5, B5, C5, D5, E5.
...
Field curvature point field contains a list of 25 two-byte parameters to be used in a
65535 in thousandths of refraction (1 / m) in units of the focal length (for example,
1 is 0.001 diopters, and 65535 is 65.535 diopters). Field curvature point list
The 25 elements are labeled A1 to E5, as shown in Figure 83. The point should be in the display
The uniform distribution on the activation area. Column C corresponds to the longitudinal axis of the display, line 3 corresponds to display
The horizontal axis shows. Columns A and E correspond to the left and right edge of the display. And rows 1 and 5
Corresponding to the display along the top and bottom. List of 25 points in the order: A1,
B1, C1, D1, E1, A2, B2, C2, D2, E2, A3, B3, C3, D3, E3,
A4, B4, C4, D4, E4, A5, B5, C5, D5, E5.
...
39 Error Reporting client group
Error Reporting group acts as a client to allow the client to provide a host operating
Error mechanism or tool. As some of the commands received from the host to the results, the client can
In order to detect the normal operating conditions of a variety of errors. These errors include:
The client has received orders in its operation mode is not supported; the client may have been
Receives a packet that contains some parameters, and these parameters exceed client capability or range;
The client may get an incorrect command sequence by entering a pattern. Said client
Printer error reporting packets may be used to detect errors during normal operation, but the system design
Members and integrators the most useful is the host and client systems development and integration process of consultation
Off the problem. The client uses a list of valid state response packet list of valid parameter response
Parameter values in the display 142 to indicate the transmission packet error reporting capabilities.
...
Figure 84A shows the error reporting data of the client to an embodiment of the format. Figure
84A shows, the client is configured to have an error report data packet length, packet type,
cClient ID, number of items in the list, a list of error codes and CRC fields. Packet type value 142
A group identifier for the client error reporting packets. cClient ID field is reserved for the
To use, and are generally set to zero. List item number (2 bytes) Field Descriptions of the subsequent
The error code number of items in the list. Error code list field (here 8 bytes)
Is an error report contains one or more list items list. 87B shows a single
Error Reporting list item format.
...
In one embodiment, as shown in FIG 87B, each Error Report List Item in the longitudinal
Is 4 bytes on the right, and in one embodiment, which has such a structure, comprising:
For the description of the types of errors reported a 2-byte Display Error Code field for indicating
And grouped by the client error codes defined in more detail about the error details of the two words
Stanza error subcode field. Each client error codes are defined by the client's manufacturing
Business definition. Do not display an error code definitions for each error sub-code, and in the wrong sub-
In case the code is not defined, the value is set to zero. Each error subcode specific
Defined by the client's manufacturer.
...
In one embodiment, as shown in FIG 87B, each Error Report List Item in the longitudinal
Is 4 bytes on the right, and in one embodiment, which has such a structure, comprising:
For the description of the types of errors reported a 2-byte Display Error Code field for indicating
And grouped by the client error codes defined in more detail about the error details of the two words
Stanza error subcode field. Each client error codes are defined by the client's manufacturing
Business definition. Do not display an error code definitions for each error sub-code, and in the wrong sub-
In case the code is not defined, the value is set to zero. Each error subcode specific
Defined by the client's manufacturer.
...
Client Identification grouping allows the client to a particular state in response to a request to return the marked packet
Identification data. In one embodiment, the client with a list of active packet effective response
Parameter response parameter value list 144 to indicate that the client identity packet transmission capacity. Can
Enough by reading the data from the client, and the client device to determine the name of the manufacturer of
And models, in terms of the host is very useful. The information can be used to determine the client
Whether the client grouping ability grouping can not be described in a special ability. Probably there are two
Possible methods, means or mechanism for reading the identification information from the client. One is through the
Grouping client with ability grouping to achieve, the packet contains a client field class ability grouping
In the base EDID structure similar to those fields. Another way is by using a score containing
Group of clients ability grouping similar fields richer client identity information collection points
Groups. It allows the host to identify the character has not been assigned three EISA manufacturer code and allow
Xu number contain alphanumeric characters.
...
Client Identification grouping allows the client to a particular state in response to a request to return the marked packet
Identification data. In one embodiment, the client with a list of active packet effective response
Parameter response parameter value list 144 to indicate that the client identity packet transmission capacity. Can
Enough by reading the data from the client, and the client device to determine the name of the manufacturer of
And models, in terms of the host is very useful. The information can be used to determine the client
Whether the client grouping ability grouping can not be described in a special ability. Probably there are two
Possible methods, means or mechanism for reading the identification information from the client. One is through the
Grouping client with ability grouping to achieve, the packet contains a client field class ability grouping
In the base EDID structure similar to those fields. Another way is by using a score containing
Group of clients ability grouping similar fields richer client identity information collection points
Groups. It allows the host to identify the character has not been assigned three EISA manufacturer code and allow
Xu number contain alphanumeric characters.
...
2-byte packet type field contains the identifier for the packet identifies the packet as a client
Values. In one embodiment, the selection of the value to 144. The cClient ID field (2
Byte) has also been reserved for future use for client ID, and is usually set to zero. CRC
Field (2 bytes) contains a packet, including the packet length including all bytes in the 16-bit
CRC.
Producing Week 1 byte to define the field contains the value of the week display manufacturing. In
At least one embodiment, if the client supports this field, then this value is from 1 to
Within the range of 53. If the client does not support this field, it is usually set it to
Zero. 1-byte field contains the year of manufacture is used to define a client (display) Manufacturing year
Parts of the value. This value is used as the starting point in 1990 from the outliers, of course, can also be used
Other base year. This field can be expressed within the 1991-2245 year. For example,
2003 value of 13 corresponds to the year of manufacture. If the client does not support this field, then pass
Often it is set to zero.
...
Producing Week 1 byte to define the field contains the value of the week display manufacturing. In
At least one embodiment, if the client supports this field, then this value is from 1 to
Within the range of 53. If the client does not support this field, it is usually set it to
Zero. 1-byte field contains the year of manufacture is used to define a client (display) Manufacturing year
Parts of the value. This value is used as the starting point in 1990 from the outliers, of course, can also be used
Other base year. This field can be expressed within the 1991-2245 year. For example,
2003 value of 13 corresponds to the year of manufacture. If the client does not support this field, then pass
Often it is set to zero.
...
Manufacturer name string, product name and serial number string string field contains
Respectively, by the manufacturer's name, product name and the serial number of the variable length field specifies the number of bytes
And contains an ASCII string, respectively, for explaining the manufacturer, product name, and display the word
Alphanumeric serial number. Each of these strings by at least one null character to terminate.
41 Optional (alternate) Display ability grouping
Optional Display ability grouping showed MDDI client controller connected to an optional display
Illustrates the ability of the. The packet is a response to the request packet is transmitted in a particular state. When prompted
When the client device is supported by the optional monitor each of the optional capability of sending monitors
Groups. If a client has more than an optional display, then the client should respond to a single
Packet transmission requests a particular state, generating or providing a plurality of selectable display ability grouping, each
A display offers a course, some configurations may need to use more than one request specific state
Grouping, of course, this is not enough. The client can optionally display number field value
Is called non-sequential order sent Optional Display ability grouping. The passenger capacity function
Enough to answer a list of valid status by grouping the list of valid parameter response parameter values 145
Optional display to indicate its ability to send a packet capabilities.
...
For MDDI accordance with the internal mode operation system, has more than one connection
To MDDI client controller display is very common. An exemplary application is the
Inside the flip mobile phone with a large display and a smaller display on the outside. Internal
Mode client does not return the optional display ability grouping, for two reasons. First, in Victoria
Nursing period, the host may have been programmed or learned these abilities, because they are used in public
Device or housing. Second, because one, the client can not be easily integrated with the host
Is disconnected or separated from, the host may contain a hard-coded client copy capability, or
At least know they do not change with changes in the client, or may be this happens
Condition.
...
For MDDI accordance with the internal mode operation system, has more than one connection
To MDDI client controller display is very common. An exemplary application is the
Inside the flip mobile phone with a large display and a smaller display on the outside. Internal
Mode client does not return the optional display ability grouping, for two reasons. First, in Victoria
Nursing period, the host may have been programmed or learned these abilities, because they are used in public
Device or housing. Second, because one, the client can not be easily integrated with the host
Is disconnected or separated from, the host may contain a hard-coded client copy capability, or
At least know they do not change with changes in the client, or may be this happens
Condition.
...
Figure 89 illustrates an optional capability of the monitor to an embodiment of the packet format. Figure 86
As shown in the optional ability grouping is configured to have the monitor packet length, packet type, cClient
ID, an optional monitor number, Reserved 1, width of the bitmap, bitmap height and width of the display window,
Display window height, color mapping RGB width, RGB capability, monochrome ability to retain
2, Y Cb Cr ability to monitor characteristic ability to retain 3, and CRC fields. Packet type
Value of 145 will display a group identifier is optional ability grouping. cClient ID field is Paul
Client ID reserved for future use, and is usually set to zero.
Figure 89 illustrates an optional capability of the monitor to an embodiment of the packet format. Figure 86
As shown in the optional ability grouping is configured to have the monitor packet length, packet type, cClient
ID, an optional monitor number, Reserved 1, width of the bitmap, bitmap height and width of the display window,
Display window height, color mapping RGB width, RGB capability, monochrome ability to retain
2, Y Cb Cr ability to monitor characteristic ability to retain 3, and CRC fields. Packet type
Value of 145 will display a group identifier is optional ability grouping. cClient ID field is Paul
Client ID reserved for future use, and is usually set to zero....
Reserved 1 field (1 byte) is reserved for future use. All bits in this field
Are set to zero. The purpose of this field is to allow all subsequent 2-byte field with 16 characters
Addresses the alignment, so a 4-byte field is aligned with the 32-bit word address.
Width of the bitmap field description to use two bytes to represent the number of pixels bitmap width. Position
Figure height field description to use two bytes to represent the number of pixels bitmap height. Display window width
Use 2-byte length field to illustrate the number of pixels represented by the width of the display window. Display window height
To illustrate the use of two-byte field to indicate the number of pixels of the display window height.
RGB color mapping to use two-byte field width can be explained according to a color map (adjust
Palette) display mode the red, green and blue color components of the median. Each color
Component (red, green, and blue) can use up to 8 bits. Even in the color mapping grouping
Send 8 bits of each color component, it is only used in this field is defined for each color
Color component of the least significant bit of the median. If the client can not use the display color maps
(Palette) format then this value is zero. The width of characters, including RGB color mapping
Three separate unsigned value:
Bit 3-0 defines each pixel maximum number of digits in blue, and the value of 0-8 is considered
Is valid. Bit 7-4 defines each pixel maximum number of digits in the green, and the value 0-8
Is considered to be valid. Bit 11-8 defines each of the pixels in the red maximum number of bits, and a number
Value from 0 to 8 are considered valid. When bits 14-12 are reserved for future use and are usually
Set to zero. Bit 15 is used to indicate that the client accepts packed or unpacked format color mapping
Pixel data. When bit 15 is set to logic 1 level, it indicates that the client can
Enough to accept packed or unpacked format color mapping pixel data. If bit 15 is set to
Logic 0 level, it indicates that the client can only accept unpacked format color mapping pixels
Data.
...
RGB capability field to illustrate the use of two-byte RGB format can be displayed in accordance with the resolution
Rate of digits. In one embodiment, if the client can not use the RGB format,
This value is zero. The word consists of three separate RGB ability unsigned values: Bit 3-0
Define each pixel in the blue (blue color intensity) of the maximum number of digits. Bit 7-4 defines each pixel
Elements in green (green strength) of the maximum number of digits. Bits 11-8 define each pixel in the red
(Red color intensity) of the maximum number of digits. Bits 14-12 are reserved for future use and set to
Zero. Bit 15 is used to indicate that the client accepts packed or unpacked format RGB pixel data
Capability. When bit 15 is set to logic 1 level, it indicates that the client can accept packaged
Or unpacked format RGB pixel data. If bit 15 is set to logic 0 level, it
Indicates that the client can only accept unpacked format colormap pixel data.
...
1-byte field contains the ability to specify the color can be displayed in a format in accordance with the color of
The number of bits resolution value, or information. If the client can not use monochrome format, then this value
Is zero. Bit 6-4 are reserved for future use and is usually set to zero. Bits 3 to 0 is defined
May be present in each pixel gray level maximum number of digits. This four each pixel can be specified
Including 1-15. If the value is zero, then the client does not support the color format.
When bit 7 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can accept monochrome image packed or unpacked
Pixel data. If bit 7 is set to 0, it indicates that the client can only accept unpacked format
Monochrome pixel data.
...
1-byte field contains the ability to specify the color can be displayed in a format in accordance with the color of
The number of bits resolution value, or information. If the client can not use monochrome format, then this value
Is zero. Bit 6-4 are reserved for future use and is usually set to zero. Bits 3 to 0 is defined
May be present in each pixel gray level maximum number of digits. This four each pixel can be specified
Including 1-15. If the value is zero, then the client does not support the color format.
When bit 7 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can accept monochrome image packed or unpacked
Pixel data. If bit 7 is set to 0, it indicates that the client can only accept unpacked format
Monochrome pixel data.
...
2 bytes of Y Cb Cr capability field shows can follow Y Cb Cr format display
Bits of resolution. If the client can not use Y Cb Cr format, then this value is zero.
The Y Cb Cr capacity figures include three separate unsigned value: Bit 3-0 define said
The maximum number of digits specified Cb sample. Bit 7-4 defines the sampling for describing Cr maximum number of digits.
Bit 11-8 defines the sampling for explaining Y maximum number of digits. Bits 14-12 are reserved for the
Use and set to zero. When bit 15 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can pick
By packed or unpacked Y Cb Cr pixel data. If bit 15 is set to 0, it indicates that the
Clients can only accept unpacked format Y Cb Cr pixel data.
...
Bayer capability field of 2 bytes described in Bayer format was sent to a resolution
Digits, pixel group, and pixel order. If the client can not use the interval format, then this
Value is set to zero. Bayer capability field consists of the following values: bits 3-0 define each pixel
The intensity of the maximum number exists; bits 5-4 define the required pixel pictorial; Bit 8
To 6 define the required sequence of pixels; bits 14-9 are reserved for future use and
Set to zero. When bit 15 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can accept packed or
Bayer pixel data packed. If bit 15 is set to 0, it indicates that the client can pick
Unpacked format by Bayer pixel data.
...
Bayer capability field of 2 bytes described in Bayer format was sent to a resolution
Digits, pixel group, and pixel order. If the client can not use the interval format, then this
Value is set to zero. Bayer capability field consists of the following values: bits 3-0 define each pixel
The intensity of the maximum number exists; bits 5-4 define the required pixel pictorial; Bit 8
To 6 define the required sequence of pixels; bits 14-9 are reserved for future use and
Set to zero. When bit 15 is set to 1, it indicates that the client can accept packed or
Bayer pixel data packed. If bit 15 is set to 0, it indicates that the client can pick
Unpacked format by Bayer pixel data.
...
42 Register Access Packet
Register access packet to the host or the client used to access the MDDI link provided on
Side configuration and status registers means, mechanisms or methods. For each of these registers were
Monitor or device controllers that are likely to be unique. These registers already exist in many significant
Monitor, they are required to set configuration, operating mode and has other beneficial and necessary
Setting. The register access packet allows MDDI host or client into the registers
A write operation, and use MDDI link request to read register. When a host or client
Machine requests to read registers, through the peer should send the same packet type the number of registers
Data, and by using the read / write field to indicate that this information is read from a specific register number
According to the response. Register access packet can be used to register by specifying more than one meter
The number of read or write multiple registers. Client uses the client grouping ability grouping passenger
Client feature capability field Bit 22 indicates support for register access packet capabilities. Client computer
Encapsulated packet will be used to send register access packet will therefore present the content that appears as
Grouping configuration or structure a group.
...
Register access packet to the host or the client used to access the MDDI link provided on
Side configuration and status registers means, mechanisms or methods. For each of these registers were
Monitor or device controllers that are likely to be unique. These registers already exist in many significant
Monitor, they are required to set configuration, operating mode and has other beneficial and necessary
Setting. The register access packet allows MDDI host or client into the registers
A write operation, and use MDDI link request to read register. When a host or client
Machine requests to read registers, through the peer should send the same packet type the number of registers
Data, and by using the read / write field to indicate that this information is read from a specific register number
According to the response. Register access packet can be used to register by specifying more than one meter
The number of read or write multiple registers. Client uses the client grouping ability grouping passenger
Client feature capability field Bit 22 indicates support for register access packet capabilities. Client computer
Encapsulated packet will be used to send register access packet will therefore present the content that appears as
Grouping configuration or structure a group.
...
2 byte read / write flag field description of this specific packet writing, reading or for reading
Response, and provides a count of the data values.
Bits 15-14 for read / write flag. If bit [15:14] is 00, then the packet
Written by the register that contains the address field addressable register. Be written to the specified storage
The grouping of data contained in the register list field. If bit [15:14] is 10, then this
Is addressed by the register address field of one or more registers request data. If bit
[15:14] of 11 packets, then the packets with bits 15:14 in response to a read / write flag
Is set to 10 and the register access packet containing the requested data. Register Address field
The first register contains the data corresponding to the address of the register list item, and the Register Data List
Field contains the one or more addresses from the data read. If bit [15:14] bits
01, then this value is reserved for future use and is not used in this case, the skilled
Staff will understand how to use it for applications.
...
13:0 with 14 bit unsigned integer register data to show a list of fields to be
The 32-bit register data transmission the number of items. If the packet bits 15:14 equal to "00", then
Why specify the 32-bit 13:0 - bit register number of data items, the register data items included in the register
Register data list field, Judai written from register address field specifies the starting register
Register. If the packet bit 15:14 is "10", then bit 13:0 designated to receive equipment hair
Sent a request to read the device registers a 32 - bit register number of data items. The grouping
The register data field should not contain a list of items and the length is zero. Bit 15:14, etc.
To "11", then the position has been specified 13:0 packets read from the registers contained in the register
Data List field registers the number of data items. Currently, the bit will not be set 15:14
Equal to "01", which is considered an invalid value, otherwise it is designated or reserved for future use.
...
13:0 with 14 bit unsigned integer register data to show a list of fields to be
The 32-bit register data transmission the number of items. If the packet bits 15:14 equal to "00", then
Why specify the 32-bit 13:0 - bit register number of data items, the register data items included in the register
Register data list field, Judai written from register address field specifies the starting register
Register. If the packet bit 15:14 is "10", then bit 13:0 designated to receive equipment hair
Sent a request to read the device registers a 32 - bit register number of data items. The grouping
The register data field should not contain a list of items and the length is zero. Bit 15:14, etc.
To "11", then the position has been specified 13:0 packets read from the registers contained in the register
Data List field registers the number of data items. Currently, the bit will not be set 15:14
Equal to "01", which is considered an invalid value, otherwise it is designated or reserved for future use.
...
2-byte CRC field contains a parameter to the register address from the packet length of the packet
There byte of the CRC. If the CRC fails the check, the entire packet is discarded.
Register data field contains a list of registers to be written to the client to send a 4-byte
Data register value or from the client device registers have the value read.
2-byte CRC register data field contains data only for the register list of the CRC.
If the CRC fails the check, then register data can still be used, but the CRC error
Count is incremented.
D. Packet CRC
CRC fields appear at the end of the packet, the packet may appear in some of the more critical
Parameters, these parameters have significantly larger data fields, thereby increasing the transmission period
The possibility of errors. With two of the packet CRC field, a CRC is when only
When used, CRC generation is the first CRC after being re-initialized, the number following a long
According to the CRC calculation fields from the beginning of the parameters that affect the packet.
For packets containing multiple bit errors exist the possibility to generate the proper remote control of the CRC.
There is a packet error is detected on the possibility of close to correct CRC contains large
Is the error on very long packets case where 7.6 × 10-6. By design, MDDI link
Will have a very low or zero error rate. CRC is intended to monitor the link for normal conditions,
Instead intended to detect errors on a specific group in order to determine whether the packet should be retransmitted.
In an exemplary embodiment, the CRC polynomial is calculated CRC-16
Or X16 + X15 + X2 + X0. Figure 36 illustrates the present invention may be used raw CRC
Generator and verifier exemplary implementation 3600. In Figure 36, CRC register 3602
Is input to the transmission just Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC (before sending the CRC
The MDDI data) is a packet on the line before the first value is initialized to 0x0001,
Then the first byte of the packet from the LSB is shifted into the register. It should be noted that this figure
The register bits corresponding to the order of the polynomial used, rather than by the MDDI
A bit position. CRC register is shifted along a more effective way, which makes the CRC bits 15
In MDDI CRC field bit position 0, CRC register bit 14 in MDDI
CRC field bit position 1 and so on, until you reach the MDDI bit position 14.
...
In an exemplary embodiment, the CRC polynomial is calculated CRC-16
Or X16 + X15 + X2 + X0. Figure 36 illustrates the present invention may be used raw CRC
Generator and verifier exemplary implementation 3600. In Figure 36, CRC register 3602
Is input to the transmission just Tx_MDDI_Data_Before_CRC (before sending the CRC
The MDDI data) is a packet on the line before the first value is initialized to 0x0001,
Then the first byte of the packet from the LSB is shifted into the register. It should be noted that this figure
The register bits corresponding to the order of the polynomial used, rather than by the MDDI
A bit position. CRC register is shifted along a more effective way, which makes the CRC bits 15
In MDDI CRC field bit position 0, CRC register bit 14 in MDDI
CRC field bit position 1 and so on, until you reach the MDDI bit position 14.
...
When the CRC generator and checker 3600 is configured as a CRC checker when the
Rx_MDDI_Data (receiving MDDI data) line up to receive CRC is input
Multiplexers 3604 and NAND gate 3608, and the use or non-(NOR) gate 3610,
Exclusive OR (XOR) gate 3612 and with (AND) gate 3614-by-bit CRC register with the hair
Present value for comparison. If there are any errors, such as the output of the AND gate 3614,
Then for each packet contains a CRC error, the output is connected through the door to the register 3614
The input register 3602, CRC increased once. It should be noted that, shown in Figure 36 is shown
Exemplary circuit can be output for a given CHECK_CRC_NOW (now checksum CRC) window
Within one or more of the CRC error signal (see Figure 37B). Thus, the CRC error
Counters usually only active in each interval CHECK_CRC_NOW first
CRC error count of cases. If the CRC generator is configured, then end with the packet
Align the moment, the CRC according to the clock output from the CRC register.
...
When the CRC generator and checker 3600 is configured as a CRC checker when the
Rx_MDDI_Data (receiving MDDI data) line up to receive CRC is input
Multiplexers 3604 and NAND gate 3608, and the use or non-(NOR) gate 3610,
Exclusive OR (XOR) gate 3612 and with (AND) gate 3614-by-bit CRC register with the hair
Present value for comparison. If there are any errors, such as the output of the AND gate 3614,
Then for each packet contains a CRC error, the output is connected through the door to the register 3614
The input register 3602, CRC increased once. It should be noted that, shown in Figure 36 is shown
Exemplary circuit can be output for a given CHECK_CRC_NOW (now checksum CRC) window
Within one or more of the CRC error signal (see Figure 37B). Thus, the CRC error
Counters usually only active in each interval CHECK_CRC_NOW first
CRC error count of cases. If the CRC generator is configured, then end with the packet
Align the moment, the CRC according to the clock output from the CRC register.
...
E. Packet CRC error code override (overload)
Whenever the host and transfer data between the client only when the packet and the CRC, which does not
Accommodate the error code. The only error is a loss of synchronization. Otherwise, the link must wait for the lack of
Good data transmission path or pipeline and overtime, and then reset the link and continue
Proceed. However, doing so is time-consuming and inefficient.
For one embodiment of the use, and has developed such a new technology, which stars
Part of the group CRC error code used to transmit information. This is generally shown in Figure 65. Also
That is, the data transmitted by the processing device processor or generate one or more error codes,
Which indicates that the communication processing or links may appear in a particular predetermined errors or defects. Encounter
Error, the CRC bits used to generate the packet and sends the appropriate error code. Will
Is to say, the use of error codes needed to override or rewrite the CRC value, the required
The error code can be at the receiving end is used to monitor the value of the CRC field error monitor or
Verifier detected. CRC value for the error code and for some reason love match
Conditions, the transmission error codes complement in order to prevent confusion.
...
For one embodiment of the use, and has developed such a new technology, which stars
Part of the group CRC error code used to transmit information. This is generally shown in Figure 65. Also
That is, the data transmitted by the processing device processor or generate one or more error codes,
Which indicates that the communication processing or links may appear in a particular predetermined errors or defects. Encounter
Error, the CRC bits used to generate the packet and sends the appropriate error code. Will
Is to say, the use of error codes needed to override or rewrite the CRC value, the required
The error code can be at the receiving end is used to monitor the value of the CRC field error monitor or
Verifier detected. CRC value for the error code and for some reason love match
Conditions, the transmission error codes complement in order to prevent confusion.
...
This technique of overloading the CRC value provides a very fast system response error, while
With a minimal amount of extra bits or fields.
Shown in Figure 66, using the error detector or detector module 6602 shows the CRC
Rewrite mechanism or means 6600, which can be formed as previously described in other circuits or learn
As part of the process for detecting errors within the communication link or the presence or appears. Can form
A part or the use of other circuits such as a lookup table to store the pre-selected error messages
Error code generator technology or module 6604 generates one or more error codes to
Indicates that there has been detected a predetermined specific errors or defects. Easy to understand that,
Device 6602 and 6604 may be formed according to a single circuit or device, or as a
For other known processors and elements are programmed as part of the sequence of steps.
...
The CRC value comparison shows the control or comparison module 6606, for checking a selected one
Whether one or more error codes to be transmitted with the same value of the CRC. If it is, the use of generations
Complement code generator or generation module or device to provide the complement of the error code, in order to avoid errors
Code is mistaken for the original CRC pattern (pattern) or the value, so that the detection side
Confuse or complicate the case. Then, the error code selector or select the module components or equipment
Select the desired device 6610 insert or overwrite error code, or their respective complement,
As the case may be. Error code CRC rewriter or rewrite mechanism or module 6612 is
A device for receiving the data stream, packets, and the desired codes to be inserted, and the rewriting
Corresponding or appropriate CRC values, in order to transfer the desired error codes to a receiving device.
...
The CRC value comparison shows the control or comparison module 6606, for checking a selected one
Whether one or more error codes to be transmitted with the same value of the CRC. If it is, the use of generations
Complement code generator or generation module or device to provide the complement of the error code, in order to avoid errors
Code is mistaken for the original CRC pattern (pattern) or the value, so that the detection side
Confuse or complicate the case. Then, the error code selector or select the module components or equipment
Select the desired device 6610 insert or overwrite error code, or their respective complement,
As the case may be. Error code CRC rewriter or rewrite mechanism or module 6612 is
A device for receiving the data stream, packets, and the desired codes to be inserted, and the rewriting
Corresponding or appropriate CRC values, in order to transfer the desired error codes to a receiving device.
...
Figure 67A and 67B is shown in greater detail in Figure 66 of the override mechanism to achieve the overall
Handling implementation. In 67A, in step 6702, the communication data is detected during or
To one or more errors, and in step 6704, select the error code to indicate that a
Pieces. At the same time, or at the appropriate point calibration in step 6706 the CRC value to be replaced, and
In step 6708 an error and needs to compare the code. As discussed earlier,
Result of this comparison is to determine the required code or other representative value with the current
CRC values are the same. If it is, then the process proceeds to step 6712, or the complement of said
In some cases, according to the other representative values selected code to be inserted. Once in step
6710 and 6714 will be inserted to determine what the error code or value, then choose this
An appropriate code to insert. For clarity, these steps as a separate step
Shown, but it usually presents an output based on the determination made in step 6708 a single selection.
Finally, in step 6716, the CRC location override these appropriate values to serving as the
Said process for packet transmitted together.
...
The packet reception side, as shown in Figure 67B, in step 6722 the monitoring packet CRC
Values. Generally, the CRC value is determined by the system of one or more process monitoring, in order to determine
If errors in data transfer has occurred, and determines whether the request is to re-transmit one or
Multiple groups, or prohibiting further operations, etc., some of which have already been discussed above.
As part of this monitor, the information can also be used with known or preselected error
Yard or on behalf of value, and detects errors occur. Alternatively, you can achieve independence
The error detection process and monitor. If, as there is a code, in step
6724 extract it or mark it for further processing. Can be determined in step 6726
This is the actual code or complement, in this case, the additional step 6728 is used to the
State value is converted to the desired code value. In either case, in step 6730 final mention
Take the code, complement, or other values can be used to recover from the transfer of the code has been detected
What error occurs.
...
The packet reception side, as shown in Figure 67B, in step 6722 the monitoring packet CRC
Values. Generally, the CRC value is determined by the system of one or more process monitoring, in order to determine
If errors in data transfer has occurred, and determines whether the request is to re-transmit one or
Multiple groups, or prohibiting further operations, etc., some of which have already been discussed above.
As part of this monitor, the information can also be used with known or preselected error
Yard or on behalf of value, and detects errors occur. Alternatively, you can achieve independence
The error detection process and monitor. If, as there is a code, in step
6724 extract it or mark it for further processing. Can be determined in step 6726
This is the actual code or complement, in this case, the additional step 6728 is used to the
State value is converted to the desired code value. In either case, in step 6730 final mention
Take the code, complement, or other values can be used to recover from the transfer of the code has been detected
What error occurs.
...
MDDI link can quickly go to sleep and wake up from sleep quickly. By the
In MDDI link can very quickly awake again to use, thus allowing this response
Xu communications systems and equipment MDDI link is often forced to sleep in order to reduce power consumption. In a
Embodiment, when the external mode client first awakening from hibernation, it's about data
Rate and so the strobe timing operation, where the strobe timing and 1Mbps
Same rate, ie, MDDI_Stb corresponds to a rate of 500kHz flip. A
Once the characteristics of the client host has been discovered or its characteristics have been passed to the host, then the main
XTC machine from 1Mbps to be able to run the client at any speed between the maximum rate
Rate wake links. Internal models clients can host and client sides can run
Any rate awakening. This usually applies to internal mode client first wake up.
...
MDDI link can quickly go to sleep and wake up from sleep quickly. By the
In MDDI link can very quickly awake again to use, thus allowing this response
Xu communications systems and equipment MDDI link is often forced to sleep in order to reduce power consumption. In a
Embodiment, when the external mode client first awakening from hibernation, it's about data
Rate and so the strobe timing operation, where the strobe timing and 1Mbps
Same rate, ie, MDDI_Stb corresponds to a rate of 500kHz flip. A
Once the characteristics of the client host has been discovered or its characteristics have been passed to the host, then the main
XTC machine from 1Mbps to be able to run the client at any speed between the maximum rate
Rate wake links. Internal models clients can host and client sides can run
Any rate awakening. This usually applies to internal mode client first wake up.
...
During Sleep, MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb differential drive is a high
Cross-resistance state disabled and all differential pairs in the differential voltage is zero voltage. In the Soviet Union from hibernation
Awake during the pulse sequence used to detect the differential line receiver with intentional voltage offset. In
One embodiment, the receiver logic 1 and logic 0 level threshold value is approximately between
125mV. This makes the undriven differential pair in the link will be considered during the wake sequence logic
Zero level.
In order to enter the sleep state, the host at the link sent after the close grouping of the CRC 64
MDDI_Stb cycle. After disabling the host CRC in 15-56 MDDI_Stb week
Period (including output disable propagation delay) within the scope of the host MDDI_Data0 output. Main
Machine link down after packet CRC and in its wake-up sequence initiated before sending 64
MDDI_Stb cycle. In one embodiment, the host-initiated wake-up is defined as the host
MDDI_Data0 reach a valid logic 1 level, and after the drive pulse on MDDI_Stb
Must wait before 100 nanoseconds. In one embodiment, the client packet link closed
After the CRC and in the waiting MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic one level in an attempt to wake up the main
Machines need to wait until at least 60 MDDI_Stb cycles.
...
In order to enter the sleep state, the host at the link sent after the close grouping of the CRC 64
MDDI_Stb cycle. After disabling the host CRC in 15-56 MDDI_Stb week
Period (including output disable propagation delay) within the scope of the host MDDI_Data0 output. Main
Machine link down after packet CRC and in its wake-up sequence initiated before sending 64
MDDI_Stb cycle. In one embodiment, the host-initiated wake-up is defined as the host
MDDI_Data0 reach a valid logic 1 level, and after the drive pulse on MDDI_Stb
Must wait before 100 nanoseconds. In one embodiment, the client packet link closed
After the CRC and in the waiting MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic one level in an attempt to wake up the main
Machines need to wait until at least 60 MDDI_Stb cycles.
...
If MDDI_Stb active during sleep, although it is unlikely that
What clients can only be driven to a logic 1 state MDDI_Data0 about 70 MDDI_Stb
Period (60 to 80 range). This action allows the host to start and restart in the forward
Link (208) the data on the client's business and asks the state.
The host must detect the request appeared and started pulse sequence, ie, first
MDDI_Stb driven to a logic 0 level will be driven to a logic high up MDDI_Data0
At least 100nsec. Then, the flip MDDI_Stb while continuing the MDDI_Data0
Driven to a logic one level and sustained 150 MDDI_Stb cycles (in the range of 140-160
Surrounded) and MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 0 level and lasted 50 MDDI_Stb
Period (in the range 40 to 60). If the client is detected MDDI_Data0
Logic 1 state more than 80 MDDI_Stb cycles, then the client should send the service request
Requirements. When the client detects MDDI_Data0 at a logic 1 level reached 60-80
MDDI_Stb period, then the client will search for the host MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic
0 level up to 50 MDDI_Stb cycle interval. The driver in the host MDDI_Data0
To a logic zero level and lasted 50 MDDI_Stb period of time, the host then began
Sending packets on the link. The first packet is transmitted sub-frame header packet. In
MDDI_Data0 at a logic 0 level up to 50 cycles of 40 MDDI_Stb cycle interval
, The client began looking sub-frame header packet. The following further discussions with the sleep process and start
Action sequences associated time interval selected properties and tolerances. (See the following Figure 68A-
C)
...
Host can enable MDDI_Stb initiated by first wake up, and to simultaneously driven to
Logic 0 level. Until pulses are output as described below, MDDI_Stb driver was only
To a logic 1 level. In MDDI_Stb reach a valid logic 0 level, the host is enabled
MDDI_Data0 and to simultaneously driven to a logic 1 level. As described until
MDDI_Data0 is driven to a logic zero level and lasted 50 MDDI_Stb between pulses
Every time, MDDI_Data0 it should be driven to a logic 0 level. Hosts should
MDDI_Data0 reached a logic one level and then on the drive MDDI-Stb before the pulse, etc.
Be at least 100 nanoseconds. When considering the worst-case output enable delay time and occurs when
Order relation. This basically ensures that the client receives in its MDDI_Stb driven by a host-driven
MDDI_Data0 logic one level on a sufficient wake-up time to fully enable the
MDDI_Stb receiver.
...
Figure 38 shows a typical case of no competition service request event handling 3800
Examples of steps, which for convenience of description, letters A, B, C, D, E, F
And G to mark the event. The process begins at point A, where the host to the client
Device sends a link down packets in order to inform it of the link will be transformed into low-power sleep state
State. In the next step, by disabling the drive and put MDDI_Stb MDDI_Data0 drive
Is set to logic 0, the host computer enters a low-power sleep state, as indicated at point B. Through
MDDI_Data0 high impedance bias network will be driven to logic 0 level. In certain time periods
After the client by putting MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic one level to the host sends a service
Request, as shown at point C. The host is still using a high-impedance bias network to Victoria
Held (asserts) logic 0 level, but the client drive to force the line to enter the
Logic 1 level. 50 microseconds, the host recognizes the service request pulse, and
By enabling its drive to maintain a logic 1 in MDDI_Data0, such as point D in Fig. However
After the client to stop trying to maintain the service request pulse of effort, and the client to
Driver in a high-impedance state, such as point E in Fig. The drive to the host MDDI_Data0
And the logic 0 level for 50 microseconds, as shown at point F, and in accordance with MDDI_Data0
A logic 0 level consistent way to generate MDDI_Stb. Place in MDDI_Data0
At logic 0 level up to 40 MDDI_Stb cycles, the client started looking for sub-frame header
Grouping. MDDI_Data0 placed in the logic 0 level and the micro-drive MDDI_Stb50
Seconds, the host begins by sending a sub-frame header packet transmission on the forward link number
It is, as shown in point G.
...
Figure 39 described a similar example in which the link restart sequence has begun after the dimension
Support (assert) the service request, and also uses the letters A, B, C, D, E, F and G to
Mark said event. This represents a request from the client, or the signal is very close to the destruction of the pulse
Sub-frame header packet worst case. The process begins at point A, then the host to the guest
Client devices resend packets close the link, informing it that the link will transition to low-power off
Sleep state. In the next step, said host by disabling the drive and put MDDI_Data0
MDDI_Stb drive is set to a logic 0 level, and enter a low-power sleep state, such as B
Point below. As mentioned earlier, through a high impedance bias network will MDDI_Data0 driven logic
Logic 0 level. After a time, the host drives the MDDI_Data0 to a logic
1 level and for 150 microseconds to start the link restart sequence, such as point C in Fig. In
Link restart sequence after the start and after 50 microseconds before the display is maintained
MDDI_Data0 is 1 to 70 microsecond duration, as shown at point D. When this
Happens because the monitor needs to request services to the host and the host has not yet identified
Start link restart sequence. Then, the client no longer trying to maintain the service request pulse, and
The client to drive a high-impedance state, such as point E in Fig. Host continue to
MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 level. Host to MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 0
Level and for 50 microseconds, as shown in point F, and in accordance with the logic on MDDI_Data0
Logic 0 level consistent way to generate MDDI_Stb. In the MDDI_Data0 maintained until
Logic 0 level and the drive MDDI_Stb up to 50 microseconds after the host sends
Start sub-frame header packet data transmission on the forward link, as shown in point G.
...
Based on the above discussion, it can be seen that: a part of the wake-up sequence, previously
Solution involves enabling the host through two states. For the first state, the host of the
MDDI_Data0 signal is driven high and sustained 150 microseconds, and then put the letter MDDI_Data0
No. driven low and sustained 50 microseconds, while activation MDDI_Stb line, and then began to pass
MDDI packet transmission. MDDI apparatus and methods for the use of the available data rate, the
This process can be well used to enhance the level of the prior art. However, as described above, to reduce
The condition faster response time or select the next step or process (i.e., simplified or
Component capabilities), the always requires a faster speed.
...
Applicants have discovered a new and innovative ways to wake processing and timing, in which the main
Machine clock cycle-based timing signal flip (toggle). According to this configuration,
The host at the beginning of the wake-up sequence MDDI_Data0 signal is driven high after the main
Machines from 0-10 microseconds start flipping MDDI_Stb, and until the signal is driven low before
Wait. In the wake-up sequence, the host flip MDDI_Stb, as if MDDI_Data0
Signal is always at a logic 0 level. Doing so effectively the concept of time from the client side to
In addition, and for these cycles, the host computer 150 from the first two states and 50 microseconds
Microsecond time period was changed to 150 for those clock cycles and 50 clock cycles.
Period.
...
Applicants have discovered a new and innovative ways to wake processing and timing, in which the main
Machine clock cycle-based timing signal flip (toggle). According to this configuration,
The host at the beginning of the wake-up sequence MDDI_Data0 signal is driven high after the main
Machines from 0-10 microseconds start flipping MDDI_Stb, and until the signal is driven low before
Wait. In the wake-up sequence, the host flip MDDI_Stb, as if MDDI_Data0
Signal is always at a logic 0 level. Doing so effectively the concept of time from the client side to
In addition, and for these cycles, the host computer 150 from the first two states and 50 microseconds
Microsecond time period was changed to 150 for those clock cycles and 50 clock cycles.
Period.
...
On the client side, and now, the client implementations can be calculated using the generated clock
First, the data line is high, then low for the number of clock cycles. The driving state of the high number of
According to the present line number of clock cycles required is 150, the driving state of the data line low
Number of clock cycles is 50. This means that for the proper wake-up sequence, the client
Should be in a high state of the data line is at least 150 consecutive clock cycles, and followed by
With the data line in a low state of at least 50 consecutive clock cycles are counted. Once this
Both conditions are met, the client can begin to search for the first sub-frame unique word. This
An interrupt mode, the counter returns to the initial state as the basis, where the client again
Looks for the data line is in a high state of the first 150 continuous clock cycles.
...
As previously discussed, the host-based wake-up from Sleep customers the invention
Machine implementation, in addition to the clock rate is not mandatory outside starting at 1Mbps, very similar
In the case of initial startup. Instead, the clock rate is set to re-rate from any previous
New beginning, the previous rate of communication links into hibernation when the rate is active. As
If the host starts transmitting strobe signal as described above, then the client should be able to re-pair data
Line is in a high state of at least 150 consecutive clock cycles, and the data line is followed by
Low state of at least 50 consecutive clock cycles are counted. Once these two pieces have been met
Pieces, the client can begin to search for a unique word.
...
Client-based wake-up from Sleep client implementations of the invention way, except that it
By allowing the client to start driving the data line, the similarity with the host-based wake. Client
Machines can be the case in the absence of asynchronous clock drives the data line to wake up the host device. Once
Host identifies the client to the data line is driven to a high state, it can begin its wake
Sequence. Clients can start or during the course of its wake a host generated clock
Counts the number of cycles. Once the number of clients in a high state of the data line connecting the 70
Continued clock cycle, it can stop the data line is driven high state. At this moment, the host
It should have the data line is driven high state. Thus the data line client can in high
State another 80 continuous clock cycles are counted, so that the data line is in a high state
The clock period to 150, and thus can find the data line 50 is in a low state
Clock cycles. Once you meet these three conditions, the client can begin to look for a unique word.
...
This awakening process has the advantage of a new way to achieve it does not require time measuring devices.
Whether it is an oscillator, the capacitor discharge circuit, or other such known devices, the client
This external device is no longer required to determine the start condition. When implemented on the client device control panel
System, counters, etc., when doing so save money and circuit area. Although the main
Machine, the machine may not be as beneficial as the client, but on the core circuit for ultra-high density
Degree of logic (VHDL) concerned, this technology should also be able to simplify the host. Use several
Data and strobe lines as the wakeup notification and measurement source of power consumption is very low because no
To run any external circuitry core components to make it wait for host-based wake. The so
Cycle or a number of clock cycles are exemplary, but also can use other cycles,
Ordinary skill in the art are evident.
...
This awakening process has the advantage of a new way to achieve it does not require time measuring devices.
Whether it is an oscillator, the capacitor discharge circuit, or other such known devices, the client
This external device is no longer required to determine the start condition. When implementing controllers, counters, etc.
When doing so save money and circuit area, thus saving the client device panel surface
Plot. Although the host, the client may not be as beneficial as for, but it used for the core
Ultra-high-density logic circuitry (VHDL) concerned, this technology should also be able to simplify the
Host. Using data and strobe lines as a wake-notification and measuring the power consumption when the source is also very
Low, it is because the core element waits for host based wakeup not require any external circuitry.
...
This awakening process has the advantage of a new way to achieve it does not require time measuring devices.
Whether it is an oscillator, the capacitor discharge circuit, or other such known devices, the client
This external device is no longer required to determine the start condition. When implementing controllers, counters, etc.
When doing so save money and circuit area, thus saving the client device panel surface
Plot. Although the host, the client may not be as beneficial as for, but it used for the core
Ultra-high-density logic circuitry (VHDL) concerned, this technology should also be able to simplify the
Host. Using data and strobe lines as a wake-notification and measuring the power consumption when the source is also very
Low, it is because the core element waits for host based wakeup not require any external circuitry.
...
FIG. 68A shows the case where there is no competition host initiated wake typical office
Examples of processing steps, which for convenience of description, but also letters A, B, C, D, E,
F and G to mark said event. The process begins at point A, where the host to the client
Send link close grouping machine equipment in order to inform it of the link will be transformed into low-power sleep
State. In the next step, B point, the master flip (toggle) MDDI_Stb and sustained turn
Turn about 64 cycles (depending on system design needs), in order to stop flip MDDI_Stb
Before completion of the processing allows the client, the client device which stops the recovered clock. Main
Machine initially put MDDI_Data0 set to logic 0 level, and then after the CRC, in
16 to 48 cycles range (typically comprises an output disable propagation delays) Disabled
MDDI_Data0 output. This may require the CRC after 48 cycles, and for the next
A stage (C) some time before, the client's MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb
The high-speed receiver placed in a low power state. Close grouping of the link after the first 48 of the CRC
A MDDI_Stb cycles after the rising edge at any time, the client will be its
MDDI_Stb MDDI_Data0 and the high-speed receiver in sleep. Suggested that, in
Link down after the first packet CRC 64 MDDI_Stb cycles before the rising edge,
Clients and their MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb the high-speed receiver in sleep.
...
FIG. 68A shows the case where there is no competition host initiated wake typical office
Examples of processing steps, which for convenience of description, but also letters A, B, C, D, E,
F and G to mark said event. The process begins at point A, where the host to the client
Send link close grouping machine equipment in order to inform it of the link will be transformed into low-power sleep
State. In the next step, B point, the master flip (toggle) MDDI_Stb and sustained turn
Turn about 64 cycles (depending on system design needs), in order to stop flip MDDI_Stb
Before completion of the processing allows the client, the client device which stops the recovered clock. Main
Machine initially put MDDI_Data0 set to logic 0 level, and then after the CRC, in
16 to 48 cycles range (typically comprises an output disable propagation delays) Disabled
MDDI_Data0 output. This may require the CRC after 48 cycles, and for the next
A stage (C) some time before, the client's MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb
The high-speed receiver placed in a low power state. Close grouping of the link after the first 48 of the CRC
A MDDI_Stb cycles after the rising edge at any time, the client will be its
MDDI_Stb MDDI_Data0 and the high-speed receiver in sleep. Suggested that, in
Link down after the first packet CRC 64 MDDI_Stb cycles before the rising edge,
Clients and their MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb the high-speed receiver in sleep.
...
After a certain period of time, and the host by enabling MDDI_Data0
MDDI_Stb driver output started at point D link restart sequence. The host of the
MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 level, and the MDDI_Stb driven to logic 0
Flat, and its duration with the driver fully enable their respective output that should be occupied by the time
As long. These output reaches the desired level after the logic, and the drive
MMDI_Stb on the pulse, the host usually wait about 200 nanoseconds. Thus, the client
Machine has time to prepare to receive.
After a certain period of time, and the host by enabling MDDI_Data0
MDDI_Stb driver output started at point D link restart sequence. The host of the
MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 level, and the MDDI_Stb driven to logic 0
Flat, and its duration with the driver fully enable their respective output that should be occupied by the time
As long. These output reaches the desired level after the logic, and the drive
MMDI_Stb on the pulse, the host usually wait about 200 nanoseconds. Thus, the client
Machine has time to prepare to receive....
Figure 68B illustrates there is no competition in the case of a typical client at the start of the wake
Examples of processing steps, which for convenience of description, but also letters A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H and I to mark said event. As mentioned above, the process begins at point A,
The host sends the client link close grouping, informing it that the link will be transformed into low-power
Rate state.
At point B, the host and the last flip flip MDDI_Stb 64 cycles (depending on the system
Design needs), in order to allow complete stop before flipping MDDI_Stb client processes,
This signal is used to stop the client device in a recovered clock. Host initially put
MDDI_Data0 set to logic 0 level, and then after the CRC at 16-48
Cycles (including output disable propagation delays typically) range, disabling MDDI-Data0
Output. 48 after the CRC cycle, and in the next stage (C) of a previous
, You need to put in the client MDDI_Stb MDDI_Data0 and high-speed receivers placed
Low-power state.
MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb by disabling the host controller driver and set
The low power sleep state, the host at the point C, or step C into a low-power sleep state
State. Can also need to set the MDDI_Stb driver to a logic 0 level (using a high
Impedance of the bias network) or set to continue turning during sleep. Also in the client
Low power levels hibernation.
After a certain period of time, the client and by enabling MDDI_Stb Receiver Enable
MDDI_Stb receiver in an offset, starting at point D link restart sequence, to
Will ensure that the host before the opening of its MDDI_Stb drive, in the client received
MDDI_Stb version of the state is a logic 0 level. If necessary, the client may need to
Slightly ahead of the enabled receivers enable the offset (offset), in order to ensure that the received valid
The differential signal and the error signal is prevented. Clients to enable MDDI_Data0 drives, with
When the MDDI_Data0 line driven to a logic 1 level. If the start offset and standard
MDDI_Data0 differential receiver time of 200 nanoseconds, you can also enable
MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb.
...
After a certain period of time, the client and by enabling MDDI_Stb Receiver Enable
MDDI_Stb receiver in an offset, starting at point D link restart sequence, to
Will ensure that the host before the opening of its MDDI_Stb drive, in the client received
MDDI_Stb version of the state is a logic 0 level. If necessary, the client may need to
Slightly ahead of the enabled receivers enable the offset (offset), in order to ensure that the received valid
The differential signal and the error signal is prevented. Clients to enable MDDI_Data0 drives, with
When the MDDI_Data0 line driven to a logic 1 level. If the start offset and standard
MDDI_Data0 differential receiver time of 200 nanoseconds, you can also enable
MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb.
...
When the host drive is enabled and MDDI_Data0 is driven to a logic 1 level,
MDDI_Stb output pulse on the host and lasted 150 MDDI_Stb cycle duration
Room, such as point F in Fig. When the client identify MDDI_Stb the first pulse,
It disables its MDDI_Stb receiver offset (offset). Clients continue to
MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 level and the last 70 MDDI_Stb cycles, and
At point G disable its MDDI_Data0 drive. Clients continue to drive MDDI_Data0
Scroll to the logic 1 level and lasted 80 additional MDDI_Stb pulse, and in point H will
MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic zero level.
% E5% A6% 82% E7% 82% B9G% E5% 92% 8CH% E5% A4% 84% E6% 89% 80% E7% A4% BA% EF% BC% 8C% E4% B8% BB% E6 % 9C% BA% E6% 8A% 8AMDDI_Data0% E9% A9% B1% E5% 8A% A8% E8% 87% B3% E9% 80% BB% E8% BE% 910% E7% 94% B5% E5% B9 % B3% E4% B8% 94% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E6% 8C% 81% E7% BB% AD50% E4% B8 % AA% E5% 91% A8% E6% 9C% 9F% EF% BC% 8C% E5% B9% B6% E4% B8% 94% E5% AE% A2% E6% 88% B7% E6% 9C% BA % E5% 9C% A8MDDI_Data0% E5% A4% 84% E4% BA% 8E% E9% 80% BB% E8% BE% 910% E7% 94% B5% E5% B9% B3% E8% BE% BE40% 0A % 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E4% B8% AAMDDI_Stb% E5% 91% A8% E6% 9C% 9F% E5% 90% 8E% EF % BC% 8C% E5% AE% A2% E6% 88% B7% E6% 9C% BA% E5% BC% 80% E5% A7% 8B% E5% AF% BB% E6% 89% BE% E5% AD % 90% E5% B8% A7% E6% 8A% A5% E5% A4% B4% E5% 88% 86% E7% BB% 84% E3% 80% 82% E5% 9C% A8% E5% B0% 86MDDI_Stb % 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E9% A9% B1% E5% 8A% A8% E8% BE% BE50% E4% B8% AA % E5% 91% A8% E6% 9C% 9F% E5% 90% 8E% EF% BC% 8C% E4% B8% BB% E6% 9C% BA% E9% 80% 9A% E8% BF% 87% E5 % 8F% 91% E9% 80% 81% E5% AD% 90% E5% B8% A7% E6% 8A% A5% E5% A4% B4% E5% 88% 86% E7% BB% 84% E5% BC % 80% E5% A7% 8B% E5% 9C% A8% E6% AD% A3% E5% 90% 91% E9% 93% BE% E8% B7% AF% E4% B8% 8A% 0A% 20% 20 % 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E4% BC% A0% E8% BE% 93% E6% 95% B0% E6% 8D% AE% EF% BC% 8C % E5% A6% 82% E7% 82% B9I% E6% 89% 80% E7% A4% BA% E3% 80% 82
Figure 68C described in the having a from the client competition, but also is the customer machine is also hope-up calls
Awake said link a typical host-initiated of the wake-up of the processing steps instance. In order to facilitate say
That also uses the letters A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I to mark said event.
As mentioned earlier, said process at point A at the beginning, at this time the host to client machine equipment transmit chain
Road closed group, in order to inform the client of the link will be converted to a low power state, and then into
OK to point B, at point B MDDI_Stb be flipped and sustained flip approximately 64 cycles (or
Those who according to the system design needs), in order to allows the by the client machine executed processing is complete, and then into
Line to point C, at which said host by disabling MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb drive
And put Host Controller placed in a low power dormant state come enter a low power dormant state. In some
Time after paragraph, of said the host through the Enabling MDDI_Data0 and the MDDI_Stb driver output
Lies in the point D began to link-restart the sequence, and began to flip the MDDI_Stb and the to make it sustained
Flip 150 MDDI_Stb cycles duration, for example point E shown at.
...
Figure 68C described in the having a from the client competition, but also is the customer machine is also hope-up calls
Awake said link a typical host-initiated of the wake-up of the processing steps instance. In order to facilitate say
That also uses the letters A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I to mark said event.
As mentioned earlier, said process at point A at the beginning, at this time the host to client machine equipment transmit chain
Road closed group, in order to inform the client of the link will be converted to a low power state, and then into
OK to point B, at point B MDDI_Stb be flipped and sustained flip approximately 64 cycles (or
Those who according to the system design needs), in order to allows the by the client machine executed processing is complete, and then into
Line to point C, at which said host by disabling MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb drive
And put Host Controller placed in a low power dormant state come enter a low power dormant state. In some
Time after paragraph, of said the host through the Enabling MDDI_Data0 and the MDDI_Stb driver output
Lies in the point D began to link-restart the sequence, and began to flip the MDDI_Stb and the to make it sustained
Flip 150 MDDI_Stb cycles duration, for example point E shown at.
...
Host to MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic zero level and make it last 50 cycles,
Such as point H shows, and the client in MDDI_Data0 at a logic 0 level reached 40
MDDI_Stb cycles long after the client started looking for sub-frame header packet. Host through
Send sub-frame header packet begins on the forward link transmission of data, such as point I in Fig.
VI. Interface Electrical Specifications
In an exemplary embodiment, the use of the data strobe signal or DATA-STB
Format of non-zero (NRZ) format data is encoded, so will the clock information embedding
The data and strobe signals. The clock can be used without a complex PLL case be
Recovery. Data from the two-way differential link load, which is typically done using a wireline cable to achieve
, Of course, as described above can also use other leads, printed circuit or transmission components. Selected
Communication No. (STB) is only driven by the master of unidirectional links are hosted on. Whenever there is back
Back (back-to-back) state, 0 or 1, the data line or the signal to maintain a constant
When the strobe will value Flip (0 or 1).
...
Figure 40 graphically shows how to use the DATA-STB (data - Strobe) Code
Code to transmit such bit is "1110001011" data sequence instance. In Figure 40, DATA
(DATA) signal 4002 shown in the signal timing diagram of the top row, and the STB (Strobe)
4004 signal displayed on the second line, in accordance with appropriate needs (common starting point) every two
Are aligned. As time goes on, when the DATA line 4002 (signal) appears on the status of
Is changed, then the STB line 4004 (signal) maintains the previous state, thus, DATA
Signal of the first '1 'state of the STB signal, the first '0' state is its
Starting values are interrelated. However, if the DATA signal state level does not change, then
What STB signal flip to the opposite state, i.e. in the present example for the '1 'state, as Figure 40
The DATA providing another '1 'as in the case. That is, each bit period in the DATA
And STB between and only one change. Therefore, when the DATA signal stays at '1 '
When, STB signal is again changed, this time to '0 'and the DATA signal level change
Becomes '0 ', STB to maintain this level. When the DATA signal remains at '1 '
STB signal flip to the opposite state, that in the current instance '1 ', as well as the DATA
Signal change or remain level or value, STB signal hold or change, and so on.
...
Figure 40 graphically shows how to use the DATA-STB (data - Strobe) Code
Code to transmit such bit is "1110001011" data sequence instance. In Figure 40, DATA
(DATA) signal 4002 shown in the signal timing diagram of the top row, and the STB (Strobe)
4004 signal displayed on the second line, in accordance with appropriate needs (common starting point) every two
Are aligned. As time goes on, when the DATA line 4002 (signal) appears on the status of
Is changed, then the STB line 4004 (signal) maintains the previous state, thus, DATA
Signal of the first '1 'state of the STB signal, the first '0' state is its
Starting values are interrelated. However, if the DATA signal state level does not change, then
What STB signal flip to the opposite state, i.e. in the present example for the '1 'state, as Figure 40
The DATA providing another '1 'as in the case. That is, each bit period in the DATA
And STB between and only one change. Therefore, when the DATA signal stays at '1 '
When, STB signal is again changed, this time to '0 'and the DATA signal level change
Becomes '0 ', STB to maintain this level. When the DATA signal remains at '1 '
STB signal flip to the opposite state, that in the current instance '1 ', as well as the DATA
Signal change or remain level or value, STB signal hold or change, and so on.
...
In Figure 41, the transmission section 4100 and is used to generate an intermediate signal path via 4102
Original DATA and STB signal transmission, and receiving section for receiving the signal and the restored 4120
Complex data. Shown in Figure 41, from the host to transfer data to the client, the DATA signal
Enter the number of two D-type flip-flop circuit elements 4104 and 4106, and the input clock signal
In order to trigger the circuit. Then, using two differential line driver 4108 and 4110 (electrical
Voltage mode) of the two flip-flop output (Q) were divided into MDDI_Data0 +,
MDDI_Data0-and MDDI_Stb +, MDDI_Stb-signal differential pair. Three inputs with or
(XNOR) gate, circuit, or logic element 4112 is connected to receive the DATA and two
The output of flip-flops, and generates the data input to the second flip-flop providing an output,
It then generates said second flip-flop MDDI_Stb +, MDDI_Stb-signal. For convenience,
In XNOR gate drew an inverting bubble so that it effectively so that the resulting strobe
No. inverted Q output of flip-flop.
...
In Figure 41 the receiving portion 4120, consists of two differential line receiver 4122 and 4124
Receiving each of the MDDI_Data0 +, MDDI_Data0-and MDDI_Stb +,
MDDI_Stb-signal differential line receiver according to the differential signal generation single-ended output. Then,
Amplifier output is input to the two-input exclusive-OR (XOR) gate circuits or logic element 4126
Each input of said logic element for generating a clock signal 4126. Said clock signal
Number is used to trigger the two D-type flip-flop circuits 4128 and 4130 in each one of said D
Type flip-flop circuit is used by the delay element 4132 receives the delayed version of the DATA signal,
One of said D type flip-flop (4128) generates data '0 'values and the other (4130)
Generate data '1 'values. The clock also has a separate output from the XOR logic. Since
Clock information is assigned to the DATA and STB lines, so the signal transitions between states are
Slower than half the clock rate. Since using the DATA and STB signal processing re-XOR
Is clock, directly over a single dedicated data line to send the clock signal compared to the case
System is actually allowed in the input data and the clock times between the amount of deviation.
...
MDDI data, MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-signal differential-mode station
For, in order to maximize the negative impact of noise on the exemption. Each differential pair is Lee
With the transmitted signal cable or wire characteristic impedance parallel termination (parallel
terminated)'s. Typically, all of the parallel termination resistors reside on the client device.
This approximates forward traffic (from the host to send data to the client) the differential receiver, but its
The cable or other conductors or transfer elements for driving the end of the reverse traffic (from the client
Sends data to the host machine). For reverse traffic signal driven by the client, by the host at the
The high-impedance receiver is reflected, and terminated at the client. As mentioned elsewhere, the reverse data
Or via the reverse link data is greater than the round trip delay of the cable data rate reciprocal
Rate transmitted or sent. The MDDI_Stb + and MDDI_Stb-wire or signal only by the host
Driven.
...
Figure 42 illustrates the present invention, part of the interface MDDI, can be used for
Drive transmission signal, the receiver element and the terminal resistor exemplary configuration. This is shown
Exemplary interface uses low voltage detection, and here is 200mV, with less than 1 volt voltage swing
Amplitude and low power consumption. Each signal pair has a differential current driver output. When the receiver
MDDI packet, the MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb on the use of conventional differential receiver
Control and differential voltage threshold of zero volts. In sleep mode, the driver output is disabled and and
United termination resistors on each of the signal voltage is pulled to zero volts. During sleep in
MDDI_Data0 on a dedicated receiver has a positive offset input differential voltage 125mV
Threshold, the threshold so that the receiver will not sleep line drive signal to logic zero is not explained
Levels.
...
Figure 42 illustrates the present invention, part of the interface MDDI, can be used for
Drive transmission signal, the receiver element and the terminal resistor exemplary configuration. This is shown
Exemplary interface uses low voltage detection, and here is 200mV, with less than 1 volt voltage swing
Amplitude and low power consumption. Each signal pair has a differential current driver output. When the receiver
MDDI packet, the MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb on the use of conventional differential receiver
Control and differential voltage threshold of zero volts. In sleep mode, the driver output is disabled and and
United termination resistors on each of the signal voltage is pulled to zero volts. During sleep in
MDDI_Data0 on a dedicated receiver has a positive offset input differential voltage 125mV
Threshold, the threshold so that the receiver will not sleep line drive signal to logic zero is not explained
Levels.
...
Sometimes the host or client simultaneously drive the differential pair to a logic 1 or logic 0 level
Level, in order to ensure data flow direction is changed when (from the host to the client or from the client to the master
Machine) on the differential pair valid logic level. Output voltage range and output specifications should still be
Meet driven to the same logic level while the drive output. In some systems, you must also
Small current drive to the termination of the differential pair to a specific time during sleep and link from Hugh
Wake-sleep state is created when a small offset voltage. In these cases, the active offset current
Offset drive current level expressed as: IESD-and-Rx-% E5% 86% 85% E9% 83% A8ESD% E4% BA% 8C% E6% 9E% 81% E7% AE% A1% E5% 92% 8C% E5% B7% AE% E5% 88% 86% E6% 8E% A5% E6% 94% B6% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E5% 99% A8% E8% BE% 93% E5% 85% A5% EF% BC% 8C% E5% 85% B6% E4% B8% ADIESD-and-Rx≤1μA;I
Tx-Hi-Z- In the high-impedance state differential driver outputs,
Where ITx-Hi-Z≤1μA;I
external-ESD- Through external ESD protection diode leakage, which
Usually Iexternal-ESD≤3μA。
Figure 47 shows the leakage current in each of. All leaks have occurred at the same time
When the pull-up and pull-down circuitry must meet the above conditions, the worst case leakage smallest difference
Point voltage. For no external ESD protection diode's internal model, the total leakage is ≤ 4μA,
With external ESD protection for the external mode, the total leakage is ≤ 10μA.
Table VIIa-VIId described for an exemplary embodiment, the differential line driver and
Line receiver electrical parameters and characteristics. In function, the drive will the logic inputs
Level is directly transferred to the positive output terminal and the input terminal of the counter to the negative output legend
End. From input to output delay and driven differentially differential line nicely match
With. In most implementations, the output voltage swing on the swing is less than the input from
And makes power consumption and electromagnetic radiation is minimized. In one embodiment, the minimum voltage swing of about
As 0.5V. However, other values are also available, as is known to those skilled in the
Above, and the inventors consider that in some embodiments, depending on design constraints can also be
A smaller value.
...
Table VIIa-VIId described for an exemplary embodiment, the differential line driver and
Line receiver electrical parameters and characteristics. In function, the drive will the logic inputs
Level is directly transferred to the positive output terminal and the input terminal of the counter to the negative output legend
End. From input to output delay and driven differentially differential line nicely match
With. In most implementations, the output voltage swing on the swing is less than the input from
And makes power consumption and electromagnetic radiation is minimized. In one embodiment, the minimum voltage swing of about
As 0.5V. However, other values are also available, as is known to those skilled in the
Above, and the inventors consider that in some embodiments, depending on design constraints can also be
A smaller value.
...Enter+)-(V
Enter-) Is greater than 0, then the output is a logic 1. It is used to describe
Another way is to have a very large (virtually infinite) gain, the output clamped at logic 0
And a voltage level of the differential amplifier.
The delay deviation between different pairs should be minimized in order to operate at the highest speed difference
Sub-transmission systems.
Table VIIa
Host Transmitter Electrical Specifications
Parameter | Description | Min | Maximum | Unit |
V output-range | With respect to the allowed hosts Host driver output voltage range Enclose | 0.35 | 1.60 | V |
I OD+ | Level corresponding to the | 2.5 | 4.5 | mA |
I OD- | Level corresponding to the | -4.5 | -2.5 | mA |
T Rise-Fall | Measured in differential mode drive Actuator output fall time (in 20% and 80% amplitude between) | 425 | | psec |
T skew-pair | The same positive and negative output differential pair Deviation between the (internal deviation) | 125 | psec | |
T Differential-skew | A differential pair and another differential Deviation for the delay between the peak | See above | psec | |
T A | The intermediate intersection jitter, bit Border | 0 | T B-283 | psec |
T B-TPO-DRVR | Output level to the minimum jitter,
| 0 | See above | psec |
Note 1: The maximum lifting time is either sent in a differential pair on one of the rooms
Separated by 30%, either 100nsec, whichever is less.
Table VIIb
Clients transmitter electrical specifications
Parameter | Description | Min | Maximum | Unit |
V output-Range-Ext | With respect to the allowed client Client Driver Output Pressure range (external mode) | 0 | 1.25 | V |
V output-Range-Int | With respect to the allowed client Client Driver Output Pressure range (internal models) | 0.35 | 1.60 | V |
I OD+ | 1 corresponding to the logical drive level Actuator differential output high voltage (when Driving the host and the client deposit In the pull-up and pull-down circuit Effective circuit) | 2.5 | 4.5 | mA |
I OD- | 0 corresponding to the logical drive level Actuator differential output low voltage (when Driving the host and the client deposit In the pull-up and pull-down circuit Effective circuit) | -4.5 | -2.5 | mA |
T Rise-Fall | Measured in differential mode drive Actuator output fall time (in 20% and 80% amplitude between) | 425 | | psec |
T skew-pair | The same positive and negative output differential pair Deviation between the (internal deviation) | 125 | psec | |
T Differential-skew | A differential pair and another differential Deviation for the delay between the peak | See above Surface | psec | |
T A | The intermediate intersection jitter, bit Border | 0 | T B-283 | psec |
T B-TP4-DRVR | Output level to the minimum jitter,
| 0 | See above Surface | psec |
Note 1: The maximum lifting time is either sent in a differential pair on one of the rooms
Separated by 30%, either 100nsec, whichever is less.
Table VIIc
Client Receiver Electrical Specifications
Parameter | Description | Least Value | Typical Value | Maximum | Unit |
V IT+ | Receiver Differential Input High Threshold
Voltage. Is higher than the differential voltage,
The input signal is interpreted as a | 0 | 50 | mV | |
V IT- | Receiver Differential Input Low Threshold
Voltage. The differential voltage below,
The input signal is interpreted as a | -50 | 0 | mV | |
V IT+ | Receiver Differential Input High Threshold Voltage (offset calls for Sleep Wake) is higher than the differential voltage, The input signal is interpreted as a logic A level | 125 | 175 | mV | |
V IT- | Receiver Differential Input Low Threshold
Voltage (offset calls for Sleep
Wake) is less than the differential voltage,
The input signal is interpreted as a | 75 | 125 | mV | |
V Input-Range | With respect to the allowed client
Receiver | 0 | 1.65 | V | |
R term | Parallel termination resistor value | 98 | 100 | 102 | Ω |
I in | Drain current input | -10 | 10 | μA | |
C pad | Pad capacitance to ground to the client (Note 1) | 5 | pF | ||
C diff | The difference between the two signals on Capacitance (Note 1) | 1 | pF | ||
T skew-pair-INT | The same differential pair differential receiver The difference between positive and negative inputs Receiver cause deviation (right Deviation from). Internal models | 250 | psec | ||
T skew-pair-EXT | Internal deviation, | 50 | psec | ||
T Differential-Skew | A differential pair and another differential Deviation for the delay between the peak | See above Surface | |||
T A | The intermediate intersection jitter, Bit boundaries | T B-38.5 | psec | ||
T B-TP4-RCVR-INT | To the minimum output level of shaking Move, bit boundary (internal models) | 0 | See above Surface | psec | |
T B-TP4-RCVR-EXT | To the minimum output level of shaking Move, bit boundary (external mode) | 0 | See above Surface | psec |
Table VIId
Master receiver electrical specifications
Parameter | Description | Least Value | Typical Value | Maximum | Unit |
V IT+ | Receiver Differential Input High Threshold Voltage (no offset) is higher than the difference Of voltage, the input signal is interpreted A logic 1 level | 0 | 50 | mV | |
V IT- | Receiver Differential Input Low Threshold Voltage (no offset) is less than the difference Of voltage, the input signal is interpreted | -50 | 0 | mV |
A logic 0 level | |||||
V IT+ | Receiver Differential Input High Threshold Voltage (hibernation wake offset) Is higher than the differential voltage, the input signal Number is interpreted as a logic one level | 125 | 175 | mV | |
V IT- | Receiver Differential Input Low Threshold Voltage (hibernation wake offset) The differential voltage is lower than, the input signal Number is interpreted as a logic 0 level | 75 | 125 | mV | |
V Input-Range | With respect to the allowed hosts Receiver input voltage range | 0 | 1.65 | V | |
I in | Input drain current (exclude Hugh Sleep bias) | -10 | 10 | μA | |
C pad | Capacitance to ground pad to the host | 5 | pF | ||
C diff | The difference between the two signals on Capacitance | 1 | pF | ||
T skew-pair | The same differential pair differential receiver The negative input of the differential ask Deviations caused by the receiver (internal Deviation) | 250 | psec | ||
T skew-pair-EXT | Internal deviation, external mode | 50 | psec | ||
T A | The intermediate intersection jitter, bit Border | T B-38.5 | psec | ||
T B-TPO-RCVR-INT | Output level to the minimum jitter, Bit boundary (external mode) | See above Surface | psec | ||
T B-TPO-RCVR-EXT | Output level to the minimum jitter, Bit boundary (external mode) | See above Surface | psec |
In Figure 42, the host controller 4202 and a client or display controller 4204
Transport packets via a communication link 4206. Host controller uses a series of three drives
Be 4210,4212, and 4214 to receive the host DATA and STB transmitted signal, and
Receiving client data to be transmitted signal, while the client uses three drives 4230,4232
And 4234. Charge transfer drive host DATA (4212) using the enable signal input
End so that usually only when you need to transfer from the host to the client, it allows active communication link
Road. Since the STB signal is transmitted as part of the data is formed, so for the
Drive (4212) in terms of additional enable signal is not used. DATA and STB clients
The receiver (4132,4230) of each of the drive inputs have respectively jumper (pace
accross) on which the terminating impedance or resistance 4218 and 4220. The controller client
Driver 4234 for preparing transferred from the client to the host data signal, wherein the input side
4214 driver to process the data.
...
In Figure 42, the host controller 4202 and a client or display controller 4204
Transport packets via a communication link 4206. Host controller uses a series of three drives
Be 4210,4212, and 4214 to receive the host DATA and STB transmitted signal, and
Receiving client data to be transmitted signal, while the client uses three drives 4230,4232
And 4234. Charge transfer drive host DATA (4212) using the enable signal input
End so that usually only when you need to transfer from the host to the client, it allows active communication link
Road. Since the STB signal is transmitted as part of the data is formed, so for the
Drive (4212) in terms of additional enable signal is not used. DATA and STB clients
The receiver (4132,4230) of each of the drive inputs have respectively jumper (pace
accross) on which the terminating impedance or resistance 4218 and 4220. The controller client
Driver 4234 for preparing transferred from the client to the host data signal, wherein the input side
4214 driver to process the data.
...
Impedance of the driver and as a discrete component or as a part of the circuit module
Points to form, or as application specific integrated circuits (ASIC) to form, the dedicated integrated circuit
More cost-effective way as the encoder or decoder solution.
You can easily see: Using labeled HOST_Pwr and HOST_Gnd signal
Via a pair of wires from the host device to the client device or the monitor transmit power. Signal
HOST_Gnd part acts as a reference to the client device and the power or signal return path.
HOST_Pwr signal acts as a client device's power, the power from the host device driver. In
Exemplary configuration, for low power applications, the client device is allowed to use up to
500mA. HOST_Pwr from portable power supply signals, such as but not limited to,
Reside on the host device type lithium-ion battery or the battery pack, and the relative
HOST_Gnd in the 3.2 to 4.3 volt range.
...
You can easily see: Using labeled HOST_Pwr and HOST_Gnd signal
Via a pair of wires from the host device to the client device or the monitor transmit power. Signal
HOST_Gnd part acts as a reference to the client device and the power or signal return path.
HOST_Pwr signal acts as a client device's power, the power from the host device driver. In
Exemplary configuration, for low power applications, the client device is allowed to use up to
500mA. HOST_Pwr from portable power supply signals, such as but not limited to,
Reside on the host device type lithium-ion battery or the battery pack, and the relative
HOST_Gnd in the 3.2 to 4.3 volt range.
...
A. Overview
Figure 43a, 43b and 43c respectively showing the steps and the signal level from the host or client
Used in order to go to sleep (do not ask, expectations or in need of services) and for the client to obtain
From the host service. In Figure 43a, 43b and 43c, there is shown the first part of the signal
Shows a close link sent from the host group, and then use the data to a high-impedance bias circuit
Line driven to a logic 0 state. Its drive has been disabled client or the host does not send the number of
Data. Since the link down grouping during MDDI_Stb is active, so it can be at the bottom
See MDDI_Stb signal lines in a series of strobe. When the host of the bias circuit and logic
Logical drive to zero, once the end of the packet, the logic level becomes 0. This generation of
Table final signal transferred from the host or from the host end of the service, and this may occur
At any time in the past, and this is shown to be included in order to suspend services as well as in service prior
Before the start of the signal state. If desired, such a signal can be sent just to
Reset the communication link to the proper state without a host device has been reviewed by the
The 'known' First communication.
...
As shown in Figure 43a, and closed for the link group as discussed above, in the low
Power sleep mode, turn off the link packet fields of all zeros after the first of the last one
16 to 48 MDDI_Stb cycle or pulse start, MDDI_Data0 drive
Is disabled and enters a high impedance state. For Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 link, in
MDDI_Data0 drive is disabled while, MDDI_Data1 to MDDI_DataPwr7
Signals are also placed in a high impedance state. In the all-zero field have been described in the definition of the link
Turn off the MSB of the CRC field of the packet after 64 cycles (or, depending on system design
Had hoped), MDDI_Stb flip, allowing the client to complete processing and customer
Client orderly shutdown of the controller. A cycle is a low to high transition, followed by a
High-to-low transition times, or a high-to-low transition, followed by a low to high transition.
Send all zeros in the field, the host of the drive has been disabled MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb
, The host enters a low-power sleep state. Over time, enable MDDI_Data0
And MDDI_Stb line or drive output, the host began shown in Figure 43b and 43c chain
Lu reboot sequence, and start flipping MDDI_Stb, as a host or client-initiated wakeup
Part of the request.
...
As shown in Figure 43a, and closed for the link group as discussed above, in the low
Power sleep mode, turn off the link packet fields of all zeros after the first of the last one
16 to 48 MDDI_Stb cycle or pulse start, MDDI_Data0 drive
Is disabled and enters a high impedance state. For Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 link, in
MDDI_Data0 drive is disabled while, MDDI_Data1 to MDDI_DataPwr7
Signals are also placed in a high impedance state. In the all-zero field have been described in the definition of the link
Turn off the MSB of the CRC field of the packet after 64 cycles (or, depending on system design
Had hoped), MDDI_Stb flip, allowing the client to complete processing and customer
Client orderly shutdown of the controller. A cycle is a low to high transition, followed by a
High-to-low transition times, or a high-to-low transition, followed by a low to high transition.
Send all zeros in the field, the host of the drive has been disabled MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb
, The host enters a low-power sleep state. Over time, enable MDDI_Data0
And MDDI_Stb line or drive output, the host began shown in Figure 43b and 43c chain
Lu reboot sequence, and start flipping MDDI_Stb, as a host or client-initiated wakeup
Part of the request.
...stb-data-enb1, Start the service, or wake up from hibernation, during this time
, The line is driven to a logic zero level until it is fully enabled and then enable it
MDDI_Data0 drive so far. In MDDI_Data0 achieve a high level or logic 1 after (after
Over the time period tclient-startupOccurs), the host will MDDI_Stb remain at logic zero level. In
Time period tclient-startupEnd, the master flip MDDI_Stb signal or line. In the period
trestart-high, The host will MDDI_Data0 line driven high, that is the logic 1 level, while
The client does not drive MDDI_Data0, and then, in the period trestart-lowWithin the
MDDI_Data0 line is driven low, the logic zero level. Thereafter, the first prior to the business and
Sub-frame header packet to start with, then, prior to transmission to the business group. At time trestart-towAnd subsequent sub-frame header packet period, MDDI_Stb signal is active.
As shown in Figure 43c, used for MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb driver output
The case where the signal is disabled after a period of time, by the host to enable its
MDDI_Stb in the period before the drive tstb-data-enb1MDDI_Stb receiver is enabled within
Offset or output signal, the client issues a service request or wake up from sleep. Then, off
Enable client drive its MDDI_Data0 duration period thost-detectIn this period,
Host starts MDDI_Stb before flipping, the line is driven to a logic zero level.
The host detects the request, may be required after a certain amount of time or
, The period of time is expressed as "thost-detect"Thereafter, the host will remain at logic MDDI_Stb
Logic zero level of time period tstb-startupTo make a response, then, the host time period trestart-highWithin MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic 1 or high, which began with a link startup sequence
Flip MDDI_Stb. When the client discovered MDDI_Stb a first pulse, it disables
Its MDDI_Stb receiver offsets. Clients continue to be driven to logic MDDI_Data0
Logic 1 level or time period tclient-detectUntil it detects the host driving the line so far. In
At this moment, the client is no longer maintained (de-assert) the request and disable its
MDDI_Data0 drives, so the output from the client also entered 0 logic level, the main
Driver MDDI_Data0. As described above, the time period "trestart-high", The host continues
The MDDI_Data0 driven to a logic '1 'level, then, the host of the MDDI_Data0
Line drivers to low and continue to "trestart-low"Time slot, then, the first forward traffic in Sub
Frame header packet begins. In trestart-lowTime period and the subsequent sub-frame header packet during
MDDI_Stb signal is in the active state.
Table VIII shows the above-mentioned period of time represents the length of time or the processing time period,
And examples of the minimum and maximum data rate between, wherein:
Table VIII
Parameter | Description | Least Value | Typical values | | Unit | |
1/t BIT-min-perf | Low data rate link performance of the device Rate | 0.001 | 1.1 |
| ||
1/t BIT-max-perf | External device maximum link data rate Rate range | 0.001 | 400 |
| ||
1/t BIT-max-perf | Link data within the device's maximum speed Rate range | 0.001 | 550 | Mbps | ||
Reverse link data rate | 0.0005 | 50 | Mbps | |||
t BIT | External mode, the forward link data bits Cycle | 2.5 | 10 6 | nsec | ||
t BIT | Internal mode, the forward link data bits Cycle | 1.8 | 10 6 | nsec | ||
t restart-high | Host Link restart | 140 | 150 | 160 | Stb Clock | |
t restart-low | Host Link restart | 50 | 50 | 50 | Stb Clock | |
t stb-data-enabl | MDDI_Stb fully enabled to
The link is enabled | 0 | Microseconds | |||
t client-startup | MDDI_Data0 reach logical host
After the series remain high
MDDI_Stb at | 200 | Ns | |||
t host-detect | From high to MDDI_Data0
| 0 | 1000 | Microseconds | ||
t client-detect | Client Detection MDDI_Data0 as
Logic high performance equipment of the | 60 | 80 | stb Clock | ||
t stb-startup | Flip the host starts MDDI_Stb
MDDI_Stb maintained until a | 100 | Ns |
The skilled person will easily understand, Figures 41 and 42 illustrate the various components in
The functions are well known, and by Fig 43a, 43b, and 43c are recognized in the timing diagram
Functional components in Figure 42. Shown in the Figure 42 in series resistance of the termination resistors and sleep
Details are omitted from Figure 41, this is because to describe how to perform the data - Strobe encoding and the root
According to which the recovered clock, the said information is unnecessary.
B. Data - Strobe Timing forward link
Table IX-1 is shown in a forward link from the host driver output terminal to transmit data
Switching characteristics. Table IX tabular form some of the control signal transitions occur typical time to
Out the required minimum and maximum values. For example, from the data values ('0 'or '1' output
A) shift the start to the end (called ttdd-(host-output)The Data0 to Data0 change)
The typical length of time ttbit, While the minimum time is about ttbit-0.5 Ns, the maximum time
About ttbit0.5 nanoseconds. Illustrated in Figure 44 Data0, other data lines (DataX), and
Strobe lines (Stb) on the relative spacing between the transition, there is shown a Data0 to choose
Through the strobe to strobe, strobe to Data0, Data0 to non-Data0, non-Data0 to the non-
Data0, non-Data0 to strobe and strobe to the non-Data0 transition interval, respectively, said
Is ttds-(host-output)、t
tss-(host-output)、t
tsd-(host-output)、t
tddx-(host-output)、t
tdxdx-(host-output)、
t
tdxs-(host-output)And ttsdx-(host-output)。
Table IX-1
Parameter | Description | Min | Typical values | Maximum | Unit |
t tdd-(host-output) | Data0 to change Data0 | t tbit-0.5 | t tbit | t tbit+0.5 | Ns |
t tds-(host-output) | Strobe Data0 to change | t tbit-0.8 | t tbit | t tbit+0.8 | Ns |
t tss-(host-output) | Gated to wash through the transition | t tbit-0.5 | t tbit | t tbit+0.5 | Ns |
t tsd-(host-output) | Strobe Data0 transition to | t tbit-0.8 | t tbit | t tbit+0.8 | Ns |
t tddx-(host-output) | Data0 transition to a non-Data0 | t tbit | Ns | ||
t tdxdx-(host-output) | Non Data0 transition to a non-Data0 | t tbit-0.5 | t tbit | t tbit+0.5 | Ns |
t tdxs-(host-output) | Gated shift to non-Data0 | t tbit | Ns | ||
t tsdx-(host-output) | Strobe Data0 transition to a non- | t tbit | Ns |
Table IX-2 is shown on the forward link for the transmission of the same signal received by the client
Typical MDDI input timing requirements. As discussed in addition to the time that the phase delays.
The same signal, so no new drawings to illustrate the signal characteristics of each mark, or
Significance, as will be understood by the skilled person as.
Table IX-2
Parameter | Description | Min | Typical values | Maximum | Unit |
t tdd-(display-input) | Data0 to change Data0 | t tbit-1.0 | t tbit | t tbit+1.0 | Ns |
t tds-(display-input) | Strobe Data0 to change | t tbit-1.5 | t tbit | t tbit+1.5 | Ns |
t tss-(display-input) | Strobe Strobe to change | t tbit-1.0 | t tbit | t tbit+1.0 | Ns |
t tsd-(display-input) | Strobe Data0 transition to | t tbit-1.5 | t tbit | t tbit+1.5 | Ns |
t tddx-(host-output) | Data0 transition to a non-Data0 | t tbit | Ns | ||
t tdxdx-(host-output) | Non Data0 transition to a non-Data0 | t tbit | Ns | ||
t tdxs-(host-output) | Gated shift to non-Data0 | t tbit | Ns | ||
t tsdx-(host-output) | Strobe Data0 transition to a non- | t tbit | Ns |
Figures 45 and 46 illustrate, respectively, when the host to disable or enable the master drive exists as a response
Delay. The host sends some packets circumstances, such as the reverse link encapsulation packet or
The round trip delay measurement packet, the packet is transmitted in the desired host after disabling said line
Drives, for example, the desired packet illustrated in Figure 45 has the parameters transmitted CRC,
Strobe aligned and grouped all zeros. However, as shown in Fig.45, the state of the line does not have to
Instantly from '0 'to switch to the desired high value, although this is the use of some existing control or
Circuit elements can be achieved, but to go through is called the host driver disable delay period
The time period to respond. Although this switch in fact be carried out immediately, so that this
The length of time is 0 ns (nsec), but it can also be easily extended longer
Of the cycle, that is, as the length of the maximum period required 10 ns, which is the guard time 1
Or turn to a group conducted during the period.
...
Figures 45 and 46 illustrate, respectively, when the host to disable or enable the master drive exists as a response
Delay. The host sends some packets circumstances, such as the reverse link encapsulation packet or
The round trip delay measurement packet, the packet is transmitted in the desired host after disabling said line
Drives, for example, the desired packet illustrated in Figure 45 has the parameters transmitted CRC,
Strobe aligned and grouped all zeros. However, as shown in Fig.45, the state of the line does not have to
Instantly from '0 'to switch to the desired high value, although this is the use of some existing control or
Circuit elements can be achieved, but to go through is called the host driver disable delay period
The time period to respond. Although this switch in fact be carried out immediately, so that this
The length of time is 0 ns (nsec), but it can also be easily extended longer
Of the cycle, that is, as the length of the maximum period required 10 ns, which is the guard time 1
Or turn to a group conducted during the period.
...
Client device drivers and signal transmission similar process occurs, where the client computer
For the monitor. The following Table X shows the length of these periods, and its general guidelines
Their respective relationships.
Table X
Description | Min | Maximum | Unit |
Host driver disable | 0 | 10 | Ns |
Host driver enable | 0 | 2.0 | Ns |
Display driver disable | 0 | 10 | Ns |
Display driver enable | 0 | 2.0 | Ns |
C. host and client output enable and disable times
Figure 48 shows the reverse link encapsulation packet with respect to the structure and the period of the host and guest
Client output enable and disable times or switching operation characteristics and relative timing relationships. Drive
Standard output functions or operations as follows: thost-enable, On behalf of the host output enable time; thost-disable,
Representative Host Output disable time; tclient-enable, On behalf of the client output enable time;
tclient-disable, On behalf of the client output disable time. Discussed below, a typical specific signal transformation
Time. Minimum period of these operations will be 0 ns, typical values are based on use or maximum
The system interface is determined, the order of nanoseconds may be 8 or more.
The following Table XI shows these cycles (host and client enable / disable time) of
The general relationship between the length of their respective guidelines.
Parameter | Description | Min | Typical values | Maximum | Unit |
t host-enable | Host Output | 0 | 24·t BIT | Ns | |
t host-disable | Host Output disable time
Turning a | 0 | 24·t BIT | Ns | |
t client-enable | Client output enabled Between turning a field full Long | 0 | 24·t BIT | Ns |
t client-disable | The last two fields from the steering
Bit ends measuring client
Output disable | 0 | 24·t BIT | Ns |
VIII. Link Control (link controller operation) is implemented
A. packet processor state machine
MDDI link via a packet transmitted or more typically at about the speed of 300Mbps
Rates such as 400Mbps, is transmitted very quickly, of course, when required certainly can support
Holding at a slower rate. For now you can buy the (economic) general purpose microprocessors, etc.
Run, this type of bus or transfer link speed is too high even impossible to control. Accordingly,
Used to implement this type of signal transmission is the use of the actual implementation programmable state
Machines to parse the input packet stream to be transferred or redirected to produce them should go to the suitability
When the audio - video subsystem grouping. Such devices are known in the art, and specifically the usual
For a limited number of operations, functions, or the state of the circuit in order to achieve the desired speed
Degrees or ultra-high-speed operation.
...
Can be universal controller, processor or processing elements is used more appropriately act on or
Manipulates a lower speed requirements of certain information, such as control or status packets. Receive
Those packets (control, status, or other pre-defined packets), the state machine should allow them
Via the data buffer is transmitted to the processing element or the like general-purpose processors, which are capable of
Operating said packet in order to provide the desired result (effect) while the audio and visual points
Group is transferred to its proper destination for action. If in the future, created by micro-processing
Control or other general purpose controllers, processors, or processing elements to achieve higher data rates
Processing power, you can also use this device's software control to achieve the following discussion
State or a state machine, such as the devices are usually stored in the memory element or medium
Procedures.
...
In some embodiments, the general purpose processor function can use the processing power or more
To achieve the rest of the cycle, the processing capability or an extra cycle of the application from the computer
The microprocessor (CPU) or controller, processor, a digital signal processor (DSP),
Dedicated circuit or a wireless device in an ASIC been found, its implementation in a manner very similar to the
Some modems or the image processor in the use of computer CPU processing found in
Ability to perform certain functions and reduce hardware complexity and costs. However, this week
Or use of the shared processing speed will, the timing or the overall operation of such elements to bring
Negative effects, so in many applications, dedicated circuits or elements better suited to this general office
Management.
...
To be able to display (micro-display) viewed on the image data, or to reliably
Receives all packets sent by the host device, the client signal processing and forward link through
Road timing synchronization. That is, clients and customers to reach a signal circuitry in time base
The last to be synchronized in order to properly perform signal processing. Illustrated in Figure 49 this can be achieved with
The signal processing steps or step method to achieve high-level state diagram. 49 is shown in FIG.
For the state machine 4900 may forward link synchronization "Status" is classified as a "asynchronous
Frame Status "4904, two" acquire synchronization state "4902 and 4906, and three" Synchronization
In the state, "4908,4910 and 4912.
...
As 4902 began steps or state shown in rendering device such as a display or the like
By client machine to preselect the "non-synchronous (no sync)" state, the search and the detected
The first sub-frame header packet in a unique word. It should be noted that this non-synchronized state that selection
Type 1 interface or set a minimum communication "back (fall-back)" setting. When
Found during the search of the unique words, the client saved subframe length field. In addressing this
CRC bits first frame does not verify, or until you get up before synchronization check. As
If this sub-frame length is zero, then sync process therefore proceeds to state 4904,
Here marked "asynchronous frame (async frame)" state, which indicates that the same has not been achieved
Step. In Figure 49, in this step of the process is marked as having cond3, or condition
3. Also, if the frame length is greater than zero, then the sync state processing proceeds to a state 4906, the
The interface status is set to "find a sync frame." In Figure 49, the process of this
A step marked as having cond5, or conditions 5. In addition, if the frame is longer than
Frame zero, the state machine that determines a frame header packet and good CRC, then at
Processing proceeds to the "found one sync frame" state. In Figure 49, the mark to meet cond
6, or conditions 6.
...
As 4902 began steps or state shown in rendering device such as a display or the like
By client machine to preselect the "non-synchronous (no sync)" state, the search and the detected
The first sub-frame header packet in a unique word. It should be noted that this non-synchronized state that selection
Type 1 interface or set a minimum communication "back (fall-back)" setting. When
Found during the search of the unique words, the client saved subframe length field. In addressing this
CRC bits first frame does not verify, or until you get up before synchronization check. As
If this sub-frame length is zero, then sync process therefore proceeds to state 4904,
Here marked "asynchronous frame (async frame)" state, which indicates that the same has not been achieved
Step. In Figure 49, in this step of the process is marked as having cond3, or condition
3. Also, if the frame length is greater than zero, then the sync state processing proceeds to a state 4906, the
The interface status is set to "find a sync frame." In Figure 49, the process of this
A step marked as having cond5, or conditions 5. In addition, if the frame is longer than
Frame zero, the state machine that determines a frame header packet and good CRC, then at
Processing proceeds to the "found one sync frame" state. In Figure 49, the mark to meet cond
6, or conditions 6.
...
B. obtain time synchronization
The interface can be configured to determine the specific amount allowed before loss of synchronization of the "same
Step Error ", and returns to the" non-synchronized frames "state in Figure 49, once the state machine has
Been reached "Synchronization Status" and no errors are found, then it will continuously encounter cond1
Results, and remains in the "sync" state. However, upon detecting a cond2
A result, the processing procedure of the state changes to "a synchronization error (one-sync-error)"
Status 4910. At this moment, if another process detects cond1 results, that
What state machine returns to the "Sync" state, otherwise it encounters another cond2 results
And moved to the "two synchronous error" state 4912. In addition, if cond1 occurs,
So deal with the state machine returns to the "Sync" state. Otherwise, met another cond2,
And the state machine returns to the "non-synchronous" state. Also be appreciated that, if the interface encounter
"Link closed group", then this will make the link terminates data transmission and return to the "extraordinary
Step frames "state, as nothing can synchronize like, in the state shown in Figure 49
In the figure, will be referred to conform cond4.
...
The interface can be configured to determine the specific amount allowed before loss of synchronization of the "same
Step Error ", and returns to the" non-synchronized frames "state in Figure 49, once the state machine has
Been reached "Synchronization Status" and no errors are found, then it will continuously encounter cond1
Results, and remains in the "sync" state. However, upon detecting a cond2
A result, the processing procedure of the state changes to "a synchronization error (one-sync-error)"
Status 4910. At this moment, if another process detects cond1 results, that
What state machine returns to the "Sync" state, otherwise it encounters another cond2 results
And moved to the "two synchronous error" state 4912. In addition, if cond1 occurs,
So deal with the state machine returns to the "Sync" state. Otherwise, met another cond2,
And the state machine returns to the "non-synchronous" state. Also be appreciated that, if the interface encounter
"Link closed group", then this will make the link terminates data transmission and return to the "extraordinary
Step frames "state, as nothing can synchronize like, in the state shown in Figure 49
In the figure, will be referred to conform cond4.
...
Sub-frame header packet of the sub-frame length can be set to zero to indicate that the link is connected
Closed, and the MDD interface settings configured in idle or sleep state, the host
Transmit only one sub-frame. In this case, the client detects the sub-frame header packet after
Must immediately receive packets via a forward link, because the link is in transition to the idle state
Before sending only one sub-frame. In normal or typical operations, the sub-frame length is non-zero
, And clients deal only with the forward link packet, while the interface is in the system in Figure 49
A display to "sync" state those states.
...
Sub-frame header packet of the sub-frame length can be set to zero to indicate that the link is connected
Closed, and the MDD interface settings configured in idle or sleep state, the host
Transmit only one sub-frame. In this case, the client detects the sub-frame header packet after
Must immediately receive packets via a forward link, because the link is in transition to the idle state
Before sending only one sub-frame. In normal or typical operations, the sub-frame length is non-zero
, And clients deal only with the forward link packet, while the interface is in the system in Figure 49
A display to "sync" state those states.
...
To one or more embodiments, the recommended or understood, MDDI host
Some additional steps should be performed to ensure that it stops forward link transmission into the low-power
Mode or fully closed before the link MDDI reverse link is stable.
Such a question may arise: If the host uses the round trip delay measurement
Value is incorrect, this may cause the back from the client receives all reverse the loss of data transmission
Lost, even if the forward link appears to be good. When a client is not synchronized with the forward link, the
Or, due to extreme changes in ambient temperature cause differential driver and receiver propagation delay
Produce correspondingly large changes may affect the round trip delay, if the host sends the round trip delay measurement
Volume group, this phenomenon occurs. Intermittent cable or connector contact failure may also
So that the client is temporarily out of sync and then was re-synchronization, in the meantime, it may not receive
Round trip delay measurement packet. Subsequent reverse link packet can not be properly host solution
Yards.
...
Such a question may arise: If the host uses the round trip delay measurement
Value is incorrect, this may cause the back from the client receives all reverse the loss of data transmission
Lost, even if the forward link appears to be good. When a client is not synchronized with the forward link, the
Or, due to extreme changes in ambient temperature cause differential driver and receiver propagation delay
Produce correspondingly large changes may affect the round trip delay, if the host sends the round trip delay measurement
Volume group, this phenomenon occurs. Intermittent cable or connector contact failure may also
So that the client is temporarily out of sync and then was re-synchronization, in the meantime, it may not receive
Round trip delay measurement packet. Subsequent reverse link packet can not be properly host solution
Yards.
...
Can be used to overcome these problems, a technique or embodiments is: the link in Sleep
State before the host to ensure that the client and the forward link synchronization. If MDDI host can not
To do this, or no such opportunity, for example, when it is empty or because the working
Appears cables, conductors or connectors apart, disconnected or broken connections caused by link interruption or failure,
Then, the host at the beginning of the round trip delay measurement process or transmit reverse link encapsulation grouping
Former should first try to make sure the client is synchronized.
The host can observe the client sends the client request and the status of the CRC error packets
Error count field, to determine the forward link integrity. Host requests the packet from the client.
However, if there is a major link failure or disruption, this request will most likely not respond,
Because the client can not correctly decode the packet, or may simply not be able to receive
It. Using reverse link encapsulation packet sent to client requests and status packet for CRC
Error count as the first integrity check requests, equivalent to the first spin. In addition, the main
Machine can send a round trip delay measurement packet to confirm about the client to lose synchronization
The assumption is valid. If the client does not make a round trip delay measurement packet response
The host can draw conclusions out of sync client, then you can start to make it back in sync
Treatment.
...
Once the host derived host could lose synchronization with the forward link conclusion it in the test
Figure filler packets sent before any grouping except wait until the next sub-frame header. This
The purpose of doing so, so that the client has enough time to detect or find a sub-frame header packet
Contains a unique word. Thereafter, the host may assume that the client has reset itself since
It is not found in the correct position unique word. At this moment, the host can be sub-frame header points
Group, followed by a round trip delay measurement packet. If the client is still on the round trip delay
Late measurement packet to make the right response, the host can repeat the resynchronization process. Correct
Response, the client packet round trip delay measurements, the specified sequence back to the main
Machine. If you do not receive the sequence, the receiving reverse link encapsulation packet data will be lost in the reverse
Defeated. The continued failure of this nature may indicate that some of the other system errors, which must otherwise
Resolved, so at this time is not a part of link synchronization.
...
Once the host derived host could lose synchronization with the forward link conclusion it in the test
Figure filler packets sent before any grouping except wait until the next sub-frame header. This
The purpose of doing so, so that the client has enough time to detect or find a sub-frame header packet
Contains a unique word. Thereafter, the host may assume that the client has reset itself since
It is not found in the correct position unique word. At this moment, the host can be sub-frame header points
Group, followed by a round trip delay measurement packet. If the client is still on the round trip delay
Late measurement packet to make the right response, the host can repeat the resynchronization process. Correct
Response, the client packet round trip delay measurements, the specified sequence back to the main
Machine. If you do not receive the sequence, the receiving reverse link encapsulation packet data will be lost in the reverse
Defeated. The continued failure of this nature may indicate that some of the other system errors, which must otherwise
Resolved, so at this time is not a part of link synchronization.
...
In the MDDI link into hibernation, the host should perform the above link
Fault detection and link re-synchronization procedure. This can usually be sure that the link is to restart later
Is executed when the round trip delay measurement packet is successful. If the host is no reason to doubt the chain
Lu fault, and the client reported on the reverse link encapsulation packet and zero forward link CRC
Wrong correct response, then the host can assume that everything is working or functioning properly (for example,
No link failures), and continue to power down / sleep process.
% E4% B8% BB% E6% 9C% BA% E5% 8F% AF% E4% BB% A5% E6% B5% 8B% E8% AF% 95% E5% 90% 8C% E6% AD% A5% E7 % 9A% 84% E5% 8F% A6% E4% B8% 80% E7% A7% 8D% E6% 96% B9% E5% BC% 8F% E6% 98% AF% EF% BC% 9A% E8% AE % A9% E4% B8% BB% E6% 9C% BA% E5% 8F% 91% E9% 80% 81% E5% BE% 80% E8% BF% 94% E8% A1% 8C% E7% A8% 8B % E5% BB% B6% E8% BF% 9F% E6% B5% 8B% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E9% 87% 8F % E5% 88% 86% E7% BB% 84% EF% BC% 8C% E5% B9% B6% E7% A1% AE% E8% AE% A4% E6% 9D% A5% E8% 87% AA% E5 % AE% A2% E6% 88% B7% E6% 9C% BA% E7% 9A% 84% E6% AD% A3% E7% A1% AE% E5% 93% 8D% E5% BA% 94% E3% 80 % 82% E5% A6% 82% E6% 9E% 9C% E4% B8% BB% E6% 9C% BA% E6% 94% B6% E5% 88% B0% E6% AD% A3% E7% A1% AE % E7% 9A% 84% E5% 93% 8D% E5% BA% 94% EF% BC% 8C% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20 % E5% 88% 99% E5% 8F% AF% E4% BB% A5% E5% 90% 88% E7% 90% 86% E5% 9C% B0% E5% 81% 87% E5% AE% 9A% EF % BC% 8C% E5% AE% A2% E6% 88% B7% E6% 9C% BA% E6% AD% A3% E5% 9C% A8% E6% 88% 90% E5% 8A% 9F% E5% 9C % B0% E8% A7% A3% E9% 87% 8A% E5% 89% 8D% E5% 90% 91% E9% 93% BE% E8% B7% AF% E5% 88% 86% E7% BB% 84 % E3% 80% 82
C. Initialization
As mentioned earlier, in the "Start", the host configuration for the forward link below the minimum to
Seek or need to 1Mbps data rate, or rate of work on this, and
For a given application is properly configured subframe length and medium frame rate. That is, the positive and negative chain
Road use Type 1 interface to start working. When the host determine the client monitor (or other
Type of client device) the ability or the required configuration, usually just temporary use
These parameters. Said host computer via a forward link transmission or a transmission sub-frame header packet, then
Followed by a reverse link encapsulation packet, the packet is the request flag bit is '0 'is set to value of one
(1), to request the display or client capability packet to the client in response. Once the display
Indicator in (or with) the forward link synchronization is acquired, it is through the reverse link or channel
Send the client and the client requests ability grouping and status groupings.
...
As mentioned earlier, in the "Start", the host configuration for the forward link below the minimum to
Seek or need to 1Mbps data rate, or rate of work on this, and
For a given application is properly configured subframe length and medium frame rate. That is, the positive and negative chain
Road use Type 1 interface to start working. When the host determine the client monitor (or other
Type of client device) the ability or the required configuration, usually just temporary use
These parameters. Said host computer via a forward link transmission or a transmission sub-frame header packet, then
Followed by a reverse link encapsulation packet, the packet is the request flag bit is '0 'is set to value of one
(1), to request the display or client capability packet to the client in response. Once the display
Indicator in (or with) the forward link synchronization is acquired, it is through the reverse link or channel
Send the client and the client requests ability grouping and status groupings.
...
In internal mode, the host can know in advance the client parameter without receiving passengers
Client ability grouping. Can follow the link to the host and client can work in any data rate
Rate restart. In many embodiments, a system designer may select the best achievable
High data rate to initiate a link, to speed up the data transfer, but this is not necessary, and
And in many cases do not need to use this method. For internal mode operation, in
Restart from hibernation link use during strobe frequency rate usually associated with the expected
Consistent.
D.CRC processing
For all packet types, packet processor state machine to ensure that the CRC is being
Appropriate or proper control. When detecting CRC compare to generate one or more errors,
CRC error counter is also increased, and in the sub-frame being processed at the beginning of each of said reset
CRC counter.
E. Optional lose synchronization check
While the above series of steps or a state capable of generating higher data rate or throughput speed
Degrees, but the applicant has been found: You can also use other alternative settings or conditions change
Variable to effectively achieve even higher data rates or throughput, in which the client uses this
These conditions are declared out of sync with the host. The new embodiment of the present invention has the same basic structure
Structure, but change state conditions have changed. In addition, in order to achieve a new counter
Help for sub-frame synchronization checks. Figure 63 shows with respect to the steps and conditions, the figure
Shows a method for establishing the operation of the state machine or a series of states and conditions. In order to clear
Chu, shows only "access synchronization state" and the "synchronization state" section. Further, since the
The resulting state of the state machine itself is basically the same, they use the same encoding
Number. However, changing the states (and the state machine operation) the conditions somewhat changed, therefore
Of the two graphs are clear, all renumber (1,2,3,4,5 and 6 with respect to
61,62,63,64, and 65), in order to identify the differences. Since this discussion does not consider
Consider the asynchronous frame state, so in this figure there is a state (4904) and the condition (6) is not
Re-use.
...
In Figure 63, the system or client (for display or presentation) from the pre-
"Non-synchronized" state in the state machine 4902 starts 5000, which is the same as Figure 49. From the non-
4902 to change the state of the synchronization condition the first state change is found in the synchronous mode condition
64 carried. Assumed subframe header CRC is also passed on the packet (qualified
61), the packet processor state machine can be changed to the synchronization state 4908. Synchronization error
That is wrong condition 62 will allow the state machine switches to state 4910, and when the second occurrence of this
Condition when the state switched to 4912. However, it has been found that any MDDI packet CRC
Failure will allow the state machine out of sync in the 4908 state into a state of synchronization errors
4910. Any MDDI packet CRC failure would lead to yet another move to two simultaneous failures like
State 4912. CRC value using the correct decoding packets will cause the state machine returns to the synchronization status
State 4908.
...
In Figure 63, the system or client (for display or presentation) from the pre-
"Non-synchronized" state in the state machine 4902 starts 5000, which is the same as Figure 49. From the non-
4902 to change the state of the synchronization condition the first state change is found in the synchronous mode condition
64 carried. Assumed subframe header CRC is also passed on the packet (qualified
61), the packet processor state machine can be changed to the synchronization state 4908. Synchronization error
That is wrong condition 62 will allow the state machine switches to state 4910, and when the second occurrence of this
Condition when the state switched to 4912. However, it has been found that any MDDI packet CRC
Failure will allow the state machine out of sync in the 4908 state into a state of synchronization errors
4910. Any MDDI packet CRC failure would lead to yet another move to two simultaneous failures like
State 4912. CRC value using the correct decoding packets will cause the state machine returns to the synchronization status
State 4908.
...
This new interface implementation allows the MDD interface link to more quickly identify the synchronization
Failure to more quickly recover from the same.
To make this system more robust, the client should also add or take advantage of the sub-frame count
Makers. Thus, the unique word in the signal or there are expected to arrive, the client checks the unique word
Existence. If the unique word does not occur at the correct time, the client can be more quickly
To identify the synchronization fails has emerged, which identify the synchronization failure faster than it has to be
Wait a few (in this case three) th packet time or cycle much faster, and wherein the packet
Much larger than the subframe length. If the unique word does not appear that it tests, in other words,
Timing is not correct, then the client immediately declare link loses synchronization, and moved to the extraordinary
Step state. Check for the correct word appears only in the process adds to the state machine condition 65 (cond
65), indicating that the unique word is incorrect. If it is desired on the client receives the packet, but the sub-frame
Do not match, then the client can immediately enter the asynchronous state 4902, saving wait
A plurality of synchronization errors (condition 62) of the additional time, which is usually done by a plurality of error- sync
4910 and 4912 while the state encountered.
...
This change with additional counter or clients to the core of the counting function pairs
Frame length count. In one embodiment, the use of down counter function, if the counter expires,
Interrupts the currently handling the transfer of any packet in order to check the sub-frame unique word. As an option
Selection, the counter can count up to the count to the maximum or special
Compared to the value set in this calibration value corresponds to the current packet time. This process is to protect passengers
Client without the client is not received correctly decoding the packets particularly long length. If the child
Frame length counter interrupts are being decoded some of the other packet, then the packet should
Across the sub-frame boundary, it can determine the synchronization has been lost.
...
This change with additional counter or clients to the core of the counting function pairs
Frame length count. In one embodiment, the use of down counter function, if the counter expires,
Interrupts the currently handling the transfer of any packet in order to check the sub-frame unique word. As an option
Selection, the counter can count up to the count to the maximum or special
Compared to the value set in this calibration value corresponds to the current packet time. This process is to protect passengers
Client without the client is not received correctly decoding the packets particularly long length. If the child
Frame length counter interrupts are being decoded some of the other packet, then the packet should
Across the sub-frame boundary, it can determine the synchronization has been lost.
...
The state machine for each type of said received packet, it performs a specific process
Step or series of steps to implement the interface operations. Usually listed in the following Table XII shows
Exemplary process for processing the forward link packets.
Table XII
Packet type | Response packet processor state machine |
Sub-frame header (SH) | Good confirm packet capture and to a common sub-frame length field Processor sends the packet parameters. |
Filler (F) | Ignores the data. |
Video stream (VS) | Explain the video data format descriptors, and other parameters, if necessary Have been packed pixel data, if necessary, by the color mapping transformation Pixels, and the pixel data is written to the bit map in the appropriate location. |
Audio stream (AS) | Audio sampling clock generator to send audio sample rate settings, Specifies the size of the audio sample separation, if necessary, open the audio sampling Data, and the audio samples are routed to the appropriate audio sample FIFO |
Color mapping (CM) | Read color map size and offset parameters, and the color mapping Data is written to memory or storage unit color maps. |
Reverse link encapsulation (REL) | Easy to transmit at the appropriate time in accordance with the reverse grouping. Check the reverse chain Road signs, send the client when needed ability grouping. As long as Appropriate, also sends the client request and status packet. |
Client capacity (CC) | When the host requests, use the reverse link encapsulation packet reverse chain Road sign field to transmit a packet of this type. |
Keyboard (K) | If there is type of equipment and the need to use the keyboard, put these sub- Group passed to communicate with the keyboard, type of equipment and general purpose processor And from the general-purpose processor receives these packets. |
Indication device (PD) | If there Indicating device and want to use, put these sub- Group passed to communicate with the indication of the type of equipment and general purpose processors And from the general-purpose processor receives these packets. |
Link down (LS) | Records fact link is shut down and informs a general purpose processor. |
Client service requests and status (CSRS) | Send the packet as a reverse link encapsulation packet first points Groups. |
Bit block transfer (BPT) | As explained in the Video Data Format Descriptor class grouping parameter, Determine which pixels to move first, and if necessary move the bitmap The pixel. |
Bitmap area fills (BAF) | Explain grouping parameter, if necessary, by a color map to transform the pixels, And the pixel data is written to the bit map in the appropriate position, |
Bitmap pattern fill (BPF) | Explain grouping parameter, if necessary, open the packaged pixel data, |
Packet type | Response packet processor state machine |
Necessary, through a color map to transform the pixels, and the number of pixels Bitmap data is written in the appropriate position. | |
Communication link channel (CLC) | This data is directly sent to the general-purpose processor. |
During Sleep Client Service Request (CSR) | Common processor controls low-level functions to send the request and detects Restarting the link on its own competition. |
Interface type switching request (ITHR) And interface type recognition (ITA) | These packets can be passed to the general-purpose processor and from passing out Come. Means for receiving a packet of this type and to confirm to form The response logic is essentially minimal. Therefore, this action also Packet processor can be achieved within the state machine. The resulting switching for Action there is a lower physical layer, and can not affect the general office Manager functions. |
Execution type switching (PTH) | Can act directly on this grouping or a grouping which pass through the To the general purpose processor, and the mode change command to the hardware Implementation. |
Reducing the reverse link data rate X.
The inventors have observed that: for the host link controller can follow certain parameters special
Be adjusted in the manner or the configuration in order to achieve maximum or more optimized (scale) reverse
Link data rate, which is very much needed. For example, for transmitting reverse link encapsulation of
Group during the reverse packet fields, MDDI_Stb signal to flip (toggle)
Thereby half the forward link data rate of the data to generate a periodic clock. This happens
MDDI_Data0 situation because if all zeros being sent, the said master link
The controller generates signals corresponding to the MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb signal. MDDI_Stb
The signal is sent from the host client, the client will generate the clock signal which is used to
Transferred from the client reverse link data, reverse the data to be sent back to the host. Figure 50 shows
Showing a system using the MDDI forward and reverse paths in the signal transmission and processing of
Typically encountered delay. In Figure 50, the Stb + / - generation, cable transmission to the client,
Client receivers, clock generation, signal clock, Data0 + / - generation, transmission cables to the main
And host receiver stages of processing the vicinity, respectively showing a range of delay values, namely:
1.5 ns, 8.0 ns, 2.5 ns, 2.0 ns, 1.0 ns, 1.5 ns, 8.0 is satisfied
Second and 2.5 nanoseconds.
...
The inventors have observed that: for the host link controller can follow certain parameters special
Be adjusted in the manner or the configuration in order to achieve maximum or more optimized (scale) reverse
Link data rate, which is very much needed. For example, for transmitting reverse link encapsulation of
Group during the reverse packet fields, MDDI_Stb signal to flip (toggle)
Thereby half the forward link data rate of the data to generate a periodic clock. This happens
MDDI_Data0 situation because if all zeros being sent, the said master link
The controller generates signals corresponding to the MDDI_Data0 MDDI_Stb signal. MDDI_Stb
The signal is sent from the host client, the client will generate the clock signal which is used to
Transferred from the client reverse link data, reverse the data to be sent back to the host. Figure 50 shows
Showing a system using the MDDI forward and reverse paths in the signal transmission and processing of
Typically encountered delay. In Figure 50, the Stb + / - generation, cable transmission to the client,
Client receivers, clock generation, signal clock, Data0 + / - generation, transmission cables to the main
And host receiver stages of processing the vicinity, respectively showing a range of delay values, namely:
1.5 ns, 8.0 ns, 2.5 ns, 2.0 ns, 1.0 ns, 1.5 ns, 8.0 is satisfied
Second and 2.5 nanoseconds.
...
It should be noted that the signal delay through said interface with the actual length of each of the special
Given host - the client system or the hardware used varies. Although not required
, But through the use of packet round trip delay measurement system to measure the actual delay
Whereby the reverse rate divisor is set to an optimal value, for each system can usually perform better.
Host can support relatively simple but a low speed operation of the basic data sampling, or may also support
More complex but supports higher data rate reverse advanced data sampling. Similarly, consider the branch
Both methods support the ability of clients.
...
It should be noted that the signal delay through said interface with the actual length of each of the special
Given host - the client system or the hardware used varies. Although not required
, But through the use of packet round trip delay measurement system to measure the actual delay
Whereby the reverse rate divisor is set to an optimal value, for each system can usually perform better.
Host can support relatively simple but a low speed operation of the basic data sampling, or may also support
More complex but supports higher data rate reverse advanced data sampling. Similarly, consider the branch
Both methods support the ability of clients.
...
Round trip delay measurement includes determining the detection field of the measurement cycle begins and the host
Received from the client, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00 response sequence between the beginning of this time period
The forward link data clock appears the number of intervals, or to count it. It should be noted
Is possible to increase the measurement count is about a small portion of the previous forward link clock period,
Receiving a response from the client. If this value is used to calculate the unmodified except reverse rate
Number, then it will lead to unreliable data because the sampling and on the reverse link dislocations generated
Wrong. Figure 51 illustrated in an example of this situation, which is shown graphically in accordance with the generation of
Table hosts at MDDI_Data, the host at the MDDI_Stb, the forward-link data within the host
Clock signal and a delay count. In Figure 51, the delay counter is coming from 6 to
Before 7 clock cycles as part of the forward link, the client receives a response from the sequence. If the
Delay is assumed to be 6, then the host will just shift after shift, or may reign among the anti-
The data sampling. Doing so will cause the host at the sampling errors. For this reason, the measured delay
Previously used to calculate the Reverse Rate Divisor, should normally be increased by 1.
...
Round trip delay measurement includes determining the detection field of the measurement cycle begins and the host
Received from the client, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00 response sequence between the beginning of this time period
The forward link data clock appears the number of intervals, or to count it. It should be noted
Is possible to increase the measurement count is about a small portion of the previous forward link clock period,
Receiving a response from the client. If this value is used to calculate the unmodified except reverse rate
Number, then it will lead to unreliable data because the sampling and on the reverse link dislocations generated
Wrong. Figure 51 illustrated in an example of this situation, which is shown graphically in accordance with the generation of
Table hosts at MDDI_Data, the host at the MDDI_Stb, the forward-link data within the host
Clock signal and a delay count. In Figure 51, the delay counter is coming from 6 to
Before 7 clock cycles as part of the forward link, the client receives a response from the sequence. If the
Delay is assumed to be 6, then the host will just shift after shift, or may reign among the anti-
The data sampling. Doing so will cause the host at the sampling errors. For this reason, the measured delay
Previously used to calculate the Reverse Rate Divisor, should normally be increased by 1.
...
For a given instance, it becomes:
If used for this example the round trip delay measurement result is 7 instead of 6, then
Reverse rate divisor is equal to 4.
Said reverse link data from the master clock rising edge of the reverse link time sampled. Main
Machine and client (display) are present in the counter or similar known circuit or device used
To generate a reverse link clock. The counter is initialized so that the first clock on the reverse link
Rising edge appears on the reverse link encapsulation packet fields reverse link packet at the beginning of the first one.
Illustrated in FIG 52A used in the following examples given situation. The counter
Each rising edge of the signal increases by 1 MDDI_Stb, and count the number increases until the reverse
Encapsulated packet in the reverse link rate divisor parameter setting the count returns (wrap around)
Zero. Since MDDI_Stb signal is half the rate of the forward link to the flip, so the anti-
The link rate is half the rate of the forward link by dividing the reverse rate divisor. For example, if n
The link rate is 200Mbps, while the reverse rate divisor is 4, then the reverse link data rate
Rate can be expressed as:
...
Said reverse link data from the master clock rising edge of the reverse link time sampled. Main
Machine and client (display) are present in the counter or similar known circuit or device used
To generate a reverse link clock. The counter is initialized so that the first clock on the reverse link
Rising edge appears on the reverse link encapsulation packet fields reverse link packet at the beginning of the first one.
Illustrated in FIG 52A used in the following examples given situation. The counter
Each rising edge of the signal increases by 1 MDDI_Stb, and count the number increases until the reverse
Encapsulated packet in the reverse link rate divisor parameter setting the count returns (wrap around)
Zero. Since MDDI_Stb signal is half the rate of the forward link to the flip, so the anti-
The link rate is half the rate of the forward link by dividing the reverse rate divisor. For example, if n
The link rate is 200Mbps, while the reverse rate divisor is 4, then the reverse link data rate
Rate can be expressed as:
...
Packet length = 1024 (0x0400) turned a length = 1
Packet Type = 65 (0x41) Steering 2 length = 1
Reverse link flag = 0 Reverse Rate Divisor = 2
Parameter CRC = 0xdb43 all zeroes is 0x00
Packet length and parameter data packets between CRC field is:
0x00,0x04,0x41,0x00,0x02,0x01,0x01,0x43,0xdb,0x00,……
Returned to the client from the first reverse link packet is a packet length and packet class 7
Type 70 client requests and status groupings. The packet from byte value 0x07, 0x00,
0x46, ...... and so begins. However, Figure 52 can be seen only the first byte (0x07).
In the figure, the first time the mobile reverse-link packets of a reverse link clock cycles,
In order to illustrate the actual reverse link delay. The host to the client for the round trip delay
Zero ideal waveform shown as a dotted line trajectory.
Transfer parameter byte CRC field of MS, CRC is preceded by a packet type, and then
Is all zeros fields. When data changes from the host level, strobe from the host everything from
Change to zero, and return to the one to form a wider pulse. When the data becomes zero, strobe
Higher rate switching signal, only the change in data on the line at the end of the alignment field
Produced near the end of change. For the rest of the figure, since the data signal has a fixed 0
Or a level and continuing certain time period, so the strobe signal to the higher speed switching,
And this shift falls pulse pattern (along) on.
Host reverse link clock is zero until the end of one cycle shift, then the
Bell began to support the reverse link packet. Arrow in the lower part of the figure represents the data samples
Moment, as seen from the rest of the disclosure as will be apparent. Being transmitted is shown
The first byte of a packet field (in this case 11 million) after the beginning of the steering 1
Now, and the line level because the host drive is disabled and stable. The dotted line of the data signal
As can be seen the first one transfer (passage) of the delay, and, as seen bits three
To be.
As can be seen in Figure 53 based on the forward link data rate of the reverse rate divisor Code
Type values. The actual Reverse Rate Divisor is the round-trip link measurement result as determined,
In order to ensure proper reverse link operation. The first region 5302 corresponds to the safe operating area,
The second region 5304 corresponds to the edge Performance area, and the third area 5306 not that big
Settings to work correctly.
In the forward or reverse link use the interface type is set to any setting work
For the time, the round trip delay measurement and Reverse Rate Divisor setting are the same, this is due to
As they are not based on the actual clock period of bits transmitted or received and that
Operation.
Typically, the maximum possible reverse rate divisor is the ability to interface with the Type I round trip
Measurement packet sent in the measurement window to half the number of bits or, for this example:
May also be used an advanced reverse data sampling method as a bit in the reverse
Smaller than the round trip delay between the choice. For this technique, the host simply measure the round trip
Delay, but can determine the response from the client with a zero delay with respect to the client and
Link "ideal" bit boundary phase. Know the phase response of the client device, the host
Can determine a reverse data from the client safer sampled time. Round trip
Delay measurement data to the client indicating the first phase reverse for reverse packet fields
Starting position.
Figure 52B is a schematic diagram of advanced reverse data sampling is given an embodiment. Chart
The round trip delay will have zero ideal reverse data signal waveform shown as a dotted line. 3.5
And 4 MDDI Stb cycles between the actual round trip delay can be observed as a solid line wave
Shape, and a delay difference between the ideal waveform. This is a round trip delay measurement packet measurement
The same delay, is equal to 7 forward-link bit times the round trip delay value measurement. In this
Embodiment, reverse data bits are 2 MDDI_Stb Pulse length, that is, four forward link bit
Time equivalent to a reverse rate divisor equal to 2. For advanced reverse data sampling, the
With preselected reverse rate divisor 2, unlike other places that calculation it is very convenient.
This seems to be the reverse data sampling for advanced basically the best choice, because the use of
The traditional measurement described can easily determine the ideal sampling point.
...
Ideal reverse data sampling point can easily be as follows calculated: the
Total round trip latency cue signal is divided by the forward position of each reverse link clock number or
Each round trip delay reverse position to link the previous clock mode. Then, subtract 1 or 2,
To get away from a security point of data conversion. In this example, 7 mod 4 = 3, so ,3-1
= 2, or 3-2 = 1. Safe sampling point is 1 or 2 forward link bit times from zero and from the
Trip delay of the "ideal" bit boundary edge at the start. The figure shows the sampling points from the ideal position in
Boundary of the two forward link bit times, such as in the timing diagram of a series of vertical arrows at the bottom of
Head shows. The first sampling point is the round trip delay measurement after the first ideal bit boundary with safety
Full sampling offset. In this case, the round trip delay measurement is 7, so the next processing
Thought-bit boundary in the first eight bit times, then for safety sampling points plus 1 or 2, therefore,
The first field of the data packet should be started in reverse after 9 or 10 forward link bit
Between samples.
...
Ideal reverse data sampling point can easily be as follows calculated: the
Total round trip latency cue signal is divided by the forward position of each reverse link clock number or
Each round trip delay reverse position to link the previous clock mode. Then, subtract 1 or 2,
To get away from a security point of data conversion. In this example, 7 mod 4 = 3, so ,3-1
= 2, or 3-2 = 1. Safe sampling point is 1 or 2 forward link bit times from zero and from the
Trip delay of the "ideal" bit boundary edge at the start. The figure shows the sampling points from the ideal position in
Boundary of the two forward link bit times, such as in the timing diagram of a series of vertical arrows at the bottom of
Head shows. The first sampling point is the round trip delay measurement after the first ideal bit boundary with safety
Full sampling offset. In this case, the round trip delay measurement is 7, so the next processing
Thought-bit boundary in the first eight bit times, then for safety sampling points plus 1 or 2, therefore,
The first field of the data packet should be started in reverse after 9 or 10 forward link bit
Between samples.
...
Reverse link encapsulation packet steering a field so that the host and client driver disabled
Driver Enable time simultaneously. Round trip delay measurement time a packet protection
Field so that the host and client functions overlap, so the client driver can drive in the host interface
Actuator enabled before disabling. Reverse link encapsulation packet steering two fields so that the front of a field
The data in the host driver before the opening can be sent from the client completely. Protection
Between two fields provide a time value or cycle to allow the guest and host to the logical drive
Logic zero level while driving. Guard Time 1 and Guard Time 2 fields are usually not adjusted
Preset length or preselected length value to populate. According to the interface hardware is being used, you can make
Using empirical data to obtain these values, and in some cases, they are adjusted to improve the operation.
...
Reverse link encapsulation packet steering a field so that the host and client driver disabled
Driver Enable time simultaneously. Round trip delay measurement time a packet protection
Field so that the host and client functions overlap, so the client driver can drive in the host interface
Actuator enabled before disabling. Reverse link encapsulation packet steering two fields so that the front of a field
The data in the host driver before the opening can be sent from the client completely. Protection
Between two fields provide a time value or cycle to allow the guest and host to the logical drive
Logic zero level while driving. Guard Time 1 and Guard Time 2 fields are usually not adjusted
Preset length or preselected length value to populate. According to the interface hardware is being used, you can make
Using empirical data to obtain these values, and in some cases, they are adjusted to improve the operation.
...
Several factors contribute to determining the length of 1 turn, these factors are the forward link data
Rate, the host drives MDDI_Data maximum disable time and client driver
Enable time (usually the same time with the host disabled). Select the length of the field is turned to a
24 · tBIT. (Table XI) 1 field in turn the number of bytes in length forward link interface type to use because
Sub (InterfaceTypeFactor) determined and calculated using the following relationship:
Wherein the interface Type Factor is 1 for Type 1, 2 for Type 2, the type of
3 to 4, for the Type 4 to 8.
Turning two
2 is typically used to determine the length of time shift factor is the round trip communication link
Delay, the client MDDI_Data drive maximum host driver disable time, and
The enable time (to be specified as a client driver disabled the same time). Maximum host drive
Actuators enable time and client driver disable time is given. Round trip delay measurement
Amount units is tBIT. To turn to two the number of bytes the field forward link based on the specified minimum length
Calculated the following relationship:
For example, the round trip delay of 10 clock forward link type three forward link communication
Magnitude often used as steering 2 Delay:
XII. Optional reverse link timing
Although the use of the above-described timing and guard band (guard band) can realize a high data transmission
Delivery rate interface, the present inventors have discovered a technique by changing the anti-
The timing of discovery (reverse timing discovery) to provide shorter than the round trip time of the anti-
To bits long.
As described above, the reverse link timing means is so configured previously, i.e., from the reverse
Packet sequence last bit of Guard Time 1 starts counting the number of clock cycles until the IO
The first one on the rising edge of the clock is sampled so far. This is used to give MDD interface output
For the input and output timing clock signal. Thus, the reverse rate divisor is calculated by the following other
Is given by:
Doing so provides a round trip delay is equal to the bit width, it is possible to get very available
By the reverse link. However, has indicated that the reverse link can run faster, or to
Higher data transfer rate operation, it is the inventor wants to use. The invention of new technology allows
Xu additional capabilities using the interface to reach higher speeds.
This is accomplished by having the host counts the number of clock cycles until the completion of mining on a 1
Like to achieve, but in the reverse sequence packet, the host on both the rising and falling edges
On the data line is sampled. Doing so allows the host to select the reverse position within the most useful and even the best mining
Samples, to ensure that the bit is stable. That is, find the most useful or the best
On the rising edge of the reverse reverse traffic data on the encapsulated packet is sampled. Optimum sampling
Point depends on the reverse link divisor and the rising or falling edge detection to the first one. New
The timing method allows the host only looking at the timing of the reverse link sent by the client within 0xFF
0xFF 0x00 model of the first edge, in order to determine the reverse encapsulated packet where mining
Samples.
...
Illustrated in Figure 64 reaches the bit reverse position and how it will find a variety of reverse rate
Examples of the divisor, and the guard time from the last bit of 1 beginning of clock cycles has occurred
Projects. As can be seen in Figure 64, if the first edge occurs on the rising and falling edge (labeled as
Rise / fall), between then for reverse rate divisor is an optimal sampling point, that is, the
Optimal sampling point is marked as 'b' edge clock cycles, because it is the bit period of the reverse
Only now rising. For the reverse rate divisor is 2, because the cycle along the 'c'
Than 'b' along the closer position, the optimal sampling point clock cycle edge may still be 'b'.
4 for a reverse rate divisor is the case, the optimum sampling point may be clock cycle edge
'D', because it is closer to its value may have stabilized the trailing edge of a reverse position.
...
Illustrated in Figure 64 reaches the bit reverse position and how it will find a variety of reverse rate
Examples of the divisor, and the guard time from the last bit of 1 beginning of clock cycles has occurred
Projects. As can be seen in Figure 64, if the first edge occurs on the rising and falling edge (labeled as
Rise / fall), between then for reverse rate divisor is an optimal sampling point, that is, the
Optimal sampling point is marked as 'b' edge clock cycles, because it is the bit period of the reverse
Only now rising. For the reverse rate divisor is 2, because the cycle along the 'c'
Than 'b' along the closer position, the optimal sampling point clock cycle edge may still be 'b'.
4 for a reverse rate divisor is the case, the optimum sampling point may be clock cycle edge
'D', because it is closer to its value may have stabilized the trailing edge of a reverse position.
...
As can be seen, the optimal sampling point should be closest to the middle of the edge, so that with the
The reverse rate divisor growing, optimal sampling point becomes easier to identify or select.
As can be seen, the optimal sampling point should be closest to the middle of the edge, so that with the
The reverse rate divisor growing, optimal sampling point becomes easier to identify or select....
Once the host has chosen or to determine the number of clock cycles, it can use customer
Machine to "investigate (explore)" a variety of reverse rate divisor to determine the specific reverse rate
If you can use the divisor. The host (and client) can divide a start, and parity
Received from the client's reverse state packet CRC, in order to determine whether the rate of the reverse
Data can be transferred correctly. If the CRC is damaged, then there could be sampling errors,
The host can increase the reverse rate divisor, and tried again to request status groupings. If the second
Request packet is damaged, then the divisor can be increased again, and again requests. As
If the packet is decoded correctly, then this reverse rate divisor can be used for all future
Reverse grouping.
...
This method is effective and useful because since the initial round trip timing
Estimates should not start reverse timing change. If the forward link is stable, so that
So that there is no reverse link failure, the client should continue to decode forward link packets. Of course,
Because this method does not ensure that the reverse link is desired, so set the link in the reverse link
Road divisor is still the host duties. In addition, the divisor will depend primarily used to generate the IO
The clock quality. If the clock has a large amount of jitter, then there sampling error
Likely. This error probability as the round trip delay in the increase in the amount of clock cycles
Plus increases.
...
This implementation seems best suited for the type 1 reverse data, but on the type
2 to 4 reverse data type may represent a problem, this is because the data between the lines
Deviation may be too large, so that can not be optimized for only one data rate of operation of
Above link. However, even with Type 2 through Type 4 for operation, the data rate
Maybe not reduced to the previous method. If the method is repeated for each data line to select
Choose the ideal or optimal clock sampling locations, then this method may work best for
Purposes. If the data for each, they are in the same sampling time, then this
Method can continue to work. If they are in a different sampling period, you can use the two
Different ways. The first is for each data point to select the desired or more optimized sample
Position, even if the data for each position of the sample and different purposes. Thus, the host computer
Can set from said data bit is sampled after all reconstructed data streams: Classes
Type 2 is two, Type 3 and Type 4 is four is eight. For hosts, another
Option is to increase the reverse rate divisor, so that each pair of data in the same data bit
Sampling clock edge.
...
This implementation seems best suited for the type 1 reverse data, but on the type
2 to 4 reverse data type may represent a problem, this is because the data between the lines
Deviation may be too large, so that can not be optimized for only one data rate of operation of
Above link. However, even with Type 2 through Type 4 for operation, the data rate
Maybe not reduced to the previous method. If the method is repeated for each data line to select
Choose the ideal or optimal clock sampling locations, then this method may work best for
Purposes. If the data for each, they are in the same sampling time, then this
Method can continue to work. If they are in a different sampling period, you can use the two
Different ways. The first is for each data point to select the desired or more optimized sample
Position, even if the data for each position of the sample and different purposes. Thus, the host computer
Can set from said data bit is sampled after all reconstructed data streams: Classes
Type 2 is two, Type 3 and Type 4 is four is eight. For hosts, another
Option is to increase the reverse rate divisor, so that each pair of data in the same data bit
Sampling clock edge.
...
Forward link MDDI_Data delay between pairs and MDDI_Stb deviation limits
Maximum possible data rate, unless a delay offset compensation. Generation timing delay deviation
The following summarizes the differences resulting from the controller logic, line drivers and receivers as well as cable and
Connector.
A. The sequence of the link deviation limit (MDDI Type 1)
1 Type 1 link delay and deviation from the examples
Shown in Figure 57 is similar to Figure 41, Type 1 interface link to support the
A typical interface circuit. In Figure 57, the MDDI Type 1 forward link of a plurality of processing
Or interface level of each showing a propagation delay value and the deviation from the exemplary or typical values.
The delay between MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 causes the deviation of the output clock duty
Ratio (duty-cycle) distorted. Use triggers 5728,5732 receiver trigger (RXFF)
Level of the D input of the data change slightly after the clock edge, so that the data can be available
Reliably sampled. The figure shows two cascaded delay lines 5732a and 5732b, their use of production
This timing relationship born of two different problems to solve. In practical implementations, it can be
Are combined into a single delay element.
...
Shown in Figure 57 is similar to Figure 41, Type 1 interface link to support the
A typical interface circuit. In Figure 57, the MDDI Type 1 forward link of a plurality of processing
Or interface level of each showing a propagation delay value and the deviation from the exemplary or typical values.
The delay between MDDI_Stb and MDDI_Data0 causes the deviation of the output clock duty
Ratio (duty-cycle) distorted. Use triggers 5728,5732 receiver trigger (RXFF)
Level of the D input of the data change slightly after the clock edge, so that the data can be available
Reliably sampled. The figure shows two cascaded delay lines 5732a and 5732b, their use of production
This timing relationship born of two different problems to solve. In practical implementations, it can be
Are combined into a single delay element.
...
The total delay is usually obvious deviations occur or deviate from the sum of the following stages: a
Triggers 5704,5706 transmitter trigger (TXFF); having drive 5708,5710
The transmitter driver (TXDRVR); cable (CABLE) 5702; has a receiver 5722,
5724 receiver line receiver (RXRCVR) and a receiver XOR logic
(RXXOR). Delay 1 5732a should match or exceed the level of the XOR gate RXXOR
The delay 5736, the following relationship can be determined by this delay:
t
PD-min (delay 1)≥t
PD-max(XOR)
Best to meet this requirement, so that the receiver the D input of flip-flop 5728,5732
Does not change its clock input before. If RXFF hold time is zero, then this is
Valid.
Delay 2 (Delay2) the purpose or function is compensated according to the following relationship RXFF
Triggers retention time:
t
PD-min (delay -2)=t
H(RXFF)
In many systems, this value will be zero because the hold time is zero, in this case
, The delay of the maximum delay of course 2 is also zero.
Receiver XOR stage deviations worst case is the data - late / Strobe - Early this situation
State, in which the delay 1 is maximum, and the clock output from the XOR gate follows OFF
Department arrive as early as possible:
t
Off-max (RXXOR)=t
PD-max(Delay1)-t
PD-min(XOR)
In this case, the data in two bit period change between n and n +1, and the change
Variable time very close to the bit n +1 is in accordance with the clock into the receiver trigger moment.
t
Deviation-max (LINK)=t
Off-max (TXFF)+t
Off-max (TXDRVR)+t
Deviation-max (cable)+t
Off-max (RXRCVR)
The "Cable" represent multiple conductors or lines and the corresponding interconnection or delays, and minimum
Bit period is given by the following formula:
t
Bit-min=t
Deviation-max (Link)+2·t
B-TP4+t
Asymmetry+t
Off-max (RXXOR)+t
jitter-host+
t
PD-max(Delay2)+t
SU(RXFF)
In the example shown in Figure 57, the external mode, tDeviation-max (Link)= 1000psec,
And the minimum bit period can be expressed as:
t
Bit-min= 1000 +2 · 125 +625 +125 +200 +0 +100 = 2300psec
Or approximated as 434Mbps. In the example shown in Figure 57, the internal model,
tDeviation-max (Link)= 500psec, and the minimum bit period can be expressed as:
t
Bit-min= 500 +2 · 125 +625 +125 +200 +0 +100 = 1800psec
Or approximated as 555Mbps.
In Figure 59 shows a view similar to Figure 41 and 57 are shown in typical interface circuit for
On supporting types 2, 3 and 4 of the interface link. In TXFF (5904), TXDRVR (5908),
RXRCVCR (5922) and RXFF (5932,5928,5930) level in the use of additional dollars
Member in order to support the additional signal processing. In Figure 59, the MDDI Type 2 forward link
A plurality of processing or interface level of each showing a propagation delay and deviation values or exemplary
Typical values. In addition to affecting the output clock duty cycle (duty-cycle) of MDDI_Stb and
MDDI_Data0 delay between the deviation and, in the two signals and the other MDDI
Deviation exists between the data signal. Composed by the flip- flop 5928 and 5930 triggered a receiver
Device B (RXFFB) stage of the D input of the data change slightly after the clock edge, from
And the data can be reliably sampled. If MDDI_Data1 than MDDI_Stb or
MDDI_Data0 who arrive early, then MDDI_Data1 should be delayed so that at least in
Delay deviation to right MDDI_Data1 sampled. To achieve these, the use of delay 3
(Delay3) delay line to delay data. If MDDI_Data1 than MDDI_Stb and
MDDI_Data0 late, and it is also to delay by delaying 3, then MDDI_Data1
Change at the point to be moved closer to the next clock edge. This process determines the MDDI class
Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 Link data rate limit. Figure 60A, 60B and 60C
Is shown in two data signals and MDDI_Stb with respect to each other or the timing deviation off
Some examples of the Department of different possibilities.
...
In Figure 59 shows a view similar to Figure 41 and 57 are shown in typical interface circuit for
On supporting types 2, 3 and 4 of the interface link. In TXFF (5904), TXDRVR (5908),
RXRCVCR (5922) and RXFF (5932,5928,5930) level in the use of additional dollars
Member in order to support the additional signal processing. In Figure 59, the MDDI Type 2 forward link
A plurality of processing or interface level of each showing a propagation delay and deviation values or exemplary
Typical values. In addition to affecting the output clock duty cycle (duty-cycle) of MDDI_Stb and
MDDI_Data0 delay between the deviation and, in the two signals and the other MDDI
Deviation exists between the data signal. Composed by the flip- flop 5928 and 5930 triggered a receiver
Device B (RXFFB) stage of the D input of the data change slightly after the clock edge, from
And the data can be reliably sampled. If MDDI_Data1 than MDDI_Stb or
MDDI_Data0 who arrive early, then MDDI_Data1 should be delayed so that at least in
Delay deviation to right MDDI_Data1 sampled. To achieve these, the use of delay 3
(Delay3) delay line to delay data. If MDDI_Data1 than MDDI_Stb and
MDDI_Data0 late, and it is also to delay by delaying 3, then MDDI_Data1
Change at the point to be moved closer to the next clock edge. This process determines the MDDI class
Type 2, Type 3 or Type 4 Link data rate limit. Figure 60A, 60B and 60C
Is shown in two data signals and MDDI_Stb with respect to each other or the timing deviation off
Some examples of the Department of different possibilities.
...
t
PD-min(Delay3)≥t
Deviation-max (LINK)+t
H(RXFFB)+t
PD-max(XOR)
Maximum link speed is determined by the minimum allowable bit period determined. When MDDI_DataX as possible
Can arrive late, the speed of the most affected. In this case, the minimum allowable cycle time
Is given by the following equation:
t
Bit-min=t
Deviation-max (LINK)+t
PD-max(Delay3)+t
SU(RXFFB)-t
PD-min(XOR)Thus, the link speed limit:
t
PD-max(Delay3)=t
PD-min(Delay 3)
And under the assumption:
t
Bit-min (lower-bound)=2·t
Deviation-max (LINK)+t
PD-max(XOR)+t
SU(RXFFB)+t
H(RXFFB)
In the example given above, the lower limit of the minimum bit period is given by the following relationship:
t
Bit-min (lower-bound)= 2 * (125 +625 +200 1000 + 2 ·) = 5750 +1500 +100 +0
psec, which is approximately 174Mbps.
This ratio can be used for Type 1 link maximum data rate is much slower. MDDI automatic
Delay deviate significantly reduced ability to compensate the delay deviation factor on the maximum link rate impact
Only the valid data to establish the edges. MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb calibration between
Deviations are:
t
SKEW-max(calibrated)=2·t
TAP-SPACING-max
And the minimum bit period are:
t
BIT-min-calibrated=t
SKEW-max(calibrated)+2·t
B-TP4+t
Asymmetry+t
jitter-host+
t
SKEW-max(RXAND+RXXOR)+t
SU(RXFF)
Wherein, "TB" or tBRepresentative from a bit boundary to minimum output level signal jitter.
Merely indicates asymmetric internal delay differential receiver characteristics of asymmetry. "TP4" associated
Or effectively defines for electrical characterization and testing purposes, as a client differential line driver
And the receiver connection or interface (MDDI client controller device pin). For
Remaining portion of the link system, which represents a convenient or a predetermined point, whereby the measurement and tables
Sign signal delay. In one embodiment, the internal model, the parameters at the TP4
TBThrough the relationship between the maximum value of tDifferential-Skew-TP4-DRVR-EXT=0.3·t
BITDefined, for
Clients transmitter's internal model, is tDifferential-Skew-TP4-DRVR-INT=0.6·t
BIT;
For client receiver external mode, it is
tB-TP4-RCVR-EXT=0.051·t
BIT+175ps。
TP4 mark only for the interface and link the different test points (TP) to encode
Number. In one embodiment, the internal mode and the external mode is defined as the same as the test point.
There is a corresponding "TP0" test point for, or associated with a host controller MDDI
Controller device connection or interface pins, the host contains a differential line drivers and receivers.
In the present embodiment, the master receiver, with respect to an internal model, TP0 parameters at
TBThe maximum value from the relationship tB-TP0-RCVR-INT=0.051□t
BIT+50 Ps to define, for external mode,
Relationship tB-TP0-RCVR-EXT=0.051□
BIT+175 Ps; transmitter for a host, the relationship
tB-TP0=0.102□t
BIT。
In the example given in Figure 59, tSKEW-max(Data0-Stb-Caliberated)= 300psec, and the most
Little bit period are:
t
BIT-min-calibrated= 300 +2 · 125 +625 +200 +175 +100 = 1650psec, which is about
Is 606Mbps.
When MDDI_Data1 arrive as soon as possible, in order to reliably RXFFB data mining
Sample, the associated programmable delay adjustment to the optimal setting, the precision is a tap, for safety
Sake, adding additional tap delays. Maximum link speed depends on the minimum allowable bit
Segments. When MDDI_Data1 as late arrival, the greatest impact. In this case, the minimum allowed
Xu cycle time is:
t
BIT-min-Data1-calibrated=2·t
TAP-Spacing-max+2·t
TA-TP4
Wherein, "TA" or tARepresentation from the bit to the middle cross-border signal jitter.
In the example given in Figure 59, based on sampling MDDI_Data1 minimum bit period
The lower limit is:
t
BIT-min-Data1-calibrated=2·150+2·125=550psec
In one embodiment, the internal mode, the host delay deviation, delay
Asymmetry and clock jitter typical total delay time is defined as:
t
Asymmerty-TXFF+t
Asymmetry-TXDVR+t
Skew-TXFF+t
Skew-TXDRVR+t
jitter-host=
0.467·(t
BIT-150ps)
For external modes are:
t
Asymmerty-TXFF+t
Asymmetry-TXDVR+t
Skew-TXFF+t
Skew-TXDRVR+t
jitter-host=
0.TBD·(t
BIT-150TBDps)
For the internal model, the client delay deviation, delay asymmetry and establish
The typical total delay time time (tB-TP4) Is defined as:
t
Asymmerty-RXRCVR+t
Asymmetry-RXXOR+t
Skew-RXRCVR+t
Skew-RXXOR+t
setup-RXFF=
0.307·(t
BIT-150ps)
For external mode, as follows:
t
Asymmerty-RXRCVR+t
Asymmetry-RXXOR+t
Skew-RXRCVR+t
Skew-RXXOR+t
setup-RXFF=
0.TBD·(t
BIT-TBDps)
Among them, the term is used in the future to be determined TBD values to maintain a flexible position mark, its
Depends on a variety of external mode connection known characteristics and operational requirements.
XIV. Physical layer interconnection descriptions
Can be used in the present invention, the physical connection interface can be used to zero can be purchased
Member to achieve, such as the host side, can be caused by Hirose Electric Company Ltd. System
Made part number 3260-8S2 (01) parts, and the client device side, you can
By Hirose Electric Company Ltd. Manufacturing part number 3240-8P-C parts.
Are listed in Table XIII for Type 1 / Type 2 interface of the connector connected to an exemplary
Port pin assignments or "Pin Lead" and is illustrated in Figure 61.
Table XIII
Signal Name | Pin No. | Signal Name | Pin No. |
| 1 |
| 11 |
| 2 | MDDI_Stb- | 12 |
| 4 | MDDI_Data0- | 14 |
| 6 | MDDI_Data1- | 16 |
| 8 | MDDI_Data2- | 18 |
| 10 | MDDI_Data3- | 20 |
| 9 | MDDI_Data4- | 19 |
| 7 | MDDI_Data5- | 17 |
| 5 | MDDI_Data6- | 15 |
| 3 | MDDI_Data7- | 13 |
Shielded |
The shield is connected to HOST_Gnd in the host interface, and the cable shield
Ground with the client is connected to the connector shield. However, the shield and drain wire are not with the client
Internal circuit ground.
Selection or design of interconnect components or equipment in order to make it small enough for mobile communications
And computing devices, such as PDA and wireless phones, or portable gaming devices, and in the phase
Comparison of relevant equipment does not exceed the size or look unsightly. Any connectors and cables
In a typical electrical equipment should be durable enough environment, and size should be small, in terms of the cable more
Is the case, and the cost is relatively low. Transfer element should support as a differential NRZ data
The data and strobe signals, for Type 1 and Type 2, the NRZ data with the difference
A transmission rate of up to 450Mbps around, and for the 8-bit parallel Type 4 version of the
Words, with a transfer rate of up to 3.6Gbps.
...
Selection or design of interconnect components or equipment in order to make it small enough for mobile communications
And computing devices, such as PDA and wireless phones, or portable gaming devices, and in the phase
Comparison of relevant equipment does not exceed the size or look unsightly. Any connectors and cables
In a typical electrical equipment should be durable enough environment, and size should be small, in terms of the cable more
Is the case, and the cost is relatively low. Transfer element should support as a differential NRZ data
The data and strobe signals, for Type 1 and Type 2, the NRZ data with the difference
A transmission rate of up to 450Mbps around, and for the 8-bit parallel Type 4 version of the
Words, with a transfer rate of up to 3.6Gbps.
...
XV. Operation
Figure 54A and 54B is shown an embodiment of the present invention interface operation during the
And grouping data processing time for an overview of the general procedure, and 55 shown in FIG.
Processing said packet of the interface device profile. In these drawings, the process in step 5402
Start, determine whether the client and the host communication path (here a cable) connection.
This can be used by the host software or hardware to periodically poll carried out, the software, or
Hardware for detecting the existence of the input of the host connector, the cable or the signal (e.g.,
USB interface), or which through other known techniques. Even if there is no client
Connected to the host, then depending on the application, it can only go to a predetermined length of wait states,
Into sleep mode, or inactive in order to wait for future use, which would require
Farmers to take action to re-activate the host. For example, when the host resides on the type of computer equipment
On, the user may have to click on the screen icon or request procedures, thereby activating the host processing
To find clients. In addition, just insert the USB type connection can be activated host processing,
It depends on the host or the resident's ability to host software and configuration.
...
Once the client and host, or vice versa, or the client is detected as present,
Then at step 5404 and 5406, the client or the host sends the appropriate request service groupings.
In step 5404, the client may send the client service request or status packet. Should note
Meaning that, as mentioned above, the link may have previously turned off or is in sleep mode,
So that a subsequent communication link may not be fully initialized. Once the communication link is synchronized,
And the host attempts to communicate with the client, the client will also provide clients the ability to host sub-
Group, as in step 5408. Hosts can now begin to determine the client can support support classes
Type, including the transfer rate.
...
Once the client and host, or vice versa, or the client is detected as present,
Then at step 5404 and 5406, the client or the host sends the appropriate request service groupings.
In step 5404, the client may send the client service request or status packet. Should note
Meaning that, as mentioned above, the link may have previously turned off or is in sleep mode,
So that a subsequent communication link may not be fully initialized. Once the communication link is synchronized,
And the host attempts to communicate with the client, the client will also provide clients the ability to host sub-
Group, as in step 5408. Hosts can now begin to determine the client can support support classes
Type, including the transfer rate.
...
As previously mentioned, all data sent from the step 5412 is shown in a sub-frame header transmission of
Group began, followed as shown in step 5414 the type of data being transmitted and padding points
Group, where the data type is a video and audio stream packets. The audio and video data has been
Ready or pre-mapped to the group, and if necessary or desired insert padding points
Media groups to fill the frame number of bits required. If the host can send audio channel to enable the forward points
Group grouping to activate sound equipment. Further, in step 5416, the host can use the
Other packet types to send orders and information shown here as a color map, bit block transfer
Or other packet transmission. Furthermore, the host and client can exchange packets using the appropriate
Keyboard or the pointing device involves changing data.
...
During operation, a plurality of different events may occur, which will cause the host or client
Machine requires different data rates or a different type of interface mode. For example, for the number of passes
According to a computer or other device may process the data in the loading conditions encountered during
(Loading conditions), the condition causes the packet preparation or slow down the rendering.
A client to receive data from the dedicated AC power source may be replaced by a more limited battery power source,
And in the limited power settings, it may not transmit data quickly and easily handle command
So, you can not use the same resolution or color depth. Alternatively, the restrictions may be reduced
Little or disappear, allowing the device to transfer data at higher rates. Which is even more need to make
Request to change to a higher transfer rate mode.
...
During operation, a plurality of different events may occur, which will cause the host or client
Machine requires different data rates or a different type of interface mode. For example, for the number of passes
According to a computer or other device may process the data in the loading conditions encountered during
(Loading conditions), the condition causes the packet preparation or slow down the rendering.
A client to receive data from the dedicated AC power source may be replaced by a more limited battery power source,
And in the limited power settings, it may not transmit data quickly and easily handle command
So, you can not use the same resolution or color depth. Alternatively, the restrictions may be reduced
Little or disappear, allowing the device to transfer data at higher rates. Which is even more need to make
Request to change to a higher transfer rate mode.
...
Although it is not required to have a specific processing order, but the client and host can also post
Conversion involves some data packet, the data is to be sent to the main connection with the client's finger
Display device, keyboard, or other user type input devices, or received from these devices
Data, of course, these elements may also be present on the host side. These groups usually pass
Components rather than using the processor type state machine to process (5502). In addition, some of these life
So also by the general-purpose processor (5504,5508) processing.
Although it is not required to have a specific processing order, but the client and host can also post
Conversion involves some data packet, the data is to be sent to the main connection with the client's finger
Display device, keyboard, or other user type input devices, or received from these devices
Data, of course, these elements may also be present on the host side. These groups usually pass
Components rather than using the processor type state machine to process (5502). In addition, some of these life
So also by the general-purpose processor (5504,5508) processing....
With respect to the previous host and client controllers discussed to drivers and receivers
In the operation process in the transmission packet transmitted. These line drivers, and other logic element
Member and the state machine and general-purpose processor is connected, as shown in Figure 55 an overview. In Figure 55, the
The state machine 5502 and general processors 5504 and 5508 may be further unillustrated other
Connected components, such as a dedicated USB interface, memory elements, or they interact with the resident
The link controller external to other components, including but not limited to the data source and means for viewing the display
Device video controller chip.
Processor and state machine provides the drive enable and disable control, as mentioned on Paul
Guard time, etc., as discussed, in order to ensure the effective establishment or termination of communication link, and
Transport packets.
XVI Display Frame Buffers
Compared with the computer graphics, video data caching requirements for moving video images is
The same. Pixel data is often stored in the client's local frame buffer, so the client
The images can be local refreshed.
Displaying full-motion video (frames per media almost every pixel in the display must be changed
Becomes), the generally preferred stored in a frame buffer pixel data is input, and from
The second frame buffer to refresh the image on the monitor. Can use two or more of the display buffer
To eliminate the visual artifacts (visible artifact), as described below. When it has a frame buffer
The entire image is received, the buffer can exchange roles, the latest map received
As used to refresh the display, and the image is filled with the next frame buffer to another. Chart
88A illustrates this concept in which the display by the update bit is set to "01" to the
Pixel data is written to the image buffer line.
...
Displaying full-motion video (frames per media almost every pixel in the display must be changed
Becomes), the generally preferred stored in a frame buffer pixel data is input, and from
The second frame buffer to refresh the image on the monitor. Can use two or more of the display buffer
To eliminate the visual artifacts (visible artifact), as described below. When it has a frame buffer
The entire image is received, the buffer can exchange roles, the latest map received
As used to refresh the display, and the image is filled with the next frame buffer to another. Chart
88A illustrates this concept in which the display by the update bit is set to "01" to the
Pixel data is written to the image buffer line.
...
Having a small video window in a fixed image of the application, the fixed image is written two
Buffer (display update bit is equal to "11") is the easiest, as shown in Figure 88C and
And subsequently updated through the monitor bit is set to "01" to write off slow motion image pixels
Impulse control.
The following rules describe the useful manipulation of buffer pointers, while the new information is written off
Client and refresh the display. There are three Buffer Pointer: current_fill (current fill)
Pointed by the MDDI link is currently being filled with data buffer; just_filled (just
Just fill) towards the nearest buffer is filled; being_displayed (being displayed) refers to
Currently being used to refresh the display buffer. All three buffer pointer can contain from
0 to N-1 the values, where N is the number of display buffers, and N ≥ 2. Right buffer
Pointer arithmetic is modulo N (mod N), for example, when N = 3 and current_fill =
2:00, increasing current_fill let current_fill is set to 0. In a simple situation of N = 2
Case, just_filled always current_fill's complement. MDDI medium frame at each side
Boundaries (sub-frame count field sub-frame header packet is equal to zero) to execute the order specified
As follows: the just_filled set equal current_fill, and set current_fill
Equal current_fill +1.
...
MDDI video stream packets according to the following structure or method to update the buffer: When the display
Update bit is equal to '01 ', the pixel data is written to the buffer specified by the current_fill;
When the display update bit is equal to '00 ', the data is written to the pixel specified by the just_filled
Buffer: When the display update bit is equal to "11", the pixel data is written to all buffers.
Pointer to the buffer specified by the being_displayed to refresh the display. In the display refresh a
A frame refresh yuan (epoch) after the last pixel and it starts the next frame refresh
Refresh period before the first pixel, the display update processing is executed to being_refreshed
(Refreshing) is set equal to just_filled operation.
...
MDDI video stream packets according to the following structure or method to update the buffer: When the display
Update bit is equal to '01 ', the pixel data is written to the buffer specified by the current_fill;
When the display update bit is equal to '00 ', the data is written to the pixel specified by the just_filled
Buffer: When the display update bit is equal to "11", the pixel data is written to all buffers.
Pointer to the buffer specified by the being_displayed to refresh the display. In the display refresh a
A frame refresh yuan (epoch) after the last pixel and it starts the next frame refresh
Refresh period before the first pixel, the display update processing is executed to being_refreshed
(Refreshing) is set equal to just_filled operation.
...
When support video image, Figure 89 illustrate when the display update bit is equal to "01", and by
MDDI link transmission from the video data, to a pair of the video frame buffer to the display
Images. MDDI link is detected on the medium after the frame boundary, the frame currently being refreshed
The refresh process is completed, the display refresh process will begin refreshing from the next frame buffer.
When support video image, Figure 89 illustrate when the display update bit is equal to "01", and by
MDDI link transmission from the video data, to a pair of the video frame buffer to the display
Images. MDDI link is detected on the medium after the frame boundary, the frame currently being refreshed
The refresh process is completed, the display refresh process will begin refreshing from the next frame buffer....
When support video image, Figure 89 illustrate when the display update bit is equal to "01", and by
MDDI link transmission from the video data, to a pair of the video frame buffer to the display
Images. MDDI link is detected on the medium after the frame boundary, the frame currently being refreshed
The refresh process is completed, the display refresh process will begin refreshing from the next frame buffer....
Containing computer graphics and motion video image combined image, the video image
Pixel data may occupy a small part of the media frames. In the display refresh operation and the image transfer involving phase
The frame buffer with the case, it is very important. These conditions through Figure 91 of the
Cross-hatched shading shows which reads from the buffer to refresh the display pixel can be
Could be written into the buffer of the previous two pixels, or they may correspond to about to be written to the same
A frame buffer.
The client using the three frame buffers to resolve small window frame buffer access competition
Problem, as shown in Figure 92.
However, if the monitor refresh rate is less than MDDI link medium frame rate,
So the problem persists, as shown in Figure 93.
Motion video images using a single buffer is much problem, as shown in Figure 94. When the
Display refresh faster than the image transfer into the buffer, the image being refreshed sometimes will show positive
An upper frame is written, and the image of the lower part is previously transmitted frames. When the monitor brush
New faster than the image transfer (preferred mode of operation), the image showing a frame similar to the case of split
Will occur more frequently.
XVII. Delay value table
Packet processing delay parameters grouped using a table lookup function to calculate the predicted delay to
They deal with clients in some commands. Values in the table according to the number of ways to increase in order to provide
Very wide dynamic range, delay value. Table XX below can be used to implement the present invention to identify
Example for implementation of an exemplary delay value table, the corresponding index value controls the delay.
Table XX
0 - no delay | 37-1.5ns | 74-51ns | 111-1.8us | 148-62us | 185-2.2ms | 222-75ms |
1-46ps | 38-1.6ns | 75-56ns | 112-2.0us | 149-68us | 186-2.4ms | 223-83ms |
2-51ps | 39-1.8ns | 76-62ns | 113-2.2us | 150-75us | 187-2.6ms | 224-91ms |
3-56ps | 40-2.0ns | 77-68ns | 114-2.4us | 151-83us | 188-2.9ms | 225-100ms |
4-62ps | 41-2.2ns | 78-75ns | 115-2.6us | 152-91us | 189-3.2ms | 226-110ms |
5-68ps | 42-2.4ns | 79-83ns | 116-2.9us | 153-100us | 190-3.5ms | 227-120ms |
6-75ps | 43-2.6ns | 80-91ns | 117-3.2us | 154-110us | 191-3.8ms | 228-130ms |
7-83ps | 44-2.9ns | 81-100ns | 118-3.5us | 155-120us | 192-4.2ms | 229-150ms |
8-91ps | 45-3.2ns | 82-110ns | 119-3.8us | 156-130us | 193-4.6ms | 230-160ms |
9-100ps | 46-3.5ns | 83-120ns | 120-4.2us | 157-150us | 194-5.1ms | 231-180ms |
10-110ps | 47-3.8ns | 84-130ns | 121-4.6us | 158-160us | 195-5.6ms | 232-200ms |
11-120ps | 48-4.2ns | 85-150ns | 122-5.1us | 159-180us | 196-6.2ms | 233-220ms |
12-130ps | 49-4.6ns | 86-160ns | 123-5.6us | 160-200us | 197-6.8ms | 234-240ms |
13-150ps | 50-5.1ns | 87-180ns | 124-6.2us | 161-220us | 198-7.5ms | 235-260ms |
14-160ps | 51-5.6ns | 88-200ns | 125-6.8us | 162-240us | 199-8.3ms | 236-290ms |
15-180ps | 52-6.2ns | 89-220ns | 126-7.5us | 163-260us | 200-9.1ms | 237-320ms |
16-200ps | 53-6.8ns | 90-240ns | 127-8.3us | 164-290us | 201-10ms | 238-350ms |
17-220ps | 54-7.5ns | 91-260ns | 128-9.1us | 165-320us | 202-11ms | 239-380ms |
18-240ps | 55-8.3ns | 92-290ns | 129-10us | 166-350us | 203-12ms | 240-420ms |
19-260ps | 56-9.1ns | 93-320ns | 130-11us | 167-380us | 204-13ms | 241-460ms |
20-290ps | 57-10ns | 94-350ns | 131-12us | 168-420us | 205-15ms | 242-510ms |
21-320ps | 58-11ns | 95-380ns | 132-13us | 169-460us | 206-16ms | 243-560ms |
22-350ps | 59-12ns | 96-420ns | 133-15us | 170-510us | 207-18ms | 244-620ms |
23-380ps | 60-13ns | 97-460ns | 134-16us | 171-560us | 208-20ms | 245-680ms |
24-420ps | 61-15ns | 98-510ns | 135-18us | 172-620us | 209-22ms | 246-750ms |
25-460ps | 62-16ns | 99-560ns | 136-20us | 173-680us | 210-24ms | 247-830ms |
26-510ps | 63-18ns | 100-620ns | 137-22us | 174-750us | 211-26ms | 248-910ms |
27-560ps | 64-20ns | 101-680ns | 138-24us | 175-830us | 212-29ms | 249-1.0sec |
28-620ps | 65-22ns | 102-750ns | 139-26us | 176-910us | 213-32ms | 250-1.1sec |
29-680ps | 66-24ns | 103-830ns | 140-29us | 177-1.0ms | 214-35ms | 251-1.2sec |
30-750ps | 67-26ns | 104-910ns | 141-32us | 178-1.1ms | 215-38ms | 252-1.3sec |
31-830ps | 68-29ns | 105-1.0us | 142-35us | 179-1.2ms | 216-42ms | 253-1.5sec |
32-910ps | 69-32ns | 106-1.1us | 143-38us | 180-1.3ms | 217-46ms | 254-1.6s |
33-1.0ns | 70-35ns | 107-1.2us | 144-42us | 181-1.5ms | 218-51ms | 255 - uncertain |
34-1.1ns | 71-38ns | 108-1.3us | 145-46us | 182-1.6ms | 219-56ms | |
35-1.2ns | 72-42ns | 109-1.5us | 146-51us | 183-1.8ms | 220-62ms | |
36-1.3ns | 73-46ns | 110-1.6us | 147-56us | 184-2.0ms | 221-68ms |
Through the designated parameter as an index table lookup table to calculate the delay. This means that
The delay is equal to the packet processing table (index). For example: If the delay parameter from the parameter list items
One number is 8-bit value equal to 134, then the delay is equal to the packet processing table (134), i.e.,
16 microseconds. Value of 255 indicates that the command can not be determined by calculating the completion time, the host must check
Client requests and status check packet graphic busy flag or MCCS VCP control parameters
Number B7h.
In some cases this delay is multiplied by the height of the target image, or the pixel width
Number, and it is added to other delay up to calculate the packet processing delay.
XVIII multi-client support
Current protocol version looks not directly support multiple client devices. However, most of the
Retention of packet contains the client ID field, the client ID can be used with multiple customers
The client's system for addressing a particular client device. Currently, for many applications,
The client ID or client ID of these are set to zero. The sub-frame header packet also
Contains is used to indicate whether the host supports multiple client systems fields. Therefore, there
One way in which the MDD interface or protocol in future applications it is possible to more passengers
Client devices are connected together and to be addressed in order to help plan for future system designers with multiple
Client host and client compatibility.
...
Current protocol version looks not directly support multiple client devices. However, most of the
Retention of packet contains the client ID field, the client ID can be used with multiple customers
The client's system for addressing a particular client device. Currently, for many applications,
The client ID or client ID of these are set to zero. The sub-frame header packet also
Contains is used to indicate whether the host supports multiple client systems fields. Therefore, there
One way in which the MDD interface or protocol in future applications it is possible to more passengers
Client devices are connected together and to be addressed in order to help plan for future system designers with multiple
Client host and client compatibility.
...
XIX. Appendix
In addition to the above-discussed embodiment of the invention for implementing the architecture and protocols of the grid
Style, structure and content outside, where some packet type field provides a more detailed
Content or operation. These elements are given here in order to further clarify their respective purposes
Or operations to enable the person skilled in the art and easier to understand the invention for various
Application. Not discussed here only discuss a few fields over. In addition, these fields are
Given above with respect to exemplary embodiments and the values given in the definition. However, it should not be
These values as a limitation on the invention, but rather they represent implement these interfaces and protocols
Useful one or more embodiments, or simultaneously with and without the implementation of all of the embodiments
Case. Other embodiments, other values may be used to achieve the desired data or data rate
Send the results presented, as the skilled person will be understood that.
...
In addition to the above-discussed embodiment of the invention for implementing the architecture and protocols of the grid
Style, structure and content outside, where some packet type field provides a more detailed
Content or operation. These elements are given here in order to further clarify their respective purposes
Or operations to enable the person skilled in the art and easier to understand the invention for various
Application. Not discussed here only discuss a few fields over. In addition, these fields are
Given above with respect to exemplary embodiments and the values given in the definition. However, it should not be
These values as a limitation on the invention, but rather they represent implement these interfaces and protocols
Useful one or more embodiments, or simultaneously with and without the implementation of all of the embodiments
Case. Other embodiments, other values may be used to achieve the desired data or data rate
Send the results presented, as the skilled person will be understood that.
...
In one embodiment, the pixel data attribute field (2 bytes) with the following interpretation
A series of bit values. Bits 1 and 0 select how to route the display pixel data. For the bit value '11 '
Speaking, or two eyes to display data for bit value '10 ', the only way the data
From to left, and for bit values '01 'is concerned, only the data is routed to the right eye, and for bit
A value of '00 'is concerned, the data is routed to an optional display, as discussed below, the bits 8 to
11 as specified.
2% E5% AD% 97% E8% 8A% 82% E7% 9A% 84X% E8% B5% B7% E5% A7% 8B% E5% 92% 8CY% E8% B5% B7% E5% A7% 8B% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E6% 8C% 87% E5% AE% 9A% E5% 83% 8F% E7% B4% A0% E6% 95% B0% E6% 8D% AE% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E4% B8% AD% E7% AC% AC% E4% B8% 80% E5% 83% 8F% E7% B4% A0% E7% 9A% 84% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E7% 82% B9 (X% E8% B5% B7% E5% A7% 8B% EF% BC% 8CY% E8% B5% B7% E5% A7% 8B)% E7% 9A% 84% E7% BB% 9D% E5% AF% B9X% E5% 92% 8CY% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% E3% 80 % 822% E5% AD% 97% E8% 8A% 82% E7% 9A% 84X% E5% B7% A6% E6% B2% BF% E5% 92% 8CY% E9% A1% B6% 0A% 20% 20 % 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E6% B2% BF% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E6% 8C% 87% E5% AE% 9A % E7% 94% B1% E5% 83% 8F% E7% B4% A0% E6% 95% B0% E6% 8D% AE% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E5% A1% AB% E5 % 85% 85% E7% 9A% 84% E5% B1% 8F% E5% B9% 95% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F% A3% E7% 9A% 84% E5% B7% A6% E6% B2 % BF% E7% 9A% 84X% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% E4% BB% A5% E5% 8F% 8A% E9% A1% B6% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20 % 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E6% B2% BF% E7% 9A% 84Y% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% EF% BC% 8C% E8% 80% 8CX % E5% 8F% B3% E6% B2% BF% E5% 92% 8CY% E5% BA% 95% E6% B2% BF% E5% AD% 97% E6% AE% B5% E5% 88% 99% E6 % 8C% 87% E5% AE% 9A% E6% AD% A3% E5% 9C% A8% E6% 9B% B4% E6% 96% B0% E7% 9A% 84% E7% AA% 97% E5% 8F % A3% E7% 9A% 84% E5% 8F% B3% E6% B2% BF% 0A% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% E7% 9A % 84X% E5% 9D% 90% E6% A0% 87% E4% BB% A5% E5% 8F% 8A% E5% BA% 95% E6% B2% BF% E7% 9A% 84Y% E5% 9D% 90 % E6% A0% 87% E3% 80% 82
Pixel count field (2 bytes) pixel data field specifies the following number of pixels.
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the pixel count from the packet length of all the words
Section of the CRC. If that fails the CRC check, the entire packet is discarded.
Said pixel data field contains the raw video information to be displayed, and in accordance with the video
Data Format Descriptor field formatted as described. As discussed elsewhere,
Each data transmission a "line." When the pixel data attribute field bit 5 is set to logic 1
Usually, the pixel data field contains exactly one row of pixels, and the first pixel being transmitted to
Should be the most left pixel, and the last pixel transmitted corresponding to the right-most pixel.
Pixel data CRC field (2 bytes) contains only the pixel data 16 CRC. As
If the value of the CRC check fails, then the pixel data can still be used, but the CRC error
Count increases.
B. Information on the audio stream packet
In one embodiment, the Audio Channel ID field (1 byte) using 8-bit unsigned
Integer value to identify a particular audio channel, where the client device sends the audio data to the through
Road. Physical audio channel through this field in accordance with the values 0,1,2,3,4,5,6 or 7
Been designated or mapped to a physical channel, respectively, indicate that these values front left, front right, left, right
After the front center, subwoofer, surround left and surround right channels. Audio channel ID
A value of 254 indicates that a single stream digital audio samples is sent to the front left and right channels. Doing
Simplifies the communication of some applications, such as a stereo headset for voice communication applications, for
PDA using the improved productivity applications, or simple user interface to generate an alarm sound its
It is applied. From 8-253 and 255, ID field within the range of values is currently retained to
Will be in the new design requires the use of additional marking, as the skilled person in the foreseeable
To be.
...
In one embodiment, the Audio Channel ID field (1 byte) using 8-bit unsigned
Integer value to identify a particular audio channel, where the client device sends the audio data to the through
Road. Physical audio channel through this field in accordance with the values 0,1,2,3,4,5,6 or 7
Been designated or mapped to a physical channel, respectively, indicate that these values front left, front right, left, right
After the front center, subwoofer, surround left and surround right channels. Audio channel ID
A value of 254 indicates that a single stream digital audio samples is sent to the front left and right channels. Doing
Simplifies the communication of some applications, such as a stereo headset for voice communication applications, for
PDA using the improved productivity applications, or simple user interface to generate an alarm sound its
It is applied. From 8-253 and 255, ID field within the range of values is currently retained to
Will be in the new design requires the use of additional marking, as the skilled person in the foreseeable
To be.
...
Audio sample count field (2 bytes) Specifies the number of audio samples grouping.
Each sample median and packaging field contains a byte of data is used to illustrate the audio package
Format. In one embodiment, usually using bit format is used to define each 4-0
PCM audio samples digits. Then, bit 5 shows whether said digital audio data samples
Be packaged. As described above, Figure 12 illustrates the packing audio samples and audio samples byte aligned
Differences. Bit 5 is the value '0 'indicates that each field of the digital audio PCM audio data
Sampling of the interface are byte aligned byte boundaries, and the value '1 'indicates that each successive PCM
Audio sample relative to the previous audio sample is packaged. Usually only when bit 4-0 (each PCM
Audio samples of bits) value is not defined in a multiple of 8, this bit is valid.
Bits 7-6 are reserved for the system design requires the use of additional identification, and is typically set to
Zero value.
...
Each sample median and packaging field contains a byte of data is used to illustrate the audio package
Format. In one embodiment, usually using bit format is used to define each 4-0
PCM audio samples digits. Then, bit 5 shows whether said digital audio data samples
Be packaged. As described above, Figure 12 illustrates the packing audio samples and audio samples byte aligned
Differences. Bit 5 is the value '0 'indicates that each field of the digital audio PCM audio data
Sampling of the interface are byte aligned byte boundaries, and the value '1 'indicates that each successive PCM
Audio sample relative to the previous audio sample is packaged. Usually only when bit 4-0 (each PCM
Audio samples of bits) value is not defined in a multiple of 8, this bit is valid.
Bits 7-6 are reserved for the system design requires the use of additional identification, and is typically set to
Zero value.
...
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the length from the packet to the audio sample rate of
There are 16 bytes of CRC. If not properly passed the CRC checksum, discard
Entire packet. Digital audio data field contains the raw audio samples to be played, and usually
Unsigned integer having the form of a linear format. Audio Data CRC field (2 bytes)
Contains audio data only for 16-bit CRC. If that fails the CRC check,
Then the audio data can still be used, but the CRC error count is incremented.
C. about user-defined stream packets
In one embodiment, the 2-byte stream ID number field is used to identify a particular user-defined
Defined stream. Flow parameters and flow data field content is usually defined by the MDDI equipment manufacturer.
2-byte CRC field contains a flow parameters from the beginning to the packet length byte stream audio encoding
All parameters of the 16-bit byte CRC. If that fails the CRC check, you have lost
Discard the entire packet. If the application does not require final MDD interface flow parameters and flow parameters CRC
Field, that they are seen as optional, then flow parameters and flow parameters CRC field can be
Discarded. 2-byte CRC field contains only the stream data for the stream data of the CRC. If
This not properly by checking CRC, then the streaming data is optional, which take
Depending on the application requirements. The use of the stream data with the CRC for well, and generally should
Find cache streaming data until CRC was identified as good so far. If the CRC does not pass
Parity, then the CRC error count increases.
...
In one embodiment, the 2-byte stream ID number field is used to identify a particular user-defined
Defined stream. Flow parameters and flow data field content is usually defined by the MDDI equipment manufacturer.
2-byte CRC field contains a flow parameters from the beginning to the packet length byte stream audio encoding
All parameters of the 16-bit byte CRC. If that fails the CRC check, you have lost
Discard the entire packet. If the application does not require final MDD interface flow parameters and flow parameters CRC
Field, that they are seen as optional, then flow parameters and flow parameters CRC field can be
Discarded. 2-byte CRC field contains only the stream data for the stream data of the CRC. If
This not properly by checking CRC, then the streaming data is optional, which take
Depending on the application requirements. The use of the stream data with the CRC for well, and generally should
Find cache streaming data until CRC was identified as good so far. If the CRC does not pass
Parity, then the CRC error count increases.
...
2-byte hClient ID field contains the client ID information or reservations values, such as the first
As used before. Since this field is usually reserved for future use, so the current through
These bits set to '0 'to be set to zero.
2-byte count field using color mapping project value to specify three - byte color map entry
Total purposes, these items are included in the color mapping data field, or specify exists in this
Color mapping data packets over the color map of the total number of table entries. In this embodiment,
, The color map is the number of bytes of data in the color mapping project counts three times. Color mapping
Shot item count is set to zero so as not to send the color mapping data. If the color mapping
The size is zero, then the offset value is usually still color mapping sent, but ignored by display.
Color mapping offset field (4 bytes) Specifies the color mapping data packet from the client
Device color mapping table offset to start.
...
2-byte count field using color mapping project value to specify three - byte color map entry
Total purposes, these items are included in the color mapping data field, or specify exists in this
Color mapping data packets over the color map of the total number of table entries. In this embodiment,
, The color map is the number of bytes of data in the color mapping project counts three times. Color mapping
Shot item count is set to zero so as not to send the color mapping data. If the color mapping
The size is zero, then the offset value is usually still color mapping sent, but ignored by display.
Color mapping offset field (4 bytes) Specifies the color mapping data packet from the client
Device color mapping table offset to start.
...
For the color map data fields, the width of each color map location is determined by the color
Size field specifies the mapping entry, which in one embodiment, the first part specifies the number of blue
Value, the second part specifies the green value and the third part specifies the red value. Color map size
Field specifies the color mapping data fields exist in the three-byte color mapping table entries.
If a single color map can not meet (fit into) video data format and color maps grouped
Then you can send multiple packets to specify the entire color mapping, where each packet with
There are different colors and color mapping data mapping offsets. Each data item in the blue color mapping,
Green and red digits ability grouping should monitor RGB color map width field
Is specified.
...
For the color map data fields, the width of each color map location is determined by the color
Size field specifies the mapping entry, which in one embodiment, the first part specifies the number of blue
Value, the second part specifies the green value and the third part specifies the red value. Color map size
Field specifies the color mapping data fields exist in the three-byte color mapping table entries.
If a single color map can not meet (fit into) video data format and color maps grouped
Then you can send multiple packets to specify the entire color mapping, where each packet with
There are different colors and color mapping data mapping offsets. Each data item in the blue color mapping,
Green and red digits ability grouping should monitor RGB color map width field
Is specified.
...
Each color mapping data items will be transferred in the following order: blue, green, red
Colors, each component of the least significant bit is transmitted first. Each project will be a single red color map
, Green, and blue components packaged, but each color map item (the blue component of the minimum
Significant bit) should be based on byte aligned. Figure 100 illustrates a 6 blue, green, and 8
7 red color map data item instance. For this example, the color mapping points
Group size is equal to 21 color map entry, and the client ability grouping RGB color map
Width of the field is equal to 0x0786.
E. encapsulated packet on the reverse link
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the packet length from the length of all the words to the steering
Section 16 CRC. If that fails the CRC check, the entire packet is discarded.
In one embodiment, the reverse link flags field (1 byte) contains request
Information from the client a set of flags. If bit (e.g., bit 0) is set to a logic 1
Flat, then the host ability grouping using the client request specific information from the monitor, but if
The bit is set to logic zero level, then the host does not need the information from the client. Position
0 is used to indicate when the host needs clients ability grouping, usually the client data points in reverse
Group of fields in the packet sent to the host. Bit 1 is used to indicate when the host needs to client requests
And status grouping of the data by the client in the reverse grouping field to send to the host. Surplus
I bit (in this case bit 2-7) are reserved for future use and are set to zero. However
And, you may need to use more bits to set the mark for the reverse link.
...
In one embodiment, the reverse link flags field (1 byte) contains request
Information from the client a set of flags. If bit (e.g., bit 0) is set to a logic 1
Flat, then the host ability grouping using the client request specific information from the monitor, but if
The bit is set to logic zero level, then the host does not need the information from the client. Position
0 is used to indicate when the host needs clients ability grouping, usually the client data points in reverse
Group of fields in the packet sent to the host. Bit 1 is used to indicate when the host needs to client requests
And status grouping of the data by the client in the reverse grouping field to send to the host. Surplus
I bit (in this case bit 2-7) are reserved for future use and are set to zero. However
And, you may need to use more bits to set the mark for the reverse link.
...
Zero 1 field contains a byte, this is 8, by the respective bit is set to logic
0 level can be set to all zeros a field equal to zero, and the field can be used to ensure that all
MDDI_Data signal is disabled during the steering a field before the host can place the line driver
At logic zero level up enough time to allow the client to begin using only MDDI_Stb
Recovered clock. In one embodiment, the full length of the field and 1 is greater than or equal to the cable
Round trip delay in the forward link frequency and the number of bytes transferred.
Zero 1 field contains a byte, this is 8, by the respective bit is set to logic
0 level can be set to all zeros a field equal to zero, and the field can be used to ensure that all
MDDI_Data signal is disabled during the steering a field before the host can place the line driver
At logic zero level up enough time to allow the client to begin using only MDDI_Stb
Recovered clock. In one embodiment, the full length of the field and 1 is greater than or equal to the cable
Round trip delay in the forward link frequency and the number of bytes transferred....
Reverse field contains a series of data packets sent from the client to the host of the data points
Groups. When a client has no data to send to the host, the client can send or padding packets
MDDI_Data line driven to a logic 0 state or level. In the present embodiment, if the
MDDI_Data lines are driven to zero, the host will be interpreted as a zero length packet (not
Is the effective length), and the host of the current during the reverse link encapsulation packet from the client will no longer be
Machine to receive another packet.
Turning two fields include turning length parameter specifies the number of bytes. Host enabled its
MDDI_Data line driver to wait until at least the turn two during the round trip delay
Room. Host to enable its MDDI_Data line driver, so that they in turn two of the last
Bit before usually fully enabled, the client disables its output, so that they in turn two of the last
Bit before usually completely disabled. 2 field is intended to shift to or transmitted from the client
Since the reverse packet data field begins the remaining amount. Taking into account the different systems implement the interface
And distribution of safety margins limit the differences, it is possible that none of the hosts and clients
Steering 2 field period during certain parts of the MDDI_Data signals are driven to a logic zero level
Level, such as the host of the line receiver shows. MDDI_Stb signal behaves as
Basically MDDI_Data0 2 cycles during the entire shift at a logic 0 level. Given above
A description of the settings turned two.
...
Turning two fields include turning length parameter specifies the number of bytes. Host enabled its
MDDI_Data line driver to wait until at least the turn two during the round trip delay
Room. Host to enable its MDDI_Data line driver, so that they in turn two of the last
Bit before usually fully enabled, the client disables its output, so that they in turn two of the last
Bit before usually completely disabled. 2 field is intended to shift to or transmitted from the client
Since the reverse packet data field begins the remaining amount. Taking into account the different systems implement the interface
And distribution of safety margins limit the differences, it is possible that none of the hosts and clients
Steering 2 field period during certain parts of the MDDI_Data signals are driven to a logic zero level
Level, such as the host of the line receiver shows. MDDI_Stb signal behaves as
Basically MDDI_Data0 2 cycles during the entire shift at a logic 0 level. Given above
A description of the settings turned two.
...
Zero 2 field contains a value is set equal to zero bytes (in the present case
8), which is set by these bits to logic 0 level to be achieved, and the field
Used to ensure that following the start of the host turned to two field line driver, all
MDDI_Data signals can be in a zero state for a sufficient time so that the client can make
Both begin with MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb recovered clock.
F. ability grouping on client
As one embodiment, the Protocol Version field uses 2 bytes to specify the client machine
Using the protocol version. The initial version is currently being set equal to 1, and with the new version of the
Generate the initial release will change over time, as will know, while the smallest
Protocol Version field uses two bytes to specify the client can use or interpretation of the minimum agreement
Version. In this case, a value of 0 is valid. Data Rate Capability field (2 bytes)
Specifies the client of the interface on the forward link to each of the data received on the maximum data
Rate, and one million per second (Mbps) in the form specified. Interface Type ability word
Section (1 byte) specifies the interface supported on the forward and reverse link type. Is set to "1" bit in the table
Ming supports the specified interface, and set to "0" bit indicates that the specified type is not supported. Main
Machine and the client should be in the forward and reverse links at least one type of support. Not required to support the interface class
Type adjacent ranges. For example, only supports interfaces Type 1 and Type 3 does not support the type
3 and type 4 will be very effective. The forward and reverse links do not need to use the same interface type
Type to run. However, when the link is waking from hibernation, the forward and reverse link should be in the type 1
Negotiated and agreed upon until it starts running mode or select the other mode, or by the client host and
Both agreed to use other modes so far.
...
As one embodiment, the Protocol Version field uses 2 bytes to specify the client machine
Using the protocol version. The initial version is currently being set equal to 1, and with the new version of the
Generate the initial release will change over time, as will know, while the smallest
Protocol Version field uses two bytes to specify the client can use or interpretation of the minimum agreement
Version. In this case, a value of 0 is valid. Data Rate Capability field (2 bytes)
Specifies the client of the interface on the forward link to each of the data received on the maximum data
Rate, and one million per second (Mbps) in the form specified. Interface Type ability word
Section (1 byte) specifies the interface supported on the forward and reverse link type. Is set to "1" bit in the table
Ming supports the specified interface, and set to "0" bit indicates that the specified type is not supported. Main
Machine and the client should be in the forward and reverse links at least one type of support. Not required to support the interface class
Type adjacent ranges. For example, only supports interfaces Type 1 and Type 3 does not support the type
3 and type 4 will be very effective. The forward and reverse links do not need to use the same interface type
Type to run. However, when the link is waking from hibernation, the forward and reverse link should be in the type 1
Negotiated and agreed upon until it starts running mode or select the other mode, or by the client host and
Both agreed to use other modes so far.
...
Color capability field (1 byte) is used to specify the color format can follow the resolution
Rate of digits. If the display is monochrome format can not be used, then this value is set to zero.
Bits 7 to 4 are reserved for future use, and thus set to zero. Bit 3-0 defines each pixel
Elements may be present in the maximum number of gradation levels. This four to a specified value for each pixel
To 15. If the value is zero, then the display does not support the monochrome format.
Bayer capability field uses 1 byte to send in a resolution Bayer format
Digits, pixel group, and pixel order. If the client can not use the Bayer format then the value
Zero. Bayer capability field from the following values: Bits 3-0 define each pixel stored
The maximum number of digits in intensity, while bit 5-4 defines the necessary pixel group mode, and bit 8
6 defines the necessary sequence of pixels; bits 14-9 are reserved for future use and the same
Is usually set to zero. Bit 15 is set to 1, indicates that the client can accept or packaged
Unpacked format Bayer pixel data. If bit 15 is set to 0, which indicates that the client
Can only accept unpacked format Bayer pixel data.
...
Bayer capability field uses 1 byte to send in a resolution Bayer format
Digits, pixel group, and pixel order. If the client can not use the Bayer format then the value
Zero. Bayer capability field from the following values: Bits 3-0 define each pixel stored
The maximum number of digits in intensity, while bit 5-4 defines the necessary pixel group mode, and bit 8
6 defines the necessary sequence of pixels; bits 14-9 are reserved for future use and the same
Is usually set to zero. Bit 15 is set to 1, indicates that the client can accept or packaged
Unpacked format Bayer pixel data. If bit 15 is set to 0, which indicates that the client
Can only accept unpacked format Bayer pixel data.
...
RGB capability field (2 bytes) can be specified according to the resolution of the RGB format
The digits. If the monitor can not use RGB format, then this value is equal to zero. RGB
Ability word consists of three separate unsigned value, wherein: in each pixel, bit 3-0 set
Defined maximum number of blue, green bits 7-4 define the maximum number of digits, and the bits 11-8 fixed
Defined maximum number of digits in red. Currently, bit 14-12 are reserved for future use and are usually
Set to zero. Bit 15 is set to 1, indicates that the client can accept packed or unpacked
RGB pixel data format. If bit 15 is set to logic 0 level, indicating that the customer
Machines can only accept unpacked format RGB pixel data.
...
RGB capability field (2 bytes) can be specified according to the resolution of the RGB format
The digits. If the monitor can not use RGB format, then this value is equal to zero. RGB
Ability word consists of three separate unsigned value, wherein: in each pixel, bit 3-0 set
Defined maximum number of blue, green bits 7-4 define the maximum number of digits, and the bits 11-8 fixed
Defined maximum number of digits in red. Currently, bit 14-12 are reserved for future use and are usually
Set to zero. Bit 15 is set to 1, indicates that the client can accept packed or unpacked
RGB pixel data format. If bit 15 is set to logic 0 level, indicating that the customer
Machines can only accept unpacked format RGB pixel data.
...
Client features the ability to use 4-byte indicator field, which is used to show off a set of
Client specific features that are supported in the logo. Set to logic 1 level bit indicates support for the
Above capabilities, and is set to a logic zero level of the bit indicates that the capability is not supported. In one embodiment,
Example, bit 0 value indicates whether to support bitmap block transfer packet (packet type 71). Bit 1,
2 and 3 respectively indicate whether it supports bitmap area padding packet (packet type 72), the bit
Figure Hatch packet (packet type 73) or the communication link data channel packet (packet
Type 74). Bit 4 value indicates whether the client has the ability to make a color transparent, and bit 5
And 6 respectively show the client can accept packaged format video data or audio
Data, and the value of bit 7 indicates that the client can send a reverse link from the camera video stream. Bit 8
The value indicates whether the client is capable of receiving full line (full line) and ignore the pixel data
Such as a video stream packet attribute field pixel data bit 5 of the specified display addressing, and passenger
Client can also use the bits of pixel data attribute field 15 detects the frame sync or video frame data
End.
...
The value of Bit 20 indicates when the client has the ability to monitor the power status of the packet in response.
21-bit values indicate when clients have the ability to explain the specific status request packet, and Lee
A list of active state response packet to respond. As mentioned elsewhere, the client indicates
Have the ability to answer a list of valid state valid parameter response packet to return another list field
Outside the state.
Monitor video frame rate capability field (1 byte) specified in units of frames per second
Monitor's maximum video frame update capability. The host can select a slow specified in this field
The rate values to update the image.
The audio buffer depth field (2 bytes) specifies an audio stream dedicated to the display of each
Monitor the depth of the elastic buffer.
Audio channel capability field (2 bytes) contains a flag to indicate that the client or
Which client connection device supports audio channels. Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is supported
Support, while the bit set to zero indicates that channel is not supported. The bit positions are assigned to non-
The same channel, for example, in one embodiment, the bit position or 0,1,2,3,4,5,6
7, respectively, showed that the left front, right front, left rear, right rear, front center, subwoofer, ring
Surround left and surround right channels. Bits 8-14 is currently reserved for future use and is usually located
Set to zero. In one embodiment, the bit 15 is used to indicate whether the client to provide the forward sound
Frequency channel is enabled grouping support. If this is the case, bit 15 is set to a logic 1
Levels. However, if the audio channel as a positive result of grouping is enabled, the client can not be disabled
Audio channel, or if the client does not support any audio capabilities, then this one is set
A logic 0 level or value.
...
Audio channel capability field (2 bytes) contains a flag to indicate that the client or
Which client connection device supports audio channels. Bit set to 1 indicates that the channel is supported
Support, while the bit set to zero indicates that channel is not supported. The bit positions are assigned to non-
The same channel, for example, in one embodiment, the bit position or 0,1,2,3,4,5,6
7, respectively, showed that the left front, right front, left rear, right rear, front center, subwoofer, ring
Surround left and surround right channels. Bits 8-14 is currently reserved for future use and is usually located
Set to zero. In one embodiment, the bit 15 is used to indicate whether the client to provide the forward sound
Frequency channel is enabled grouping support. If this is the case, bit 15 is set to a logic 1
Levels. However, if the audio channel as a positive result of grouping is enabled, the client can not be disabled
Audio channel, or if the client does not support any audio capabilities, then this one is set
A logic 0 level or value.
...
A minimal frame rate field (2 bytes) Specifies the frames per second a minimal frame
Rate. The minimal reading display frame rate sufficient to maintain some of the sensors or pointing device
Refresh rate of the display device status.
For the reverse link of a 2-byte field contains a microphone sampling rate capability of the standard
Chi, used to indicate the client device's microphone audio sample rate capability. For use
MDDI purposes, the client device microphone is configured to minimally support at least 8,000
Sample per second rate. The positions for this field are assigned to different bit rate, for example,
Wherein the bit positions 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7, and 8 are used to represent 8,000,16,000,
24,000,32,000,40,000,48,000,11,025,22,050 and 44,100 hits per
Second (SPS), bits 9 to 15 are reserved for future use or as required for optional speed
Rate, so they are currently set to '0 '. The bit value of one of these bits set to '1 '
Indicates that the particular sample rate is supported, and put this bit is set to '0 'indicates that the sample
Rates are not supported. If the microphone is not connected, then the microphone bit sampling rate capability
Of each are set to zero.
...
Keyboard Data Format field (here a byte) Description Keyboard is connected to the customer
Systems and the connected keyboard type. In one embodiment, established by Bit 6-0
The value used to define the type of the connected keyboard. If the value is zero, the keyboard type is considered
As unknown. When the value is 1, the keyboard data format is considered a standard PS-2 mode. Currently
Not used 2-125 range of values, these values are retained for the system designer or
Interface Corporation (incorporator) or product developers to define interfaces with MDD or consequential
Client or host specific use with a keyboard or input device. Value of 126 is used to indicate
User-defined keyboard data format, and the value 127 is used to indicate that the client can not connect to the key
Plate. In addition, bit 7 indicates whether the keyboard can be used to communicate with the client. This bit pre-
Term is used to indicate that use of the keyboard using a wireless communication link with the client situation. If bit 6
0 indicates that the keyboard can not connect to a client, then bit 7 is set to 0 level. Accordingly,
For one embodiment, when the value of bit 7 is 0, the keyboard and client can not communicate,
And if the value of bit 7 is 1, then the keyboard and client have confirmed that they can communicate with each other.
...
Pointing device data format field (this is a byte) indicates whether the device shows even
Received the client system and the instructions of the connected device type. In one embodiment, the
Bit 6-0 established value defines the instructions of the connected device type. If this value is zero
(0), it indicates that the device type is deemed unknown. When the value is 1, the pointing device data format
Is considered the standard PS-2 mode. Not currently in use within the range 2-125 values that
Be retained for the system designer or interface Corporation (incorporator) or product development
Commercial to define interfaces with MDD or the corresponding client or host specific means used in conjunction
Display device or input device. Value of 126 is used to indicate a user-defined data formats pointing device,
The value of 127 is used to indicate that the client can not connect to the pointing device. In addition, Bit 7 can be used
To show that indicates whether the device can communicate with the client. This bit is used to indicate the expected
Indicates that the device using a wireless communication link with the client situation. If bit 6-0 indicate directions
Device can not be connected clients, then bit 7 is set to 0 level. Thus, for a
Embodiment, when the value of bit 7 is 0, the pointing device and client can not communicate, and
If the value of bit 7 is 1, then the pointing device and client have confirmed that they can communicate with each other
Letter.
...
Pointing device data format field (this is a byte) indicates whether the device shows even
Received the client system and the instructions of the connected device type. In one embodiment, the
Bit 6-0 established value defines the instructions of the connected device type. If this value is zero
(0), it indicates that the device type is deemed unknown. When the value is 1, the pointing device data format
Is considered the standard PS-2 mode. Not currently in use within the range 2-125 values that
Be retained for the system designer or interface Corporation (incorporator) or product development
Commercial to define interfaces with MDD or the corresponding client or host specific means used in conjunction
Display device or input device. Value of 126 is used to indicate a user-defined data formats pointing device,
The value of 127 is used to indicate that the client can not connect to the pointing device. In addition, Bit 7 can be used
To show that indicates whether the device can communicate with the client. This bit is used to indicate the expected
Indicates that the device using a wireless communication link with the client situation. If bit 6-0 indicate directions
Device can not be connected clients, then bit 7 is set to 0 level. Thus, for a
Embodiment, when the value of bit 7 is 0, the pointing device and client can not communicate, and
If the value of bit 7 is 1, then the pointing device and client have confirmed that they can communicate with each other
Letter.
...
Manufacturer's Name field (this is 2 bytes), including the manufacturer's EISA3-character
ID, and in accordance with the VESA EDID specification in the same way be packaged into three 5 -
Bit characters. Character "A" is represented as 00001 binary, the character "Z" is expressed as
11010 binary, and all "A" and "Z" between all letters are represented as
Corresponding to the "A" and "Z" between a sequence of alphabetical order of the binary values. Manufacturers
The name of the most significant bit is not used, and is generally set to logic 0 until used for future
Achieved so far. For example, the string "XYZ" means the manufacturer will have a value of 0x633a
Name of the manufacturer. If the client does not support this field, then it will be set to 0. Property
Product code uses two bytes to include allocated by the monitor manufacturer product code. If
Client does not support this field, then the field will be set to 0.
...
Manufacturer's Name field (this is 2 bytes), including the manufacturer's EISA3-character
ID, and in accordance with the VESA EDID specification in the same way be packaged into three 5 -
Bit characters. Character "A" is represented as 00001 binary, the character "Z" is expressed as
11010 binary, and all "A" and "Z" between all letters are represented as
Corresponding to the "A" and "Z" between a sequence of alphabetical order of the binary values. Manufacturers
The name of the most significant bit is not used, and is generally set to logic 0 until used for future
Achieved so far. For example, the string "XYZ" means the manufacturer will have a value of 0x633a
Name of the manufacturer. If the client does not support this field, then it will be set to 0. Property
Product code uses two bytes to include allocated by the monitor manufacturer product code. If
Client does not support this field, then the field will be set to 0.
...
In this embodiment, the sequence number field with four bytes to indicate that the monitor digital form
Number. If the client does not support this field, then the field will be set to 0. Manufacturing Star
With one byte of the field to define the display manufacturing week. If the client supports this
Field, the value in the range of 1-53. If the client does not support this field, then
This field will be set to 0. Year of manufacture field is one byte, which defines the display
The year of manufacture. The value is the offset from 1990. This field indicates the year of the Fan
Wai is 1991-2245. For example, the 2003 value of 13 corresponds to the year of manufacture. If the passenger
Field is not supported by the client, then the field will be set to 0.
...
In this embodiment, the sequence number field with four bytes to indicate that the monitor digital form
Number. If the client does not support this field, then the field will be set to 0. Manufacturing Star
With one byte of the field to define the display manufacturing week. If the client supports this
Field, the value in the range of 1-53. If the client does not support this field, then
This field will be set to 0. Year of manufacture field is one byte, which defines the display
The year of manufacture. The value is the offset from 1990. This field indicates the year of the Fan
Wai is 1991-2245. For example, the 2003 value of 13 corresponds to the year of manufacture. If the passenger
Field is not supported by the client, then the field will be set to 0.
...
G. on client request and status packet
Reverse Link Request field (3 bytes) specifies the client in the next sub-frame in reverse
Link to the host sends the number of bytes required information.
CRC Error Count field (1 byte) indicates that since the medium has occurred since the beginning of the frame
Number of CRC errors. Send subframe count of zero sub-frame header packet, CRC count
Reset. If the actual number of CRC errors exceeds 255, then this value is usually 255
Saturation.
Ability to change field uses a byte to indicate the ability to change the client. Even if the user
Connection such as a microphone, keyboard, or display of the peripheral device or the like, or for other reasons,
This situation may occur. When bit [7:0] is equal to 0, then since the last time the client sent
Ability grouping machine after capacity has not changed. However, when Bits [7:0] is equal to 1 and 255,
Capacity has changed. Check the client ability grouping in order to determine the new display features.
Busy clients use two-byte field indicates that the client is to perform a specific function
Can not yet ready to accept the feature associated with other groupings. Set to a logic 1 level or
Value indicates the client is currently executing the particular function in the client-related functions
Part busy. If the client-related features in place, then this bit is set to logic 0.
The client does not support all the features, the client should return the busy state (bit set
1).
In one embodiment, these bytes are interpreted according to the following relationship: If bit 0 is
"1", the bit block transfer function is busy, if bit 1 is "1", the bitmap area filling power
Can be busy, if bit 2 is "1", the bitmap pattern fill feature busy. Currently, Bits 3 to
15 Reserved for future use, if in the future allocation of these bits, usually set to logic one level or shape
State to indicate the busy state.
H. About bit block transfer packet
Window left coordinates X and Y values to use two-byte fields are specified window to be moved
Upper left hand corner coordinates X and Y values. Window width and height fields are used to use two bytes
Description of the window to be moved in the width and height. Window X and Y move fields are moving to make
Use two bytes for each specified window horizontally and vertically moving the number of pixels. Typically, these
Coordinates are configured such that, X is a positive value so that the window will move to the right and negative to the left let
Side mobile, and the value Y so that the window moves down, and negative values move it up.
I. About bitmap area filling grouping
Window left coordinates X and Y values for the fields are described using two bytes to be filled
Upper left corner of the window coordinates X and Y values. Window Width and Height fields (both 2 bytes) with
To be filled in the description window width and height. Video Data Format Descriptor field (two words
Section) specified pixel format of the value area fills. The format of the video stream packets in the same word
The same paragraph. Pixel area fills value field (4 bytes) contains the fields to be filled in by the above means
Given window of pixel values. In the Video Data Format Descriptor field specifies the pixel
Format.
About bitmap pattern fills J. grouping
Window left coordinates X and Y values to use two-byte fields are to be filled to the specified window
Coordinates of the upper left corner of the X and Y values. Window Width and Height fields (both 2 bytes) for the
Description to be filled window width and height. Pattern width and pattern height fields (both two words
Section), respectively, for explaining the width and height of the fill pattern. Horizontal pattern offset field (two words
Section) specifies the specified window to be filled from the left edge of the horizontal deflection pattern pixel data
Shift. This value is smaller than the pattern width specified value in the field. Vertical pattern offset field (2
Byte) specifies the specified window to be filled from the top edge of the pixel data of the vertical deflection pattern
Shift. This value is smaller than the specified value in the Pattern Height field.
...
Window left coordinates X and Y values to use two-byte fields are to be filled to the specified window
Coordinates of the upper left corner of the X and Y values. Window Width and Height fields (both 2 bytes) for the
Description to be filled window width and height. Pattern width and pattern height fields (both two words
Section), respectively, for explaining the width and height of the fill pattern. Horizontal pattern offset field (two words
Section) specifies the specified window to be filled from the left edge of the horizontal deflection pattern pixel data
Shift. This value is smaller than the pattern width specified value in the field. Vertical pattern offset field (2
Byte) specifies the specified window to be filled from the top edge of the pixel data of the vertical deflection pattern
Shift. This value is smaller than the specified value in the Pattern Height field.
...
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the length of the video format from the packet descriptor
All bytes of the CRC. If that fails the CRC check, the entire packet is discarded.
Pattern pixel data field contains the original video information in video data formats for describing description
Character format specified fill pattern. Data is packaged as a byte, and each column of the first image
Su will be byte aligned. The filling pattern data each transmission line. Pixel data pattern
The CRC field (2 bytes) contains only the pixel data of the pattern of the CRC. If this CRC
Failed verification, then the pattern pixel data to be used, but the CRC error
Count increases.
...
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the length of the video format from the packet descriptor
All bytes of the CRC. If that fails the CRC check, the entire packet is discarded.
Pattern pixel data field contains the original video information in video data formats for describing description
Character format specified fill pattern. Data is packaged as a byte, and each column of the first image
Su will be byte aligned. The filling pattern data each transmission line. Pixel data pattern
The CRC field (2 bytes) contains only the pixel data of the pattern of the CRC. If this CRC
Failed verification, then the pattern pixel data to be used, but the CRC error
Count increases.
...
Parameter CRC field (2 bytes) contains the length of the packet from the packet type all the words
Section of a 16 - bit CRC. If that fails the CRC checksum, discard the entire sub-
Groups.
Communication Link Data field contains the communication channel from the original data. This data is only
Is transmitted to a computing device in the display.
Communication Link Data CRC field (2 bytes) contains only the data of the communication link 16 -
Bit CRC. If this CRC fails the check, then the data can still be said communications link
Use or are still useful, but the CRC error count is incremented.
L. enabled audio channels on the forward packet
Audio channel enable mask field (1 byte) contains a set of flags that indicate which
Audio channel will be enabled in the client. The bit is set to 1 to enable the corresponding channel, set
The bit is set to zero to disable the corresponding channel. Bit 0-5 were specified in the left front, right front, left
Rear, right rear, front center channel and subwoofer channel 0 to channel 5. Bits 7 to
6 is reserved for future use, and is usually set to zero.
M. audio sampling rate on the reverse grouping
Audio Sample Rate field (1 byte) specifies the digital audio sample rate. Put this word
Segment value is assigned to a different rate, which values 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8 points
Do not used to indicate 8,000,16,000,24,000,32,000,40,000,48,000,11,025,
22,050 and 44,100 samples per second (SPS), the value of 9-254 are reserved for based on need
To rate for optional use, so they are currently set to '0 '. 255 used to disable the anti-
To link audio stream.
Sample Format field (1 byte) specifies the format of the digital audio samples. When bit [1:0], etc.
At '0 ', the digital audio samples are in linear format, when they are equal to 1, the digital audio
Is a μ-law-sampling format, and when they equal to 2, the digital audio sample is A-law format
Style. Bit [7:2] are reserved to be used according to need alternative specified audio format, and
Is typically set to zero.
N. packet overhead on digital content protection
Content Protection type field (1 byte) specifies the use of digital content protection methods.
The value '0 'indicates Digital Transmission Content Protection (DTCP), and a value of 1 indicates High-bandwidth Digital internal
Content Protection System (HDCP). Value range 2-255 currently assigned, but is retained
So necessary for optional protection programs. Content Protection overhead message field is included in the main
Sent between the client machine and the content protection message length variable field.
O. enable grouping on transparent colors
Enable transparent color field (1 byte) Specifies to enable or disable the transparent color mode
Situation. If bit 0 is equal to 0, then the transparent color mode is disabled, if equal to 1, then
What a transparent color mode is enabled and the transparent color specified by the following two parameters. This
Byte Bit 1 to 7 are reserved for future use and is typically set to zero.
Video Data Format Descriptor field (2 bytes) specified pixel format of the value area fills.
Figure 11 illustrates the video data format descriptors are encoded. The format usually associated with video
Stream packets in the same field the same.
Pixel area filling value field uses 4 bytes allocated to be filled to the window as specified above
The mouth of the pixel values. In the Video Data Format Descriptor field specifies the format of the pixel.
P. on the round trip delay measurement packet
2-byte packet length field specifies the packet length field is not included in a packet word
Total section, and in one embodiment selected fixed length 159. Class 2 byte packets
Type field with the value 82 identifies the packet type, it will be a group identified as the round trip delay
Measurement packet. As before, hClient ID field is reserved for future as Client ID,
And is usually set to 0.
In one embodiment, the parameters CRC field (2 bytes) contains the packet length from the
All bytes of packet type 16 - bit CRC. If that fails the CRC check,
Entire packet is discarded.
Protection time a field (here is 64 bytes) is used to allow the client to the
MDDI_Data line driver in the host line driver is disabled previously been enabled.
The guard time a bit 0 of the period, the client is enabled MDDI_Data line driver,
And the host disables its line drivers so that the guard time before the last bit of 1, the line
Drive is completely disabled. During the guard time a host and client is not disabled in their
When they drive a logic zero level. Another object of this field is to ensure that: the master circuit is disabled
Drive, all MDDI_Data signal is at a logic zero level up enough time,
In order to allow the client to begin using only MDDI_Stb recovered clock or clock signals
...
Protection time a field (here is 64 bytes) is used to allow the client to the
MDDI_Data line driver in the host line driver is disabled previously been enabled.
The guard time a bit 0 of the period, the client is enabled MDDI_Data line driver,
And the host disables its line drivers so that the guard time before the last bit of 1, the line
Drive is completely disabled. During the guard time a host and client is not disabled in their
When they drive a logic zero level. Another object of this field is to ensure that: the master circuit is disabled
Drive, all MDDI_Data signal is at a logic zero level up enough time,
In order to allow the client to begin using only MDDI_Stb recovered clock or clock signals
...
Zero a field (2 bytes) contains more zeros to allow the host and the client's
MDDI_Data line drivers overlap, thereby MDDI_Data is always driven. Host
Protection time 2 bit 0 is enabled during MDDI_Data, while the client in accordance with their measurement week
Tail end of the practice, will also be driven to a logic 0 signal level.
Protection time two fields (64 bytes) in the value of the round trip delay is measured in weeks
Capable of measuring the maximum period allowed when measured by the client-driven cycles overlap. Client computer
The protection period of time two bits 0 to disable its line driver and the host of the guard time 2
Finally a line immediately after the opening of its drivers. During the guard time 2, the host and guest
Both in its client is not disabled when they drive logic 0 level. Another object of this field is to ensure
Ensure that all MDDI_Data signal is at a logic 0 level up enough time to allow passengers
Enabled client hosts line drivers, use MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb
Began to recover the clock signal.
...
Protection time two fields (64 bytes) in the value of the round trip delay is measured in weeks
Capable of measuring the maximum period allowed when measured by the client-driven cycles overlap. Client computer
The protection period of time two bits 0 to disable its line driver and the host of the guard time 2
Finally a line immediately after the opening of its drivers. During the guard time 2, the host and guest
Both in its client is not disabled when they drive logic 0 level. Another object of this field is to ensure
Ensure that all MDDI_Data signal is at a logic 0 level up enough time to allow passengers
Enabled client hosts line drivers, use MDDI_Data0 and MDDI_Stb
Began to recover the clock signal.
...
In one embodiment, the parameters CRC field (2 bytes) contains the packet length from the
All bytes of packet type 16 - bit CRC. If that fails the CRC check,
Entire packet is discarded.
Zero a field uses 8 bytes to ensure the calibration data sequence field began in
MDDI_Stb there will be changes. Typically, these bytes are used for 8-A is equal to the non-
Signed integer. But also for the client core logic to provide sufficient time to the clock recovery circuit
Road pattern from the use MDDI_0 XOR with MDDI_Stb changed to simply use
MDDI_Stb or MDDI_Stb signal as the recovered clock.
Calibration Data Sequence field contains the data sequence, for each of the signal so that MDDI_Data
A data cycle inversion. Calibration data field length depends on the sequence used on the uplink
Interface. Calibration data processing sequence, all the MDDI host controller
MDDI_Data signals are set equal to the strobe signal. Sequence field calibration data from the client
Monitor receives the time, the client should only use the clock recovery circuit MDDI_Stb
Instead MDDI_Stb XOR with MDDI_Data0 to recover the data clock. According to the school
Prospective data signal sequence field MDDI_Stb exact beginning phase, based on the transmission of the sub-
Group type of interface is being used, the calibration data sequence will usually be one of the following situations:
...
Calibration Data Sequence field contains the data sequence, for each of the signal so that MDDI_Data
A data cycle inversion. Calibration data field length depends on the sequence used on the uplink
Interface. Calibration data processing sequence, all the MDDI host controller
MDDI_Data signals are set equal to the strobe signal. Sequence field calibration data from the client
Monitor receives the time, the client should only use the clock recovery circuit MDDI_Stb
Instead MDDI_Stb XOR with MDDI_Data0 to recover the data clock. According to the school
Prospective data signal sequence field MDDI_Stb exact beginning phase, based on the transmission of the sub-
Group type of interface is being used, the calibration data sequence will usually be one of the following situations:
...
Types 2 - (128 bytes of data sequence) 0xcc, 0xcc ...... or 0x33, 0x33 ......
Type 3 - (256-byte data sequence) 0xf0, 0xf0 ...... or 0x0f, 0x0f ......
Type 4 - (512 byte data sequence) 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00 ...... or 0x00,
0xff, 0x00, 0xff ......
Figure 62A and 62B, respectively, shown in Type 1 and Type 2 interface possible
MDDI_Data and MDDI_Stb waveform examples.
XX. Conclusion
Although the invention has been described various embodiments, it should be understood that, just
They are given by way of example, and not as restrictive. Accordingly, the present invention is the breadth and
Scope should not be subject to any restrictions exemplary embodiments, but only under the following
Claims and their equivalents limited.
Claims (33)
- A method for a host device via a communication path between the client device and the high Present data rate digital transmission of digital data interface, comprising:A plurality of packet structure, which are linked together to form a communication protocol for communication via the Communication path between the host and the client passes the digital control and pre-rendered data collection; AndAt least one link controller which resides in the communication path through coupled to said passenger Client of said host device, said link controller is configured to generate, transmit, and then Receive packets forming said communications protocol, and the rendering of the digital data forming the one or more Type of data packet.
- (2) as claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises:Together with a group of the dielectric frame of said packet, wherein said medium is in said main frame Machines and passed between the client and has a predefined fixed length, and a predetermined number of the Said packet having a different and variable length.
- 3 as claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises:Sub-frame header packet, which is located from said host at the beginning of a packet transmission.
- 4 as claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises means for the specific client related hardware Member is set to low power state display power state packet.
- 5, as claimed in claim 1 wherein the interface, wherein said link controller is a host link Controller, and further comprising: at least one client link controller, the client Link Control Reside on the system via the communication path coupled to said host to said client device, And is configured to generate, transmit and to receive packets forming said communications protocol, and the number of Presentation data word is formed of one or more types of data packets.
- As claimed in claim 2 wherein the interface further comprises:A plurality of transfer modes, each transmission mode are allowed within a given period of time at the parallel transmission The maximum number of different data bits, where each mode can be said host and client link Negotiation between the driver to choose; andWherein during data transmission, the transfer mode can be dynamically between the various modes Adjusted.
- As claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises:Transmitted by the host to the client's link is down type grouping for termination Any of said communication path along a direction of data transmission.
- As claimed in claim 1, wherein the interface further comprises:Used to allow the client to the host computer wakes from sleep module.
- 9 A method for a host device via a communication path between the client device and the high Rate to transmit the digital data presented to the user, the method comprising:Generating a plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these packet structure Are linked together to form a predefined communication protocol;Using the communication protocol, via said communication path, in said host and said client Equipment passed between the digital control and pre-rendered data collection;Through said communication path, will reside in the host device in at least one host link Way controller coupled to said client device, said host link controller is configured to Health A transmission and receiving packets forming said communications protocol, and the digital presentation data Is formed of one or more types of data packets; andUsing the link controller, via the communication path to transmit data in packets.
- A process as claimed in claim 9, further comprising:Used in the packet in the transmission between the host and client in a medium frame Groups together, said medium having a predefined fixed frame length, and a predetermined number of said sub- Groups have different and variable length.
- As claimed in claim 9, further comprising:The use of sub-frame header type grouping, start sending packets from the host.
- 12 as claimed in claim 9, further comprising:Through at least one client link controller, generation, transmission and reception of forming the A packet communication protocol, the client resides on the link controller coupled to the communication path through Said host device to said client device.
- As claimed in claim 12, further comprising:Said host and client negotiate the link between the drive used in each direction A plurality of transfer modes, each of the transfer modes allow a given period of time pass in parallel To send the maximum number of different data bit; andDuring the transmission of data in said plurality of transfer modes dynamically adjusted.
- As claimed in claim 9, further comprising:Used by the host to the client's link is down grouped by type, termination Any of said communication path along a direction of data transmission.
- 15 as claimed in claim 9, further comprising:Through communication with the client, the host will wake up from hibernation.
- 16, as claimed in claim 9, further comprising generating the display power state packet In the specific client hardware set to low power state.
- 17 via a communication path for the host device and the client devices to transfer a high rate Sending the digital data to be presented to the user, comprising:At least one host link controller disposed in said host device for generating A plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these links in a packet structure Since the formation of the predefined communication protocol, and for using the communication protocol via the communication Communication path in said host and said client device transmitted between the number of digital control and presentation According to the pre-set;At least one client controller disposed in said client device, and by The communication path coupled to said host link controller; andEach link controller is configured to generate, transmit and to receive said communication protocol is formed The packet, and the digital presentation data is formed of one or more types of data packets.
- 18 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller comprises a state Machine.
- 19 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller comprises a general-purpose Signal processor.
- 20 as claimed in claim 17, further comprising a sub-frame header packet type, the In said host from the start of packet transmission.
- 21 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller comprises a Or more differential line drivers; and said client receiver coupled to said communication comprises Communication path to one or more differential line receiver.
- 22 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host and client link The controller is configured to use in each direction of a plurality of transfer modes, each transmission mode Formula are allowed within a given period of time the maximum number of parallel transmission of different data bit; and can Enough during the transfer of data between said plurality of transfer modes dynamically adjusted.
- 23 as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller is configured to The client module to the closed type packet transmission link, to terminate the communication path along the Any one direction of data transmission.
- 24, as claimed in claim 17, wherein said host controller is configured to Monitor power status grouped to generate specific display controller hardware settings for low power State.
- 25 A computer program product for a host device via a communication path and the client Machine devices transmit digital data at a high rate in order to present to the user's electronic system, the Computer program product comprising:Computer-usable medium having contained in the computer-readable medium, program code Module for the application running on the computer system, wherein the computer Read the program code modules include:The first computer readable program code module for causing the computer system to generate Packet structure of predefined one or more, and these links packet structure Together to form a predefined communication protocol;Second computer readable program code module for causing the computer system The communication protocol via the communication path and said host device of the client Digital transmission between the control and pre-rendered data collection;Third computer readable program code module for causing the computer system through the The communication path provided in the host device in at least one host link control Coupled to said client apparatus disposed in at least one client controller, the Said link controller is configured to generate, transmit and to receive said communication protocol is formed Packet, and the rendering of the digital data is formed of one or more types of data packets; AndFourth computer readable program code module for causing the computer system The link controller via the communication path to transmit data in packets.
- 26, as claimed in claim 25, wherein the computer program, comprising:Computer readable program code means for causing a computer system to generate pre-defined packet Structure, and the packet structures linked together to form a predefined communication protocol.
- 27 A method for a host device via a communication path between the client device and the high Rate to transmit the digital data presented to the user, comprising:For generating a plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these groups Structures are linked together to form a predefined communication protocol modules;Using the communication protocol for the communication path via said host and said guest Passed between client devices the digital data control and a preselected set of rendering module;Through said communication path of the link controller coupled together at least two mold Block, said host and the client have such a module, and which are configured to Generation, transmission, and receiving packets forming said communications protocol, and the digital presentation data Is formed of one or more types of data packets; andUsing said link controller via the communication path in the form of packets to pass Send data module.
- 28 as claimed in claim 27, further comprising means for using the sub-frame header type Packet having a packet transmitted from the host module.
- 29, as claimed in claim 27, further comprising means for generating display power status State packet to the specific hardware set to low power state.
- 30 as claimed in claim 27, further comprising the host link controller to customers Capability of the monitor client requests information in order to determine the client through the interface support What type of data held and the data rate of the module.
- 31 An electronic system for use in a processor, for the electronic system via the communications Path to the host device and the client devices transmit digital data at a high rate, the processing Is configured to generate a plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these stars Group structures are linked together to form a predefined communication protocol; the digital data forming the present One or more types of data packets; using said communication protocol via the communication path Said host and said client device transmitted between the digital control and presentation data for a preselected Set; And, via the communication path to transmit data in packets. ...
- 31 An electronic system for use in a processor, for the electronic system via the communications Path to the host device and the client devices transmit digital data at a high rate, the processing Is configured to generate a plurality of pre-defined packet structure of one or more, and these stars Group structures are linked together to form a predefined communication protocol; the digital data forming the present One or more types of data packets; using said communication protocol via the communication path Said host and said client device transmitted between the digital control and presentation data for a preselected Set; And, via the communication path to transmit data in packets. ...
- 33 A method for achieving synchronization in an electronic system, the state machine, wherein the electronic system For the host device via the communication path between client devices and high speed transmission of digital Data, said state machine is configured to acquire synchronization with at least one synchronization state to state Synchronization states, and at least two synchronization state.
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US55217604P | 2004-03-10 | 2004-03-10 | |
US60/552,176 | 2004-03-10 | ||
US55430904P | 2004-03-17 | 2004-03-17 | |
US60/554,309 | 2004-03-17 | ||
PCT/US2005/008073 WO2005088939A1 (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2005-03-10 | High data rate interface apparatus and method |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CN2010101586430A Division CN101827103B (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2005-03-10 | High data rate interface apparatus and method |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CN1951084A true CN1951084A (en) | 2007-04-18 |
CN1951084B CN1951084B (en) | 2011-06-29 |
Family
ID=38019434
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CN2005800147541A Expired - Fee Related CN1951084B (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2005-03-10 | High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN1951084B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI372533B (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA200608101B (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102098453A (en) * | 2010-12-13 | 2011-06-15 | 广东威创视讯科技股份有限公司 | Video streaming control system of multi-screen processor cascading extended system |
CN101755431B (en) * | 2007-07-25 | 2014-11-26 | 高通股份有限公司 | Wireless architecture for traditional wire based protocol |
US8982780B2 (en) | 2008-11-04 | 2015-03-17 | Htc Corporation | Method and apparatus for improving uplink transmission in a wireless communication system |
CN110365566A (en) * | 2019-06-26 | 2019-10-22 | 成都夸克光电技术有限公司 | A kind of high-speed data communication bus adaptive matching method |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1166995C (en) * | 2002-04-27 | 2004-09-15 | 西安交通大学 | Interface controller for high-speed video processing and its design method |
-
2005
- 2005-03-10 CN CN2005800147541A patent/CN1951084B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-03-10 TW TW094107390A patent/TWI372533B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2006
- 2006-09-28 ZA ZA200608101A patent/ZA200608101B/en unknown
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101755431B (en) * | 2007-07-25 | 2014-11-26 | 高通股份有限公司 | Wireless architecture for traditional wire based protocol |
US8982780B2 (en) | 2008-11-04 | 2015-03-17 | Htc Corporation | Method and apparatus for improving uplink transmission in a wireless communication system |
CN102685913B (en) * | 2008-11-04 | 2015-04-15 | 宏达国际电子股份有限公司 | Method for improving uplink transmission in a wireless communication system |
CN102098453A (en) * | 2010-12-13 | 2011-06-15 | 广东威创视讯科技股份有限公司 | Video streaming control system of multi-screen processor cascading extended system |
CN110365566A (en) * | 2019-06-26 | 2019-10-22 | 成都夸克光电技术有限公司 | A kind of high-speed data communication bus adaptive matching method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
ZA200608101B (en) | 2010-01-27 |
TWI372533B (en) | 2012-09-11 |
TW200610306A (en) | 2006-03-16 |
CN1951084B (en) | 2011-06-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN1902886A (en) | High data rate interface with improved link control | |
CN1993948A (en) | High data rate interface apparatus and method | |
CN101053232A (en) | High data rate interface with improved link synchronization | |
CN1894931A (en) | High data rate interface | |
CN1914875A (en) | High data rate interface with improved link synchronization | |
CN1902880A (en) | High data rate interface | |
CN1879383A (en) | High data rate interface | |
CN1961560A (en) | High data rate interface apparatus and method | |
CN1826786A (en) | Generating and implementing a signal protocol and interface for higher data rates | |
CN1575448A (en) | Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer | |
RU2337497C2 (en) | Device and method for implementing interface at high data transfer speed | |
CN1543734A (en) | Generating and implementing a communication protocol and interface for high data rate signal transfer | |
CN1951084A (en) | High data rate interface with improved chain circuit synchrony | |
CN1977511A (en) | High data rate interface apparatus and method |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
C06 | Publication | ||
PB01 | Publication | ||
C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: HK Ref legal event code: DE Ref document number: 1105255 Country of ref document: HK |
|
C14 | Grant of patent or utility model | ||
GR01 | Patent grant | ||
REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: HK Ref legal event code: WD Ref document number: 1105255 Country of ref document: HK |
|
CF01 | Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee |
Granted publication date: 20110629 Termination date: 20210310 |
|
CF01 | Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee |